SDS Series
Digital Oscilloscope
Programming Guide
EN11G

SDS Series Programming Guide

contents
VERSION DECLARATION ..................................................................................................... 14
What’s New in Version E11G ........................................................................................... 14
What’s New in Version E11F ........................................................................................... 15
What’s New in Version E11E ........................................................................................... 15
What’s New in Version E11D ........................................................................................... 16
What’s New in Version E11C ........................................................................................... 16
What’s New in Version E11B ........................................................................................... 17
Version E11A at Introduction ........................................................................................... 17
SUPPORTED MODELS ......................................................................................................... 18
PROGRAMMING OVERVIEW ............................................................................................... 19
Establishing Communications ......................................................................................... 19
Install NI-VISA .......................................................................................................... 19
Connect the Instrument ............................................................................................ 22
Remote Control................................................................................................................ 23
User-defined Programming ...................................................................................... 23
Send SCPI Commands via NI-MAX ......................................................................... 23
Using SCPI with Telnet ............................................................................................. 23
Using SCPI with Sockets .......................................................................................... 24
Introduction to the SCPI Language ................................................................................. 25
Command and Query Structure ............................................................................... 25
Long and Short Form................................................................................................ 25
Syntax Notation ........................................................................................................ 25
Parameter Types ...................................................................................................... 26
COMMANDS & QUERIES ..................................................................................................... 28
Common (*) Commands .................................................................................................. 29*IDN .......................................................................................................................... 30*OPC......................................................................................................................... 30*RST ......................................................................................................................... 31
Root(:) Commands .......................................................................................................... 32:AUToset ................................................................................................................... 33:PRINt ....................................................................................................................... 33:FORMat:DATA ......................................................................................................... 34
ACQUire Commands ....................................................................................................... 35:ACQuire:AMODe ..................................................................................................... 36

Int.siglent.com

1

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:CSWeep ................................................................................................... 36:ACQuire:INTerpolation ............................................................................................ 37:ACQuire:MMANagement......................................................................................... 38:ACQuire:MODE ....................................................................................................... 39:ACQuire:MDEPth .................................................................................................... 40:ACQuire:NUMACq................................................................................................... 42:ACQuire:POINts ...................................................................................................... 42:ACQuire:RESolution ................................................................................................ 43:ACQuire:SEQuence ................................................................................................ 44:ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt.................................................................................... 45:ACQuire:SRATe ....................................................................................................... 46:ACQuire:TYPE ........................................................................................................ 47
CHANnel Commands ...................................................................................................... 48:CHANnel:REFerence .............................................................................................. 49:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit ............................................................................................. 50:CHANnel<n>:COUPling .......................................................................................... 51:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance ........................................................................................ 52:CHANnel<n>:INVert ................................................................................................ 53:CHANnel<n>:LABel ................................................................................................. 54:CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT ...................................................................................... 55:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet .............................................................................................. 56:CHANnel<n>:PROBe .............................................................................................. 57:CHANnel<n>:SCALe ............................................................................................... 58:CHANnel<n>:SKEW ................................................................................................ 59:CHANnel<n>:SWITch .............................................................................................. 60:CHANnel<n>:UNIT .................................................................................................. 61:CHANnel<n>:VISible ............................................................................................... 62
COUNter Commands....................................................................................................... 63:COUNter .................................................................................................................. 64:COUNter:CURRent ................................................................................................. 65:COUNter:LEVel ....................................................................................................... 66:COUNter:MODE ...................................................................................................... 67:COUNter:SOURce................................................................................................... 68:COUNter:STATistics ................................................................................................ 69:COUNter:STATistics:RESet ..................................................................................... 70:COUNter:STATistics:VALue..................................................................................... 71:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE ....................................................................................... 72:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:LEVel ............................................................................ 73

2Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:SLOPe .......................................................................... 74:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:TYPE ............................................................................ 75:COUNter:TOTalizer:RESet ...................................................................................... 76:COUNter:TOTalizer:SLOPe ..................................................................................... 76
CURSor Commands ........................................................................................................ 77:CURSor ................................................................................................................... 78:CURSor:TAGStyle ................................................................................................... 79:CURSor:XREFerence.............................................................................................. 80:CURSor:YREFerence.............................................................................................. 81
Single Group Cursor Commands ............................................................................. 82
Multiple Cursors Commands .................................................................................... 93
DECode Commands ...................................................................................................... 136:DECode ................................................................................................................. 137:DECode:LIST ........................................................................................................ 138:DECode:LIST:LINE ................................................................................................ 139:DECode:LIST:SCRoll............................................................................................. 140:DECode:LIST<n>:RESult ...................................................................................... 141:DECode:BUS<n> .................................................................................................. 142:DECode:BUS<n>:COPY ....................................................................................... 143:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat.................................................................................... 144:DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol ................................................................................. 145:DECode:BUS<n>:RESult ...................................................................................... 146:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC Commands ......................................................................... 147:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI Commandds ...................................................................... 153:DECode:BUS<n>:UART Commands .................................................................... 168:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN Commands ...................................................................... 179:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN Commands ........................................................................ 183:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray Commands [Option] .................................................. 187:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd Commands [Option] .................................................... 191:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS Commands [Option] ........................................................... 196:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 Commands [Option] ..................................................... 210:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT Commands [Option] ...................................................... 214:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester Commands [Option] ........................................... 224
DIGital Commands [Option]........................................................................................... 239:DIGital .................................................................................................................... 240:DIGital:ACTive ....................................................................................................... 241:DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay ....................................................................................... 242:DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault ....................................................................................... 243

Int.siglent.com

3

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat ...................................................................................... 244:DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP ............................................................................................ 245:DIGital:D<d> .......................................................................................................... 246:DIGital:HEIGht ....................................................................................................... 247:DIGital:LABel<d> ................................................................................................... 248:DIGital:POINts ....................................................................................................... 249:DIGital:POSition .................................................................................................... 250:DIGital:SKEW ........................................................................................................ 251:DIGital:SRATe ........................................................................................................ 252:DIGital:THReshold<n> .......................................................................................... 253
DISPlay Commands ...................................................................................................... 255:DISPlay:AXIS ........................................................................................................ 256:DISPlay:AXIS:MODE............................................................................................. 257:DISPlay:AXIS:POSition ......................................................................................... 258:DISPlay:BACKlight ................................................................................................ 259:DISPlay:CLEar ...................................................................................................... 260:DISPlay:COLor ...................................................................................................... 260:DISPlay:GRATicule................................................................................................ 261:DISPlay:GRIDstyle ................................................................................................ 262:DISPlay:HIDemenu ............................................................................................... 263:DISPlay:INTensity .................................................................................................. 264:DISPlay:MENU ...................................................................................................... 265:DISPlay:MENU:HIDE ............................................................................................ 266:DISPlay:PERSistence ........................................................................................... 267:DISPlay:TRANsparence ........................................................................................ 268:DISPlay:TYPE ....................................................................................................... 269
DVM Commands ........................................................................................................... 270:DVM ....................................................................................................................... 271:DVM:ALARm ......................................................................................................... 272:DVM:ARANge ........................................................................................................ 273:DVM:CURRent ...................................................................................................... 274:DVM:HOLD ............................................................................................................ 275:DVM:MODE ........................................................................................................... 276:DVM:SOURce ....................................................................................................... 277
FUNCtion Commands ................................................................................................... 278:FUNCtion:FFTDisplay ........................................................................................... 280:FUNCtion:GVALue ................................................................................................ 281:FUNCtion<x> ......................................................................................................... 282

4Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:AVERage:NUM ............................................................................... 283:FUNCtion<x>:DIFF:DX .......................................................................................... 284:FUNCtion<x>:ERES:BITS ..................................................................................... 285:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:AUToset ................................................................................... 286:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HCENter .................................................................................. 287:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HSCale .................................................................................... 288:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SPAN ....................................................................................... 289:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:LOAD ....................................................................................... 290:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:MODE...................................................................................... 291:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:POINts ..................................................................................... 292:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:RESET .................................................................................... 293:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:RLEVel .................................................................................... 294:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SCALe ..................................................................................... 296:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch ................................................................................... 297:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion ................................................................ 298:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n> .............................................................. 299:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n>:SHOW ................................................. 300:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MON ......................................................................... 301:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:PORDer .................................................................... 302:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:RESult ...................................................................... 303:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe ....................................................................... 305:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:DELTa ........................................................... 306:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:FREQuency .................................................. 307:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold................................................................ 308:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:UNIT ........................................................................................ 309:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:WINDow .................................................................................. 310:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:TYPe .................................................................................... 311:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:HFRequency........................................................................ 312:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:LFRequency ........................................................................ 313:FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:GATE ............................................................................. 314:FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:OFFSet .......................................................................... 315:FUNCtion<x>:INTErpolate:COEF ......................................................................... 316:FUNCtion<x>:INVert .............................................................................................. 317:FUNCtion<x>:LABel .............................................................................................. 318:FUNCtion<x>:LABel:TEXT .................................................................................... 319:FUNCtion<x>:MAXHold:SWeeps .......................................................................... 320:FUNCtion<x>:MINHold:SWeeps ........................................................................... 321:FUNCtion<x>:OPERation ...................................................................................... 322

Int.siglent.com

5

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:POSition ......................................................................................... 323:FUNCtion<x>:SCALe ............................................................................................ 324:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce1 ....................................................................................... 325:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce2 ....................................................................................... 326
HISTORy Commands .................................................................................................... 327:HISTORy ............................................................................................................... 328:HISTORy:FRAMe .................................................................................................. 329:HISTORy:INTERval ............................................................................................... 330:HISTORy:LIST ....................................................................................................... 331:HISTORy:PLAY ..................................................................................................... 332:HISTORy:TIME ...................................................................................................... 333
MEASure Commands .................................................................................................... 334:MEASure ............................................................................................................... 336:MEASure:ADVanced:CLEar .................................................................................. 336:MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber ........................................................................ 337:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n> ................................................................................... 338:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1 .................................................................. 339:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2 .................................................................. 340:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics .................................................................. 341:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SHIStory .................................................................... 342:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE ......................................................................... 343:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue ........................................................................ 346:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics ........................................................................... 347:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:AIMLimit ............................................................ 348:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram ...................................................... 349:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount ......................................................... 350:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet ................................................................ 351:MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe ................................................................................. 351:MEASure:ASTRategy ............................................................................................ 352:MEASure:ASTRategy:BASE ................................................................................. 353:MEASure:ASTRategy:TOP ................................................................................... 354:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE1 ................................................................................ 355:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE2 ................................................................................ 356:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe1 .............................................................................. 357:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe2 .............................................................................. 358:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold1 ........................................................................ 359:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold2 ........................................................................ 360:MEASure:GATE ..................................................................................................... 361

6

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:GATE:GA .............................................................................................. 362:MEASure:GATE:GB .............................................................................................. 363:MEASure:MODE ................................................................................................... 364:MEASure:RDISplay ............................................................................................... 365:MEASure:SIMPle:CLEar ....................................................................................... 366:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM ......................................................................................... 366:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce ................................................................................... 367:MEASure:SIMPle:VALue ....................................................................................... 368:MEASure:THReshold:SOURce ............................................................................. 369:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE.................................................................................. 370:MEASure:THReshold:ABSolute ............................................................................ 371:MEASure:THReshold:PERCent ............................................................................ 372
MEMory Commands ...................................................................................................... 373:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:POSition ....................................................................... 374:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:SCALe .......................................................................... 375:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:SYNC ........................................................................... 376:MEMory<m>:IMPort .............................................................................................. 377:MEMory<m>:LABel ............................................................................................... 378:MEMory<m>:LABel:TEXT ..................................................................................... 379:MEMory<m>:SWITch............................................................................................. 380:MEMory<m>:VERTical:POSition ........................................................................... 381:MEMory<m>:VERTical:SCALe.............................................................................. 382
MTEst Commands ......................................................................................................... 383:MTESt .................................................................................................................... 384:MTESt:COUNt ....................................................................................................... 384:MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer ..................................................................................... 385:MTESt:FUNCtion:COF .......................................................................................... 386:MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH ........................................................................................... 387:MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF .......................................................................................... 388:MTESt:IDISplay ..................................................................................................... 389:MTESt:MASK:CREate ........................................................................................... 389:MTESt:MASK:LOAD.............................................................................................. 390:MTESt:OPERate ................................................................................................... 391:MTESt:RESet ........................................................................................................ 391:MTESt:SOURce .................................................................................................... 392:MTESt:TYPE ......................................................................................................... 393
RECall Commands ........................................................................................................ 394:RECall:FDEFault ................................................................................................... 395

Int.siglent.com

7

SDS Series Programming Guide:RECall:REFerence ................................................................................................ 396:RECall:SERase ..................................................................................................... 397:RECall:SETup........................................................................................................ 398
REF Commands ............................................................................................................ 399:REF<r>:LABel ....................................................................................................... 400:REF<r>:LABel:TEXT ............................................................................................. 401:REF<r>:DATA ........................................................................................................ 402:REF<r>:DATA:SOURce......................................................................................... 403:REF<r>:DATA:SCALe ........................................................................................... 404:REF<r>:DATA:POSition......................................................................................... 405
SAVE Commands .......................................................................................................... 406:SAVE:BINary ......................................................................................................... 407:SAVE:CSV ............................................................................................................. 408:SAVE:DEFault ....................................................................................................... 409:SAVE:IMAGe ......................................................................................................... 410:SAVE:MATLab ....................................................................................................... 411:SAVE:REFerence .................................................................................................. 412:SAVE:SETup ......................................................................................................... 413
SEARch Commands ...................................................................................................... 414:SEARch ................................................................................................................. 415:SEARch:MODE ..................................................................................................... 416:SEARch:COUNt .................................................................................................... 416:SEARch:EVENt ..................................................................................................... 417:SEARch:COPY ...................................................................................................... 417:SEARch:EDGE Commands .................................................................................. 418:SEARch:SLOPe Commands ................................................................................. 422:SEARch:PULSe Commands ................................................................................. 430:SEARch:INTerval Commands ............................................................................... 437:SEARch:RUNT Commands .................................................................................. 444
SYSTem Commands ..................................................................................................... 452:SYSTem:BUZZer ................................................................................................... 453:SYSTem:CLOCk .................................................................................................... 454:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway ................................................................ 455:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress .............................................................. 456:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC ....................................................................... 456:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk ................................................................... 457:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE ...................................................................... 458:SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNCPort ......................................................................... 459

8

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:DATE ...................................................................................................... 460:SYSTem:EDUMode ............................................................................................... 461:SYSTem:LANGuage .............................................................................................. 462:SYSTem:MENU ..................................................................................................... 463:SYSTem:NSTorage................................................................................................ 464:SYSTem:NSTorage:CONNect ............................................................................... 465:SYSTem:NSTorage:DISConnect ........................................................................... 465:SYSTem:NSTorage:STATus .................................................................................. 465:SYSTem:PON ........................................................................................................ 466:SYSTem:REBoot ................................................................................................... 466:SYSTem:REMote................................................................................................... 467:SYSTem:SELFCal ................................................................................................. 468:SYSTem:SHUTdown ............................................................................................. 468:SYSTem:SSAVer ................................................................................................... 469:SYSTem:TIME ....................................................................................................... 470:SYSTem:TOUCh ................................................................................................... 471
TIMebase Commands ................................................................................................... 472:TIMebase:DELay ................................................................................................... 473:TIMebase:REFerence ........................................................................................... 474:TIMebase:REFerence:POSition ............................................................................ 475:TIMebase:SCALe .................................................................................................. 476:TIMebase:WINDow ............................................................................................... 477:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay ................................................................................... 478:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe ................................................................................... 479
TRIGger Commands...................................................................................................... 480:TRIGger:FREQuency ............................................................................................ 481:TRIGger:MODE ..................................................................................................... 482:TRIGger:RUN ........................................................................................................ 483:TRIGger:STATus ................................................................................................... 483:TRIGger:STOP ...................................................................................................... 484:TRIGger:TYPE ...................................................................................................... 484:TRIGger:EDGE Commands .................................................................................. 485:TRIGger:SLOPe Commands................................................................................. 496:TRIGger:PULSe Commands ................................................................................. 510:TRIGger:VIDeo Commands .................................................................................. 523:TRIGger:WINDow Commands .............................................................................. 534:TRIGger:INTerval Commands ............................................................................... 547:TRIGger:DROPout Commands ............................................................................. 560

Int.siglent.com

9

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT Commands .................................................................................. 572:TRIGger:PATTern Commands............................................................................... 586:TRIGger:QUALified Commands ............................................................................ 597:TRIGger:DELay Commands ................................................................................. 607:TRIGger:NEDGe Commands ................................................................................ 617:TRIGger:SHOLd Commands ................................................................................ 628:TRIGger:IIC Commands........................................................................................ 639:TRIGger:SPI Commands ...................................................................................... 652:TRIGger:UART Commands................................................................................... 669:TRIGger:CAN Commands ..................................................................................... 684:TRIGger:LIN Commands....................................................................................... 693:TRIGger:FLEXray Commands [Option] ................................................................ 707:TRIGger:CANFd Commands [Option]................................................................... 716:TRIGger:IIS Commands [Option] .......................................................................... 727:TRIGger:SENT Commands [Option] ..................................................................... 743
WAVeform Commands .................................................................................................. 746:WAVeform:BYTeorder ............................................................................................ 747:WAVeform:SOURce............................................................................................... 748:WAVeform:STARt .................................................................................................. 749:WAVeform:INTerval................................................................................................ 750:WAVeform:POINt ................................................................................................... 751:WAVeform:MAXPoint ............................................................................................. 752:WAVeform:WIDTh.................................................................................................. 753:WAVeform:PREamble............................................................................................ 754:WAVeform:DATA .................................................................................................... 757:WAVeform:SEQuence ........................................................................................... 763
WGEN Commands ........................................................................................................ 764
ARbWaVe ............................................................................................................... 765
BaSic_WaVe ........................................................................................................... 767
OUTPut ................................................................................................................... 769
SToreList ................................................................................................................. 770
SYNC ...................................................................................................................... 773
VOLTPRT................................................................................................................ 773
METEr Commands ........................................................................................................ 774
MMETer .................................................................................................................. 775
READ ...................................................................................................................... 775
CONFigure Commands .......................................................................................... 776
MEASure Commands ............................................................................................. 784

10

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

SENSe Commands ................................................................................................ 793
PROGRAMMING EXAMPLES ............................................................................................. 801
VISA Examples .............................................................................................................. 802
VC++ Example ....................................................................................................... 802
VB Example ............................................................................................................ 808
MATLAB Example .................................................................................................. 813
LabVIEW Example ................................................................................................. 815
C# Example ............................................................................................................ 818
Examples of Using Sockets ........................................................................................... 832
Python Example ..................................................................................................... 832
C Example .............................................................................................................. 835
Common Command Examples...................................................................................... 837
Read Waveform Data Example .............................................................................. 837
Read Waveform Data of Digital Example ............................................................... 841
Read Waveform Data of FFT Example .................................................................. 844
Read Sequence Waveform Data Example ............................................................ 847
Screen Dump (PRINt) Example ............................................................................. 853

Int.siglent.com

11

SDS Series Programming Guide

Copyright and Declaration
Copyright
SIGLENT TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD. All Rights Reserved.

Trademark Information
SIGLENT is the registered trademark of SIGLENT TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Declaration⚫

SIGLENT products are protected by patent law in and outside of P.R.C.

⚫

SIGLENT reserves the right to modify or change parts of or all the specifications or pricing
policies at the companys.

⚫

Information in this publication replaces all previously corresponding material.

⚫

Any way of copying, extracting or translating the contents of this manual is not allowed without
the permission of SIGLENT.

Product Certification
SIGLENT guarantees this product conforms to the national and industrial standards in China andother international standard conformance certifications are in progress.

Contact Us
If you have any problem or requirement when using our products, please contact SIGLENTTECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD

Headquarters
SIGLENT Technologies Co., Ltd.
Add: Blog No.4 & No.5, Antongda Industrial Zone, 3rd Liuxian Road,
Bao’an District, Shenzhen, 518101, China.
Tel: + 86 755 3688 7876
Fax: + 86 755 3359 1582
Emall: market@siglent.com
Website: www.siglent.com/ens

12Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

EuropeSIGLENT Technologies Germany GmbH
Add: Staetzlinger Str. 70, 86165 Augsburg, Germany
Tel: +49(0)-821-666 0 111 0
Fax: +49(0)-821-666 0 111 22
Emall: info-eu@siglent.com
Website www.siglenteu.com
America
SIGLENT Technologies NA, Inc
6557 Cochran Rd Solon, Ohio 44139
Tel: 440-398-5800
Toll Free:877-515-5551
Fax: 440-399-1211
Emall: info@siglentna.com
Website: www.siglentna.com

Int.siglent.com

13

SDS Series Programming Guide

Version Declaration
This chapter declares the modifications of command in the most recent release of the programming
guide version.

What’s New in Version E11G
This version has corrected the short form of various commands, some command formats,redundant spaces in examples, and errors in Chinese symbols. Updated the waveformreconstruction examples in the chapter Common Command Examples. More detailed descriptionsof the new and changed commands appear below.
Command:DISPlay:AXIS:POSition:DISPlay:HIDemenu:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n>:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n>:S
HOW:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MON:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:PORDer:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:DELTa:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:FREQ
uency:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SHIStory:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE1:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE2:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe1:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe2:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold1:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold2:MEASure:RDISplay
Multiple Cursors Commands
COUNter:CURRent
14

Represent
New Command, sets the display position of thevertical axis of the axis label.
New Command, hides menu immediately.
New Command, sets the frequency of thespecified marker.
New Command, turns on the specified FFTmarker.
New Command, sets the FFT marker on peaks or
harmonics.
New Command, sets the sorting method for FFT
peak values.
New Command, turns on the FFT search table.
New Command, sets the display state ofincrements in the FFT search table.
New Command, sets the display state of frequency
in the FFT search table.
New Command, returns statistics for the specified
advanced measurement item.
New Command, sets the starting edge of thespecified delta time.
New Command, sets the end edge of the specified
delta time.
New Command, sets the start edge slope type ofthe specified delta time.
New Command, sets the end edge slope type ofthe specified delta time.
New Command, sets the threshold type for thestart edge of the specified delta time.
New Command, sets the threshold type for the endedge of the specified delta time.
New Command, sets the display style ofmeasurement results.
New Commands, different from Single Group
Cursor Commands
New Command, returns the current counter value.
Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Command:COUNter:STATistics:VALue:DECode:LIST<n>:RESult:WAVeform:BYTeorder:DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol:TRIGger:TYPE:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce:MEASure:THReshold:SOURce:SAVE:IMAGe

Represent
New Command, returns the the counter statistics.
New Command, returns the result of the specified
decoding list.,Different from thecommand :DECode:BUS<n>:RESult
New Command, sets the byte order of transmitted
waveform data words.
Changed, updates parameter ARINC429 to A429
Changed, new parameters ULOWer, DTIMe1,
DTIMe2, DTIMe3, and DTIMe4.
Changed, new parameters F<x>, ZF<x> andZM<m>.
Changed, add optional parameter {MON|MOFF}

What’s New in Version E11F
New features in version E11F of the software are:⚫

Support for SDS800X HD, SDS3000X HD.

⚫

Modify the value range of parameter for some commads:”:CURSor:X1”,”:CURSor:X2”, ”:CURSor:Y1”,”:CURSor:Y2”,” :FUNCtion:GVALue”⚫

Modify the incorrect parameter enumeration of the commad “:DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat”.

⚫

Add parameters SENT, MANchester, ARINC429, USB20 for thecommand :DECode:BUS<n>:PROTOCol.

⚫

Add parameters ARINC429 for the command :TRIGger:TYPE.

⚫

Modify the parameter string length of :DIGital: LABel<d> from 7 to 8.

What’s New in Version E11E
New features in version E11E of the software are:⚫

Support for SDS7000A, SDS1000X HD.

⚫

New support sources for some modules: CURSor, FUNCtion, MEASure, MEMory, SAVE.

⚫

The commad “PRINt” supports for obtaining inverted images.

⚫

New commad in dispay group: ":DISPlay:MENU:HIDE”.

⚫

New commad in measure group: “:MEASure:ADVanced:CLEar”, “:MEASure:SIMPle:CLEar”.

⚫

Add counter commands.

⚫

Add a read waveform data example in C#.

Int.siglent.com

15

SDS Series Programming Guide

What’s New in Version E11D
New features in version E11D of the software are:⚫

Support for SDS6000L.

⚫

Add Qualified, Delay, Nth Edge, Setup/Hold trigger commands.

⚫

New option “FTRIG” for “:TRIGger:MODE” command.

⚫

New commads ”TRIGger:FREQuency”, “TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance”,”FORMat:DATA”.

⚫

Add 1553B, SENT, Manchester decode commands.

⚫

Add bus decoding result query.

⚫

Add FFT Search result query.

⚫

New commands for parameter settings of filter, maxhold, interpolation, average and eresfunction operators⚫

Add search commands.

⚫

New commands for axis label settings.

⚫

New commands for horizontal and vertical reference strategy settings.

⚫

New command to get the number of acquired frames.

⚫

Update the save command “:SAVE:BINary <path>” to “SAVE:BINary <path>,<src>”.

⚫

Supplementary path description of save commands, the path type can be local, network
storage, and udisk.

⚫

Support memory source(Mx), function source(Fx), digital bus(DIGital) for save commands.

⚫

Modify the description of “SAVE:MATLab”, which can only be saved in mat format at present.

⚫

The return header of “WAVeform:DATA” shows the number of digits according to the actual data
length, instead of the fixed 9 digits.

What’s New in Version E11C
New features in version E11C of the software are:⚫

Support for SDS2000X HD.

⚫

New vertical resolution command for SDS2000X Plus.

⚫

DVM commands.

⚫

Memory commands.

⚫

Measure cursors commands.

⚫

New measurement item: PSLOPE, NSLOPE, TSR, TSF, THR, THF.

⚫

Update C# example.

⚫

New Read Waveform Data of FFT Example.

⚫

Update Read Waveform Data Example.

⚫

Update Read Sequence Waveform Data Example.

16

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

What’s New in Version E11B
New features in version E11B of the software are:⚫

Measure threshold⚫

Network storage⚫

Memory management:Auto,Fixed Memory Depth and Fixed Sampling Rate⚫

Display menu style: EMBedded|FLOating⚫

Option for specifying FFT autoset as SPAN|PEAK|NORMal⚫

Set FFT span: FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SPAN⚫

:FUNCtion:INTGate revised to :FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:GATE⚫

:FUNCtion:INTGate:GA|GB revised to :FUNCtion:GVALue⚫

PRINt revised to PRINt?

⚫

Read sequence waveform⚫

Support reading waveform by piece⚫

WAV:PRE? and WAV:DATA? return in standard binary block format⚫

Support for SHS800X/SHS1000X/SDS6000A

Version E11A at Introduction
Compared with previous versions, this new document redefines the instruction format of each groupaccording to the SCPI specifications and adopts tree-style management. However, not all seriesmodels support these instructions, see the next chapter “Supported Models” for details.

Int.siglent.com

17

SDS Series Programming Guide

Supported Models
The commands and queries listed in this document can be used for SIGLENTs Digital Oscilloscope
Series as shown below. Models are arranged according to their initial release dates.

Model

Version for New Commands

SDS5000X

0.9.0 and later

SDS2000X Plus

1.3.5R3 and later

SDS6000 Pro/
SDS6000A

1.1.7.0 and later

SHS800X/
SHS1000X

1.1.9 and later

SDS2000X HD

1.2.0.2 and later

SDS6000L

1.0.1.0

SDS1000X HD

1.1.0.2

SDS7000A

1.0.7.0

SDS800X HD

1.1.3.1

SDS3000X HD

1.0.3.018

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Programming Overview
This chapter introduces how to build communication between the instrument and the PC. It also
introduces how to configure a system for remote instrument control.
Users can remotely control the instrument through USB and LAN interfaces, in combination with
National Instruments NI-VISA and programming languages. Through the LAN interface, users cancommunicate using VXI-11, Sockets and Telnet protocols, depending on the capabilities of thespecific instrument.

Establishing Communications
Install NI-VISA
USB control requires the National Instruments NI-VISA Library for communications. We also
recommend using it for LAN communications for its ease of use, but sockets, telnet, and VXI-11 canalso be implemented via LAN connections.
Currently, NI-VISA is packaged in two versions: A full version and a Run-Time Engine version. The
full version includes the NI device drivers and a tool named NI MAX which is a user interface tocontrol and test remotely connected devices. The Run-Time Engine is recommended, as it is amuch smaller download than the full version and includes the necessary tools for basic
communication to instruments.
For example, you can get the NI-VISA 5.4 full version from http://www.ni.com/download/ni-visa5.4/4230/en/.
You also can download NI-VISA Run-Time Engine 5.4 to your PC and install it as the default
selection. Its installation process is similar to the full version.
After you downloaded the file, follow these steps to install NI-VISA (The full version of NI-VISA 5.4 isused in this example. Newer versions are likely and should be compatible with SIGLENT
instrumentation. Download the latest version available for the operating system being used by thecontrolling computer):a.

Double click the visa540_full.exe, the dialog will be similar to that shown below:

Int.siglent.com

19

SDS Series Programming Guideb.

Click Unzip, the installation process will automatically launch after unzipping files. If yourcomputer needs to install .NET Framework 4, it may auto start.

c.

The NI-VISA installing dialog is shown above. Click Next to start the installation process.

d.

Set the install path. The default path is “C:\Program Files\National Instruments\”, you canchange it. Click Next, dialog shown as above.

20

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guidee.

Click Next twice, in the License Agreement dialog, select the “I accept the above 2 License
Agreement(s).”, and click Next, dialog shown as below:f.

Click Next to begin the installation.

g.

Now the installation is complete. Reboot your PC.

Int.siglent.com

21

SDS Series Programming Guide

Connect the Instrument
Depending on the specific model, your oscilloscope may be able to communicate with a PC throughthe USB or LAN interface.
Connect the instrument and the USB Host interface of the PC using a USB cable. Assuming yourPC is already turned on, turn on your oscilloscope, and then the PC will display the “Device Setup”
screen as it automatically installs the device driver as shown below.

Wait for the installation to complete and then proceed to the next step.

22

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Remote Control
User-defined Programming
Users can use SCPI commands via a computer to program and control the digital oscilloscope. For
details, refer to the introductions in "Programming Examples".

Send SCPI Commands via NI-MAX
NI-Measurement and Automation eXplorer (NI-MAX) is a program created and maintained by
National Instruments. It provides a basic remote control interface for VXI, LAN, USB, GPIB, andSerial communications. It is a utility that enables you to send commands one-at-a-time and also
retrieve data from connected devices. It is a great tool for troubleshooting and testing commandsequences. The oscilloscopes can be controlled remotely by sending SCPI commands via NI-MAX.

Using SCPI with Telnet
Telnet provides a means of communicating with the oscilloscopes over a LAN connection. The
Telnet protocol sends SCPI commands to the oscilloscopes from a PC and is similar tocommunicating with the oscilloscopes over USB. It sends and receives information interactively: one
command at a time. Windows operating systems use a command prompt style interface for the
Telnet client. The steps are as follows:
1.

On your PC, click Start > All Programs > Accessories > Command Prompt.

2.

At the command prompt, type in telnet.

3.

Press the Enter key. The Telnet display screen will be displayed.

4.

At the Telnet command line, type:open XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX 5024
Where XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX is the instrument’s IP address and 5024 is the port. You should see

a response similar to the following:

Int.siglent.com

23

SDS Series Programming Guide

5.

At the SCPI> prompt, input the SCPI commands such as *IDN? to return the company name,model number, serial number, and firmware version number.

6.

To exit the SCPI> session, press the Ctrl+] keys simultaneously.

7.

Type quit at the prompt or close the Telnet window to close the connection to the instrument
and exit Telnet.

Using SCPI with Sockets
Socket API can be used to control the SDS2000X Plus series via LAN without installing any otherlibraries. This can reduce the complexity of programming.

SOCKET ADDRESSIP address+port number

IP ADDRESSSDS IP address

PORT NUMBER

5025

Please see the section "Examples of Using Sockets" for the details.

24

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Introduction to the SCPI Language
Command and Query Structure
Commands consist of set commands and query commands (usually called commands and queries).
Commands modify oscilloscope settings or tell the oscilloscope to perform a specific action. Queriescause the oscilloscope to return data and status information. Not all commands have both a set anda query form. Some commands have set only and some have query only.
Commands usually start with a colon [:]. A keyword is separated by a colon (:) followed by optionalparameter settings. A question mark (?) is added after the command line to indicate that thisfunction is queried. The command keyword is separated from the first parameter by spaces.
Example::CHANnel:SCALe <value>:CHANnel:SCALe?

Long and Short Form
Each command has both a long and a short form. Note that elsewhere in this document a special
notation is employed to differentiate the short form keyword from the long form of the same
keyword. The long form of the keyword is shown, with the short form portion shown in uppercase
characters, and the rest of the keyword is shown in lowercase characters. If you want to abbreviate,
you have to type all the capital letters in the command format.
Example::CHANnel1:SCALe?
:CHAN1:SCAL?

Syntax Notation
The following notations are used in the commands:< > (Angle Brackets)Angle brackets enclose words that are used as placeholders, of which there are two types: theheader path and the data parameter of a command. Parameters are distinguished by enclosing thetype name in angle brackets.
:=(Defined As)

A colon followed by an equals sign separates a placeholder from the description of the type andrange of values that may be used in a command instead of the placeholder.

Int.siglent.com

25

SDS Series Programming Guide{ } (Braces)
Braces or curly brackets are used to enclose one or more parameters that may be included zero or
more times. The vertical bar (|) can be read as “or” and is used to separate alternative parameter
options.
[ ] (Square Brackets)
Square brackets are used to enclose a keyword that is optional when programming the command;
that is, the instrument shall process the command to have the same effect whether the option nodeis omitted by the programmer or not.
… (Ellipsis)
An ellipsis (trailing dots) indicates that the preceding element may be repeated one or more times.

Parameter Types
Enumeration
Enter these arguments as unquoted text words. Like keywords, enumeration arguments follow thesame convention where the portion indicated in uppercase is required and that in lowercase isoptional.
Numeric
Many oscilloscope commands require numeric arguments. The syntax shows the format that theoscilloscope returns in response to a query. This is also the preferred format when sending thecommand to the oscilloscope, though any of the formats will be accepted. This documentation
represents these arguments as described below.
Type

Meaning<NR1>

Signed integer value<NR2>

Floating point value without an exponent<NR3>

Floating point value with an exponent<bin>Signed or unsigned integer in binary format

Quoted String
A quoted string is simply a group of ASCII characters enclosed by double quote ("). The following is
an example of a quoted string: "This is a quoted string". This documentation represents thesearguments as follows: Some commands accept or return data in the form of a quoted stringType

Meaning<qstring>

Quoted string of ASCII text

26

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

A quoted string can include any character defined in the 7-bit ASCII character set. Follow theserules when you use quoted strings:
1.

Use a double quote character to open and close the string.
Example: "this is a valid string".

2.

You can mix quotation marks within a string as long as you follow the previous rule. But cannot
include a double quote character within a string by repeating the quote.
Example: "this is an 'acceptable' string".

3.

You cannot include double quotes character within a string by repeating the double quote.
Example: "here is a "" mark". It will be recognized as "here is a ".

4.

Strings can have upper or lower case characters. But the oscilloscope will automatically convert
it to uppercase.

5.

A carriage return or line feed embedded in a quoted string will be recognized as the string.

Here are some invalid strings:⚫

"Invalid string argument’ (quotes are not of the same type)⚫

"here is a " " mark" (Duplicate double quotes inside double quotes)

Int.siglent.com

27

SDS Series Programming Guide

Commands & QueriesThis chapter introduces each command subsystem of the SIGLENT Digital Oscilloscope Seriescommand set. The contents of this chapter are shown as below:

 Common (*) Commands
 Root(:) Commands
 ACQUire Commands
 CHANnel Commands
 CURSor Commands
 DECode Commands
 DIGital Commands [Option]
 DISPlay Commands
 DVM Commands
 FUNCtion Commands
 HISTORy Commands
 MEASure Commands
 MEMory Commands
 MTEst Commands
 RECall Commands
 REF Commands
 SAVE Commands
 SYSTem Commands
 TIMebase Commands
 TRIGger Commands
 WAVeform Commands
 WGEN Commands

28

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Common (*) Commands
The IEEE 488.2 standard defines some general commands for querying the basic information of an
instrument or performing common basic operations. These commands usually start with *, and thecommand key length is 3 characters.



*IDN



*OPC



*RST

Int.siglent.com

29

SDS Series Programming Guide

*IDN
Query
DESCRIPTION

The command query identifies the instrument type andsoftware version. The response consists of four different fields
providing information on the manufacturer, the scope model,
the serial number and the firmware revision.

QUERY SYNTAX*IDN?

RESPONSE FORMAT

Siglent Technologies,<model>,<serial_number>,<firmware><model>:= The model number of the instrument.
<serial number>:= A 14-character code.
<firmware>:= The software revision of the instrument

EXAMPLEThe following command queries the instrument type andsoftware version.
Query message:*IDN?
Response message:
Siglent
Technologies,SDS5104X,SDS5XDAD2R0160,4.6.0.8.7R1

*OPC
Query
DESCRIPTION

The command query places an ASCII "1" in the output queue
when all pending device operations have completed. Theinterface hangs until this query returns.

QUERY SYNTAX*OPC?

RESPONSE FORMAT

1

EXAMPLE

Query message:*OPC?
Response message:
1

30

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide*RST
Command
DESCRIPTION

Resets the oscilloscope to the default configuration, equivalent
to the Default button on the front panel.

COMMAND SYNTAX*RSTEXAMPLEThe following command resets the oscilloscope.
Command message:*RST

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:RECall:FDEFault:RECall:SETup:SAVE:DEFault:SAVE:SETup

31

SDS Series Programming Guide

Root(:) Commands
The Root commands for querying the basic information of an instrument or performing common
basic operations. These commands are only located at the root of the command tree, with no nextlevel and no parameters.

:AUToset:PRINt:FORMat:DATA

32

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:AUToset
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command attempts to automatically adjust the trigger,
vertical, and horizontal controls of the oscilloscope to deliver a
usable display of the input signal. Autoset is not recommended
for use on low frequency events (< 100 Hz).

COMMAND SYNTAX:AUToset

EXAMPLE

Command message::AUToset
AUT:PRINtQuery
DESCRIPTION

The query captures the screen and returns the data in
specified image format.

QUERY SYNTAX:PRINt? <type>[,<format>]<type>:= {BMP|PNG}
 BMP selects bitmap format
 PNG selects Portable Networks Graphics format<format>:= {NORMal|INVerted}RESPONSE FORMAT<bin>
Image data in specified image format

EXAMPLESee the code in Screen Dump (PRINt) Example

Int.siglent.com

33

SDS Series Programming Guide:FORMat:DATA
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the returned precision of the commandwith data in NR3 format. The current default precision is 3digits.
The query returns the current precision of the returned data.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FORMat:DATA <option>[,<digit>]<option>:= {SINGle|DOUBle|CUSTom} SINGle indicates that the single precision type andsignificant digit is 7.
 DOUBle indicates that the double precision type andsignificant digit is 14.
 CUSTom is user-defined precision, and <digit> need to
be set.
<digit>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1,64].

QUERY SYNTAX:FORMat:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMATCUSTom,<digit><digit>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the returned data precision of thecommand to 5-digits.
Command message::FORMat:DATA CUSTom,5
FORM:DATA CUST,5
Query message:
FORM:DATA?
Response message:
CUSTom,534

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

ACQUire Commands
The :ACQUIRE subsystem commands control the way in which waveforms are acquired. These
commands set the parameters for acquiring and storing data.

:ACQuire:AMODe:ACQuire:CSWeep

:ACQuire:INTerpolation

:ACQuire:MMANagement

:ACQuire:MODE:ACQuire:MDEPth:ACQuire:NUMACq

:ACQuire:POINts:ACQuire:RESolution

:ACQuire:SEQuence:ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt

:ACQuire:SRATe:ACQuire:TYPE

Int.siglent.com

35

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:AMODe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the rate of waveform capture. This
command can provide a high-speed waveform capture rate tohelp capture signal anomalies.
The query returns the current acquisition rate mode.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:AMODe <rate><rate>:= {FAST|SLOW}FAST selects fast waveform capture
SLOW selects slow waveform capture

QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:AMODe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<rate><rate>:= {FAST|SLOW}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the FAST acquisition rate mode.
Command message::ACQuire:AMODe FAST
ACQ:AMOD FAST
Query message:
ACQ:AMOD?
Response message:
FAST:ACQuire:CSWeep
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command clears the sweep and restarts the acquisition. It
is equivalent to the Clear Sweeps button on the front panel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:CSWeep

EXAMPLEThe following command clears acquisition sweep.
Command message::ACQuire:CSWeep
ACQ:CSW36

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:INTerpolation
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the method of interpolation.
The query returns the current method of interpolation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:INTerpolation <state><state>:= {ON|OFF} ON selects sinx/x (sinc) interpolation
 OFF selects linear interpolation

QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:INTerpolation?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables sinusoidal interpretation.
Command message::ACQuire:INTerpolation ON
ACQ:INT ON
Query message:
ACQ:INT?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

37

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:MMANagement
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the memory mode of the oscilloscope.
The query returns the current memory mode of theoscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:MMANagement <mem_mode><mem_mode>:= {AUTO|FSRate|FMDepth}
 AUTO mode maintain the maximum sampling rate, andautomatically set the memory depth and sampling rateaccording to the time base.
 FSRate mode is Fixed Samling Rate, maintain thespecified sampling rate and automatically set the memory
depth according to the time base.
 FMDepth mode is Fixed Memory Depth, the oscilloscope
automatically sets the sampling rate according to thestorage depth and time base.

QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:MMANagement?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mem_mode>< mem_mode>:= {AUTO|FSRate|FMDepth}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the memory mode of theoscilloscope as FMDepth.
Command message::ACQuire:MMANagement FMDepth
ACQ:MMAN FMD
Query message:
ACQ:MMAN?
Response message:
FMDepth38

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:MODE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the acquisition mode of the oscilloscope.
The query returns the current acquisition mode of theoscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:MODE <mode_type><mode_type>:= {YT|XY|ROLL} YT mode plots amplitude (Y) vs. time (T) XY mode plots channel X vs. channel Y, commonlyreferred to as a Lissajous curve Roll mode plots amplitude (Y) vs. time (T) as in YT mode,
but begins to write the waveforms from the right-hand sideof the display. This is similar to a “strip chart” recording
and is ideal for slow events that happen a few
times/second.

QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode_type><mode_type>:= {YT|XY|ROLL}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the mode of the oscilloscope as
YT.
Command message::ACQuire:MODE YT
ACQ:MODE YT
Query message:
ACQ:MODE?
Response message:
YTInt.siglent.com

39

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:MDEPth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the maximum memory depth.
The query returns the maximum memory depth.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:MDEPth <memory_size><memory_size>:= Varies by model. See the table below for
details:
Model

SDS5000X

SDS2000X Plus

SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A

SDS6000L

SHS800X
SHS1000X

SDS2000X HD<memory_size>
Single Channel{250k|1.25M|2.5M|12.5M|25M|125M|
250M}
Dual-Channel{125k|625k|1.25M|6.25M|12.5M|
62.5M|125M}
Single Channel{20k|200k|2M|20M|200M}
Dual-Channel{10k|100k|1M|10M|100M}
1G Model Single Channel{1.25k|5k|25k|50k|250k|500k|
2.5M|5M|12.5M|125M|250M}
1G Model Dual-Channel{1.25k|2.5k|12.5k|25k|125k|250k|
1.25M|2.5M|12.5M|62.5M|125M}
2G Model{2.5k|5k|25k|50k|250k|500k|
2.5M|5M|12.5M|25M|50M|125M|250
M|250M|500M}{2.5k|5k|25k|50k|250k|500k|
2.5M|5M|12.5M|25M|50M|125M|250
M|250M|500M}
Single Channel{12k|120k|1.2M|12M}
Dual-Channel{6k|60k|600k|6M}
Single Channel{20k|200k|2M|20M|200M}
Dual-Channel{10k|100k|1M|10M|100M}
Single Channel{10k|100k|1M|10M|100M}

SDS800X HD
SDS1000X HD

Dual-Channel{10k|100k|1M|10M|50M}
Four-Channel{10k|100k|1M|10M|25M}

40

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

SDS7000ASDS3000X HD{1k|5k|10k|50k|100k|500k|1M|5M|
10M|50M|100M|500M|1G}
Single Channel{2k|10k|20k|100k|200k|1M|10M|20M|
100M|200M|400M}
Dual-Channel{2k|10k|20k|100k|200k|1M|10M|20M|
100M|200M}
Quad-Channel{2k|10k|20k|100k|200k|1M|10M|20M|
100M}

Note:

•

For the definition of single and dual channel mode, pleaserefer to the user manual.

•

Turn on digital channels or set the acquisition type to
AVERage/ERES or set the acquisition mode to roll, will
limit the memory depth.

QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:MDEPth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<memory_size>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the memory depth to 125 Mpts
for the SDS5000X series.
Command message::ACQuire:MDEPth 125M
ACQ:MDEP 125M
Query message::ACQ:MDEP?
Response message:
125M

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:ACQuire:MODE:ACQuire:TYPE:DIGital

41

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:NUMACq
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the number of waveform acquisitions thathave occurred since starting acquisition. This value is reset tozero when any acquisition,horizontal, or vertical argumentsthat affect the waveform are changed.

QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:NUMACq?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following query returns that 350 acquisitions haveoccurred since starting acquisition.
Query message::ACQuire:NUMACq?
ACQ:NUMAC?
Response message:
350:ACQuire:POINts
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the number of sampled points of the current
waveform on the screen.

QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:POINts?

RESPONSE FORMAT<point><point>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command queries the points of current
acquisition.
Query message:
ACQ:POIN?
Response message:
1.25E+08

42

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:RESolution
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the ADC resolution for SDS2000X Plus
oscilloscope.
The query returns the ADC resolution for SDS2000X Plus
oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:RESolution <bit><bit>:= {8Bits|10Bits}QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:RESolution?

RESPONSE FORMAT<bit><bit>:= {8Bits|10Bits}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the ADC resolution to 10Bits.
Command message::ACQuire:RESolution 10Bits
ACQ:RES 10B
Query message:
ACQ:RES?
Response message:
10BitsInt.siglent.com

43

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:SEQuence
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command enables or disables sequence acquisition
mode.
The query returns whether the current sequence acquisition
switch is on or not.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:SEQuence <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:SEQuence?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on sequence acquisition mode.
Command message::ACQuire:SEQuence ON
ACQ:SEQ ON
Query message:
ACQ:SEQ?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

44:ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the number of memory segments toacquire. The maximum number of segments may be limited by
the memory depth of your oscilloscope.
The query returns the current count setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt <count><count>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value varies from themodels and the current timebase, see the user manual for
details.

QUERY SYNTAX: ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt?

RESPONSE FORMAT<count_value><count_value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer andno decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the count of sequence segment
as 5.
Command message::ACQuire:SEQuence:COUNt 5
ACQ:SEQ:COUN 5
Query message:
ACQ:SEQ:COUN?
Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:ACQuire:SEQuence

45

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:SRATe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command set the sampling rate when in the fixedsampling rare mode.
The query returns the current sampling rate.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:SRATe <rate><type>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. If the set value is greater than thesettable value, it will automatically match to the settable value.

QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:SRATe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<sample_rate><sample_rate>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the current sampling rate.
Command message::ACQuire:SRATe 5.00E9
ACQ:SRAT 5.00E9
Query message:
ACQ:SRAT?
Response message:
5.00E+09

46

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:ACQuire:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the type of data acquisition that is totake place.
The query returns the current acquisition type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:ACQuire:TYPE <type><type>:= {NORMal|PEAK|AVERage[,<times>]|ERES[,<bits>]}<times>:= {4|16|32|64|128|256|512|1024|2048|4096|8192}<bits>:= {0.5|1.0|1.5|2.0|2.5|3.0|3.5|4.0}






NORMal sets the oscilloscope to normal mode.
PEAK sets the oscilloscope to peak detect mode.
AVERage sets the oscilloscope acquisition to averaging
mode. You can set the number of averages by sending thecommand followed by a numeric integer value <times>.
ERES sets the oscilloscope to the enhanced resolution
mode. This is essentially a digital boxcar filter and is used
to reduce noise at slower sweep speeds. You can set theenhanced bits by sending the command followed by the<bits>.

Note:
The AVERage|ERES type is not available when in sequencemode (:ACQuire:SEQuence ON).
QUERY SYNTAX:ACQuire:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {NORMal|PEAK|AVERage[,<times>]|ERES[,<bits>]}<times>:= {4|16|32|64|128|256|512|1024|2048|4096|8192},
when <type> is AVERage.
<bits>:= {0.5|1.0|1.5|2.0|2.5|3.0|3.5|4.0} when <type> is ERES.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the acquisition type as AVERage,and the average number as 16.
Command message::ACQuire:TYPE AVERage,16
ACQ:TYPE AVER,16
Query message:
ACQ:TYPE?
Response message:
AVERage,16Int.siglent.com

47

SDS Series Programming Guide

CHANnel Commands
The :CHANnel<n> subsystem commands control the analog channels. Channels are independently
programmable for offset, probe, coupling, bandwidth limit, inversion, and more functions. The
channel index (1, 2, 3, or 4) specified in the command selects the analog channel that is affected by
the command.

:CHANnel:REFerence:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit:CHANnel<n>:COUPling:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance:CHANnel<n>:INVert

:CHANnel<n>:LABel:CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT

:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:CHANnel<n>:SCALe:CHANnel<n>:SKEW

:CHANnel<n>:SWITch

:CHANnel<n>:UNIT

:CHANnel<n>:VISible

48

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel:REFerence
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the strategy for the offset value change inthe vertical direction when the vertical scale is changed.
The query returns the current vertical reference strategy.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel:REFerence <type><type>:= {OFFSet|POSition}
 OFFset means when the vertical scale is changed, thevertical offset remains fixed. As the vertical scale ischanged, the waveform expands/contracts around themain X-axis of the display.
 POSition means when the vertical scale is changed, thevertical offset remains fixed to the grid position on thedisplay. As the vertical scale is changed, the waveform
expands/contracts around the position of the verticalground position on the display.

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel:REFerence?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {OFFSet|POSition}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the strategy of the verticalreference to offset.
Command message::CHANnel:REFerence OFFSet
CHAN:REF OFFS
Query message:
CHAN:REF?
Response message:
OFFSetInt.siglent.com

49

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command enables or disables the bandwidth-limiting lowpass filter. If the bandwidth filter is on, it will filter the signal toreduce noise and other unwanted high frequency components.
When the filter is on, the bandwidth of the specified channel islimited to approximately 20 MHz or 200 MHz.
The query returns the current setting of the low-pass filter.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit <bwlimit><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<bwlimit>:= {FULL|20M|200M}
 FULL sets the oscilloscope bandwidth to full.
 20M enables the 20 MHz bandwidth filter.
 200M enables the 200 MHz bandwidth filter.

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:BWLimit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<bwlimit><bwlimit>:= {FULL|20M|200M}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the bandwidth filter of Channel 1
to 20 MHz.
Command message::CHANnel1:BWLimit 20M
CHAN1:BWL 20M
Query message:
CHAN1:BWL?
Response message:
20M

50

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:COUPling
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the coupling mode of the specified input
channel.
The query returns the coupling mode of the specified channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:COUPling <coupling_mode><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<coupling_mode>:= {DC|AC|GND}
 DC sets the channel coupling to DC.
 AC sets the channel coupling to AC.
 GND sets the channel coupling to Ground.

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>: COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT<coupling_mode><coupling_mode>:= {DC|AC|GND}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the coupling mode of Channel 1
to AC.
Command message::CHANnel1:COUPling AC
CHAN1:COUP AC
Query message:
CHAN1:COUP?
Response message:AC

Int.siglent.com

51

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:IMPedanceCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the input impedance of the selectedchannel. There are two impedance values available,
depending on model. They are 1 MOhm and 50.
The query returns the current impedance setting of theselected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance <impedance><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<impedance>:= {ONEMeg|FIFTy} ONEMeg means 1 Mohm.
 FIFTy means 50 ohm.
Note:
When set to FIFTy, the range of legal values set by
the :CHAN<n>:SCAL commands is limited to less than 1 V.

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:IMPedance?

RESPONSE FORMAT<impedance><impedance>:= {ONEMeg|FIFTy}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the impedance of Channel 2 to 1
MOhm.
Command message::CHANnel2:IMPedance ONEMeg
CHAN2:IMP ONEM
Query message:
CHAN2:IMP?
Response message:
ONEMeg

RELATED COMMANDS

52:CHANnel<n>:SCALe

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:INVert
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects whether or not to mathematically invert
the input signal for the specified channel. This is amathematical operation and does not change the polarity of
the input signal with reference to ground.
The query returns the current state of the channel inversion.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:INVert <state><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<state>:= {ON|OFF} ON enables channel inversion.
 Off disables channel inversion.

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:INVert?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command inverts the display of Channel 2.
Command message::CHANnel2:INVert ON
CHAN2:INV ON
Query message:
CHAN2:INV?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

53

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:LABel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command is to turn the specified channel label on or off.
The query returns the label associated with a particularchannel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:LABel <state><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<state>:= {ON|OFF} ON enables the channel label.
 OFF disables the channel label.

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the label of Channel 1.
Command message::CHANnel1:LABel ON
CHAN1:LAB ON
Query message:
CHAN1:LAB?
Response message:
ON

54

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the selected channel label to the string that
follows. Setting a label for a channel also adds the name to thelabel list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest label inthe list)
The query returns the current label text of the selectedchannel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT <qstring><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<qstring>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of thestring is limited to 20.
Note:
All characters will be automatically converted to uppercase.

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the label text of Channel 2 to
“VOUT”.
Command message::CHANnel2:LABel:TEXT "VOUT"
CHAN2:LAB:TEXT "VOUT"
Query message:
CHAN2:LAB:TEXT?
Response message:"VOUT"RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CHANnel<n>:LABel

55

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command allows adjustment of the vertical offset of thespecified input channel. The maximum ranges depend on the
fixed sensitivity setting.
The query returns the offset value of the specified channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet <offset_value><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<offset_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:
The range of legal values varies with the value set by
the :CHANnel<n>:SCALe commands.

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet?

RESPONSE FORMAT<offset_value><offset_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the offset of Channel 2 to -3.8 V.
Command message::CHANnel2:OFFSet -3.8E+00
CHAN2:OFFS -3.8E+00
Query message:
CHAN2:OFFS?
Response message:-3.8E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

56:CHANnel<n>:SCALe

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:PROBe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command specifies the probe attenuation factor for theselected channel. This command does not change the actual
input sensitivity of the oscilloscope. It changes the reference
constants for scaling the display factors, for making automatic
measurements, and for setting trigger levels.
The query returns the current probe attenuation factor for theselected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:PROBe <attenuation>[,<value>]<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<attenuation>:= {DEFault|VALue} DEFault means set to the default value 1X.
 VALue means set to the <value>.
<value>:= Probe attenuation ratio in NR3 format when<attenuation> is VALue, and the range is [1E-6, 1E6].

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:PROBe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the attenuation factor of Channel
1 to 100:1. To ensure the data matches the true signal voltage
values, the physical probe attenuation must match the scope
attenuation values for that input channel.
Command message::CHANnel1:PROBe VALue,1.00E+02
CHAN1:PROB VAL,1.00E+02
Query message:
CHAN1:PROB?
Response message:
1.00E+02

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CHANnel<n>:SCALe:CHANnel<n>:OFFSet

57

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:SCALe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the vertical sensitivity in Volts/div. If theprobe attenuation is changed, the scale value is multiplied by
the probe's attenuation factor.
The query returns the current vertical sensitivity of thespecified channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:SCALe <scale><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:
The range of value varies from the models and the bandwidthof the model. See the data sheet for details.

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<scale><scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The return value is affected by probe.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the vertical sensitivity of
Channel 1 to 50 mV/div
Command message::CHANnel1:SCALe 5.00E-02
CHAN1:SCAL 5.00E-02
Query message:
CHAN1:SCAL?
Response message:
5.00E-02
5.00E-01 (when the probe attenuation ratio is 10:1)

RELATED COMMANDS

58:CHANnel<n>:PROBe

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:SKEW
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the channel-to-channel skew factor for the
specified channel.
The query returns the current probe skew setting for theselected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:SKEW <skew_value><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<skew_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is[-1.00E-07, 1.00E-07].

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:SKEW?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the skew of Channel 1 to 1.52 ns.
Command message::CHANnel1:SKEW 1.52E-09
CHAN1:SKEW 1.52E-09
Query message:
CHAN1:SKEW?
Response message:
1.52E-09

Int.siglent.com

59

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:SWITch
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command turns the display of the specified channel on oroff.
The query returns current status of the selected channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:SWITch <state><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:SWITch?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command displays Channel 1.
Command message::CHANnel1:SWITch ON
CHAN1:SWIT ON
Query message:
CHAN1:SWIT?
Response message:
ON

60

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:UNIT
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command change the unit of input signal of specified
channel. There is voltage (V) and current (A) two choice tochoose for each channel.
The query returns the current unit of the concerned channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:UNIT <unit><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<unit>:= {V|A}
Note:
The related parameter units are changed to the selected unit
after processing this command. This also effects measurement
results, cursors value, channel sensitivity, and trigger level.

QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:UNIT?

RESPONSE FORMAT<unit><unit>:= {V|A}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the unit of Channel 1 to A.
Command message::CHANnel1:UNIT A
CHAN1:UNIT A
Query message:
CHAN1:UNIT?
Response message:
A

Int.siglent.com

61

SDS Series Programming Guide:CHANnel<n>:VISible
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command is used to whether display the waveform of thespecified channel or not. Different from thecommand :CHANnel<n>:SWITch, it sets the state on thedisplay, and the latter sets the physical switch.
The query returns whether the waveform display function of
the selected channel is on or off.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:VISible <display_state><n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<display_state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:CHANnel<n>:VISible?

RESPONSE FORMAT<display_state><display_state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the display of Channel 2 to ON.
Command message::CHANnel2:VISible ON
CHAN2:VIS ON
Query message:
CHAN2:VIS?
Response message:
ON

62

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

COUNter Commands
The :COUNter subsystem commands control the counter function.

:COUNter:COUNter:CURRent:COUNter:LEVel:COUNter:MODE:COUNter:SOURce:COUNter:STATistics

:COUNter:STATistics:RESet:COUNter:STATistics:VALue

:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:LEVel:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:SLOPe:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:TYPE

:COUNter:TOTalizer:RESet:COUNter:TOTalizer:SLOPeInt.siglent.com

63

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNterCommand/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the switch of the counter function.
The query returns the current state of the counter.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables counter function.
Command message::COUNter ON
COUN ON
Query message:
COUN?
Response message:
ON

64

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:CURRent
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the current counter value.

QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter:CURRent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:
The counter has 7-digit frequency measurement accuracy. To
return a higher precision value, please use thecommand :FORMat:DATA.

EXAMPLEThe following command returns the counter value when themode of the counter is Frequency.
Query message:
COUN:CURR?
Response message:
1.00E+03

Int.siglent.com

65

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the level of the counter.
The query returns the current level of the counter.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter: LEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SDS3000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value>:<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the level of the counter to 0.5V.
Command message::COUNter:LEVel 5.00E-01
COUN:LEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
COUN:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-0166

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:MODE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command selects the mode of the counter.
The query returns the current mode of the counter.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter: MODE <type><type>:= {FREQuency|PERiod|TOTalizer}
 FREQuency means the average frequency over a set
period PERiod means the reciprocal of the average frequency
over a set period
 TOTalizer means the value of cumulative count

QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type>:= {FREQuency|PERiod|TOTalizer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the mode of the counter as
Frequency.
Command message::COUNter:MODE FREQuency
COUN:MODE FREQ
Query message:
COUN:MODE?
Response message:
FREQuency

Int.siglent.com

67

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the source of the counter source.
The query returns the current source of the counter.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter: SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of the counter as
Channel 1.
Command message::COUNter:SOURce C1
COUN:SOUR C1
Query message:
COUN:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

68

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:STATistics
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the switch of the counter statistics
function.
The query returns the current state of the counter statistics.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter: STATistics <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}
Note:
This command can only be used when the counter mode is
FREQuency or PERriod.

QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter:STATistics?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state>:<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the switch of the counter statistic
to ON.
Command message::COUNter:STATistics ON
COUN:STAT ON
Query message:
COUN:STAT?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

69

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:STATistics:RESet
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command resets the statistics results of the counterstatistics function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter: STATistics:RESet
Note:
This command can only be used when the counter mode is
FREQuency or PERiod.

EXAMPLEThe following command resets the statistics results of thecounter statistics function.
Command message::COUNter:STATistics:RESet:COUN:STAT:RES

RELATED COMMANDS

70:COUNter:STATistics

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:STATistics:VALue
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the the counter statistics. This query can
only be used when the counter mode is FREQuency or
PERiod.

QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter:STATistics:VALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT<current>,<mean>,<min>,<max>,<stdev>,<count><current>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. Indicates the current value forstatistics.
<mean>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. Indicates the mean value for statistics.
<min>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. Indicates the minimum value forstatistics.
<max>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. Indicates the maximum value forstatistics.
<stdev>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. Indicates the standard deviation for
statistics.
<count>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. Indicates the number of statistics.
Note:
When the switch of the counter statistics is OFF, return“OFF”.
The counter has 7-digit frequency measurement
accuracy. To return a higher precision value, please use
the command :FORMat:DATA.

EXAMPLEThe following command returns the counter statistics when themode of the counter is Frequency.
Query message:
COUN:STAT:VAL?
Response message:
1.00E+03,1.00E+03,1.00E+03,1.00E+03,1.52E-02,312

Int.siglent.com

71

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the counter gate when themode is TOTalizer.
This query returns the current state of the counter gate.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the gate setting switch to on.
Command message::COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE ON
COUN:TOT:GATE ON
Query message:
COUN:TOT:GATE?
Response message:
ON

72

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the value of the gate level.
This query returns the value of the gate level.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter: TOTalizer:GATE:LEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter: TOTalizer:GATE:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the style of counter gate to level.
Command message::COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:LEVel 5.00E-1
COUN:TOT:GATE:LEV 5.00E-1
Query message:
COUN:TOT:GATE:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-1

Int.siglent.com

73

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of the gate source when the gatetype is AEDGe, and sets the polarity of the gate source when
the gate type is LEVel.
This query returns the slope or polarity of the gate source.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter: TOTalizer:GATE:SLOPe <slope><slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter: TOTalizer:GATE:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope><slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the slope of the counter gate to
RISing when the gate type is AEDGe.
Command message::COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:SLOPe RISing
COUN:TOT:GATE:SLOP RIS
Query message:
COUN:TOT:GATE:SLOP?
Response message:
RISing74

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the type of the counter gate.
This query returns the current style of the counter gate.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter: TOTalizer:GATE:TYPE <style><style>:= {LEVel|AEDGe}QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter: TOTalizer:GATE:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<style><style>:= {LEVel|AEDGe}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the style of counter gate to level.
Command message::COUNter:TOTalizer:GATE:TYPE LEVel
COUN:TOT:GATE:TYPE LEVQuery message:
COUN:TOT:GATE:TYPE?
Response message:
LEVel

Int.siglent.com

75

SDS Series Programming Guide:COUNter:TOTalizer:RESet
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command resets the results of the counter totalizer
function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter: TOTalizer:RESet

EXAMPLEThe following command resets the results of the counter
totalizer function.
Command message::COUNter:TOTalizer:RESet:COUN:TOT:RES:COUNter:TOTalizer:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of the counter totalizer source.
This query returns the slope of the counter totalizer source.

COMMAND SYNTAX:COUNter: TOTalizer:SLOPe <slope><slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:COUNter: TOTalizer:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope><slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the slope of counter totalizer
source to RISing.
Command message::COUNter:TOTalizer:SLOPe RISing
COUN:TOT:SLOP RIS
Query message:
COUN:TOT:SLOP?
Response message:
RISing76

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

CURSor Commands
The CURSor command subsystem commands control the cursor measurement function and allows
for manual cursor, tracking cursor, and measurement cursor settings.
The Siglent oscilloscope supports two forms of cursor: single group cursor and multiple cursors. The
command systems for the two forms of cursor are different, please use the correct commands
according to the cursor form.

:CURSor:CURSor:TAGStyle:CURSor:XREFerence:CURSor:YREFerenceSingle Group Cursor Commands

Multiple Cursors Commands

Int.siglent.com

77

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSorCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the cursor.
This command query returns the current state of the cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables cursor function.
Command message::CURSor ON
CURS ON
Query message:
CURS?
Response message:
ON

78

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:TAGStyle
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the tag type of the cursor value.
The query returns the current tag type of cursor value.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:TAGStyle <type><type>:= {FIXed|FOLLowing}

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:TAGStyle?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {FIXed|FOLLowing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the tag type of cursor value to
FIXed.
Command message::CURSor:TAGStyle FIXed
CURS:TAGS FIXed
Query message:
CURS:TAGS?
Response message:
FIXed

Int.siglent.com

79

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XREFerence
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the expansion strategy around the
cursor X.
The query returns the expansion strategy of the cursor X.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XREFerence <type><type>:= {DELay|POSition}
 DELay means that the cursor value is fixed, and the onscreen cursor position changes for different timebase
values.
 POSition means that the cursor position is fixed, and does
not change at any time. Timebase changes cause an
expansion or contraction of the waveforms around the
cursor position.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XREFerence?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type>< type >:= {DELay|POSition}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the type of the X cursor reference
to delay.
Command message::CURSor:XREFerence DELay
CURS:XREF DEL
Query message:
CURS:XREF?
Response message:
DELay

80

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:YREFerence
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the expansion strategy of the Y
cursor.
The query returns the expansion strategy of the Y cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:YREFerence <type><type>:= {OFFSet|POSition}
 OFFSet means that the cursor value is fixed, and the
cursor position moves with vertical scale changes. The
cursors expand or contract if the vertical scale changes.
 POSition means that the cursor position is fixed, and does
not change at any time.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:YREFerence?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {OFFSet|POSition}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the type of the Y cursor reference
to offset.
Command message::CURSor:YREFerence OFFSet
CURS:YREF OFFS
Query message:
CURS:YREF?
Response message:
OFFSetInt.siglent.com

81

SDS Series Programming Guide

Single Group Cursor Commands
The single group cursor only supports 4 cursor lines: X1, X2, Y1, Y2. In each cursor mode, set or
query cursor parameters using the commands in this section.
:CURSor:IXDelta
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the current value of cursor 1/(X1-X2).

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:IXDelta?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLE

Query message:
CURS:IXD?
Response message:
5.7143E+00

RELATED COMMANDS82:CURSor:X1:CURSor:X2:CURSor:XDELta

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MITem
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command specifies the measure item of the cursors,when the cursor mode is measure.
The query returns the current measure item of cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MITem <type>,<source1>[,<source2>]<type>:= the type of the selected measurement item inadvanced measurement,see the table Description of
Parameters
for details.
<source1>:= the source of the selected measurement item inadvanced measurement. The optional parameters are thesame as the measurement source.
<source2>:= when the type is CH Delay type, source2 needs
to be specified. The optional parameters are the same as themeasurement source

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MITem?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type>,<source1>[,<source2>]

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the mesure item of the cursor to
PKPK(C2), when the advanced measurement is turned on.
Command message::CURSor:MITem PKPK,C2
CURS:MIT PKPK,C2
Query message:
CURS:MIT?
Response message:
PKPK,C2

Int.siglent.com

83

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MODE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command specifies the mode of cursor, and the type of
cursor to be displayed when the cursor mode is manual.
The query returns the current mode of cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MODE <type><type>:= {TRACk|MANual[,<mode>]|MEASure}<mode>:= {X|Y|XY}
 MANul means the manual cursors
 TRACk means the track cursors
 MEASure means the measure cursors

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {TRACk|MANual[,<mode>]}<mode>:= {X|Y|XY}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the cursor type to manual X,
when the cursor mode is manual.
Command message::CURSor:MODE MANual,X
CURS:MODE MAN,X
Query message:
CURS:MODE?
Response message:
MANual,X

84

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:SOURce1
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the source of the cursor source 1.
The query returns the current source of the cursor source 1.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:SOURce1 <source><source>:={C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>|REF<r>|DIGital|HISTOGram}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
Note:
When the cursor mode is a TRACk, the source cannot be set
to HISTOGram or DIGital.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:SOURce1?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:={C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>|REF<r>|DIGital|HISTOGram}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of the cursor source 1
as Channel 1.
Command message::CURSor:SOURce1 C1
CURS:SOUR1 C1Query message:
CURS:SOUR1?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:SOURce2

85

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:SOURce2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the source of the cursor source 2.
The query returns the current source of the cursor source 2.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:SOURce2 <source><source>:={C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>|REF<r>|DIGital|HISTOGram}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
Note:
When the cursor mode is a TRACk, the source cannot be set
to HISTOGram or DIGital.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:={C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>|REF<r>|DIGital|HISTOGram}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of the cursor source 2
as Channel 1.
Command message::CURSor:SOURce2 C1
CURS:SOUR2 C1Query message:
CURS:SOUR2?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS86:CURSor:SOURce1

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:X1
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the position of the cursor X1.
The query returns the current position of the cursor X1.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:X1 <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase+horizontal_delay,
horizontal_grid/2*timebase+horizontal_delay].

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:X1?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the value of the cursor X1 to 1
us.
Command message::CURSor:X1 1.00E-06
CURS:X1 1.00E-06
Query message:
CURS:X1?
Response message:
1.00E-06

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:X2:CURSor:XDELta:CURSor:IXDelta

87

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:X2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the position of the cursor X2.
The query returns the current position of the cursor X2.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:X2 <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase+horizontal_delay,
horizontal_grid/2*timebase+horizontal_delay].

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:X2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the value of the cursor X2 to 1
us.
Command message::CURSor:X2 1.00E-06
CURS:X2 1.00E-06
Query message:
CURS:X2?
Response message:
1.00E-06

RELATED COMMANDS88:CURSor:X1:CURSor:XDELta:CURSor:IXDelta

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XDELta
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the horizontal difference between cursor X1
and cursor X2.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XDELta?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command returns the current value of the cursor
X2-X1.
Query message:
CURS:XDEL?
Response message:
1.750E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:X1:CURSor:X2:CURSor:IXDelta

89

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:Y1
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the position of the cursor Y1.
The query returns the current position of the cursor Y1.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:Y1 <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is[-vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale-vertical_offset].

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:Y1?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the value of the cursor Y1 to 12
V.
Command message::CURSor:Y1 1.20E+01
CURS:Y1 1.20E+01
Query message:
CURS:Y1?
Response message:
1.20E+01

RELATED COMMANDS90:CURSor:Y2:CURSor:YDELta

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:Y2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the position of the cursor Y2.
The query returns the current position of the cursor Y2.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:Y2 <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is[-vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
vertical_grid/2*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:Y2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the value of the cursor Y2 to 10
V.
Command message::CURSor:Y2 1.00E+01
CURS:Y2 1.00E+01
Query message:
CURS:Y2?
Response message:
1.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:Y1:CURSor:YDELta

91

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:YDELta
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the vertical difference between the cursor
Y1 and cursor Y2.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:YDELta?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command returns the current value of the cursor
Y2-Y1.
Query message:
CURS:YDEL?
Response message:
1.80E+01

RELATED COMMANDS92:CURSor:Y1:CURSor:Y2

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Multiple Cursors Commands
The multiple cursors supports 5 cursor modes: Manual X, Manual Y, Track, Measure, and XY. Multiple
cursor lines are supported in each mode, and different parameters can be set for each cursor line.
Set or query cursor parameters through commands in this section.
:CURSor:MANual:X<n>Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the specified manual
X cursor.
The query returns the current state of the specified manual X
cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n> <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables manual X2.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:X2 ON
CURS:MAN:X2 ON
Query message:
CURS:MAN:X2?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor93

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:COLor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the color of the specified manual X cursor.
The query returns the color of the specified manual X cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:COLor <color><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<color>:= {DEFault|DELTa|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means color of cursor source.
 DELTa means synchronizing with the color of thereference cursor.
 CUSTom means set to the <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:COLor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the color of manual X2 to thecolor of the cursor source.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:X2:COLor DEFault
CURS:MAN:X2:COL DEF
Query message:
CURS:MAN:X2:COL?
Response message:"#ffff00"

RELATED COMMANDS94:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:SOURce:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DTCursor

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DFOLlow
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the fixed relative
position between the specified manual X cursor and thereference cursor.
The query returns the current state of the fixed relative position
between the specified manual X cursor and the reference
cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DFOLlow <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}
Note:
Only when the reference cursor source is not NONE can it be
set.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DFOLlow?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the manual X2 to follow thereference cursor movement status as ON.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:X2:DFOLlow ON
CURS:MAN:X2:DFOL ON
Query message:
CURS:MAN:X2:DFOL?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DTCursor

95

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DTCursor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the reference cursor for the specified
manual X cursor.
The query returns the reference cursor for the specified
manual X cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DTCursor <source><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<source>:= {MX<m>|TRACK<t>|NONE}
 <m>:= 1 to (# manual X cursor index) in NR1 format.
 <t>:= 1 to (# track cursor index) in NR1 format
 NONE means not set reference cursor.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DTCursor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {MX<m>|TRACK<t>|NONE}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the reference cursor for manual
X2 to manual X1.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:X2:DTCursor MX1
CURS:MAN:X2:DTC MX1
Query message:
CURS:MAN:X2:DTC?
Response message:
MX1

RELATED COMMANDS96:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:CURSor:TRACk<n>Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DVALue
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of the specified manual X
cursor relative to the reference cursor.
The query returns the position of the specified manual X
cursor relative to the reference cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DVALue <value><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DVALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of manual relative tothe reference cursor to 1us.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:X2:DVALue 1.00E-06
CURS:MAN:X2:DVAL 1.00E-06
Query message:
CURS:MAN:X2:DVAL?
Response message:
1.00E-06

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DFOLlow:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DTCursor

97

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:LABel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the label for the specified manual X
cursor.
The query returns the label for the specified manual X cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:LABel <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {DEFault|DELTa|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means that the label is empty.
 DELTa means synchronizing with the label of thereference cursor.
 CUSTom means set to <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the stringis limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the label of manual X2 as thedefault label.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:X2:LABel DEFault
CURS:MAN:X2:LAB DEF
Query message:
CURS:MAN:X2:LAB?
Response message:“”

RELATED COMMANDS98:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:DTCursor

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of the specified manual X
cursor.
The query to return the position of the specified manual X
cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:POSition <value><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02. The range of the value is[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase+horizontal_delay,
horizontal_grid/2*timebase+horizontal_delay].

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of manual X2 to 1us.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:X2:POSition 1.00E-06
CURS:MAN:X2:POS 1.00E-06
Query message:
CURS:MAN:X2:POS?
Response message:
1.00E-06

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:MANual:X<n>99

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the source for the specified manual X
cursor.
The query to return the source for the specified manual X
cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:SOURce <source><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<source>:={C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|ZF<x>|M<m>|ZM<m>|DIGital|ZDIGital|HISTOGram } <n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including
an integer and no decimal point, like 1.
 <x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
 <m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format,
including an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:={C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|ZF<x>|M<m>|ZM<m>|DIGital|ZDIGital|HISTOGram }EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of manual X2 to C1.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:X2:SOURce C1
CURS:MAN:X2:SOUR C1
Query message:
CURS:MAN:X2:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS100:CURSor:MANual:X<n>Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the specified manual
Y cursor.
The query returns the current state of the specified manual
cursor Y.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n> <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables manual Y2.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:Y2 ON
CURS:MAN:Y2 ON
Query message:
CURS:MAN:Y2?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor101

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:COLor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the color of the specified manual Y cursor.
The query returns the color of the specified manual Y cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:COLor <color><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<color>:= {DEFault|DELTa|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means color of cursor source.
 DELTa means synchronizing with the color of thereference cursor.
 CUSTom means set to the <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:COLor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the color of manual Y2 to thecolor of the cursor source.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:Y2:COLor DEFault
CURS:MAN:Y2:COL DEF
Query message:
CURS:MAN:Y2:COL?
Response message:"#ffff00"

RELATED COMMANDS102:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DTCursor:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DFOLlow
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the fixed relative
position between the specified manual Y cursor and thereference cursor.
The query returns the current state of the fixed relative position
between the specified manual Y cursor and the reference
cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DFOLlow <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}
Note:
Only when the reference cursor source is not NONE can it be
set.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DFOLlow?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the manual Y2 to follow thereference cursor movement status as ON.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:Y2:DFOLlow ON
CURS:MAN:Y2:DFOL ON
Query message:
CURS:MAN:Y2:DFOL?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DTCursor

103

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DTCursor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the reference cursor for the specified
manual Y cursor.
The query returns the reference cursor for the specified
manual Y cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DTCursor <source><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<source>:= {MY<m>|NONE}
 <m>:= 1 to (# manual Ycursor index) in NR1 format.
 NONE means not set reference cursor.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DTCursor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {MY<m>|NONE}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the reference cursor for manualY2 to MY1.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:Y2:DTCursor MY1
CURS:MAN:Y2:DTC MY1
Query message:
CURS:MAN:Y2:DTC?
Response message:
MY1

RELATED COMMANDS104:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DVALue
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of the specified manual Y
cursor relative to the reference cursor.
The query returns the position of the specified manual Y cursor
relative to the reference cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DVALue <value><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DVALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of manual Y2 relative
to the reference cursor to 1V.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:Y2:DVALue 1.00E+00
CURS:MAN:Y2:DVAL 1.00E+00
Query message:
CURS:MAN:Y2:DVAL?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DTCursor:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DFOLlow

105

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:LABel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the label for the specified manual Y cursor.
The query returns the label for the specified manual Y cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:LABel <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {DEFault|DELTa|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means that the label is empty.
 DELTa means synchronizing with the label of thereference cursor.
 CUSTom means set to <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the stringis limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the label of manual Y2 as thedefault label.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:Y2:LABel DEFault
CURS:MAN:Y2:LAB DEF
Query message:
CURS:MAN:Y2:LAB?
Response message:“”

RELATED COMMANDS106:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:DTCursor

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of the specified manual Y
cursor.
The query returns the position of the specified manual Y
cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:POSition <value><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of manual Y2 to 1V.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:Y2:POSition 1.00E+00
CURS:MAN:Y2:POS 1.00E+00
Query message:
CURS:MAN:Y2:POS?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>107

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the source for the specified manual Y
cursor.
The query returns the source for the specified manual Y
cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:SOURce <source><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<source>:={C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|ZF<x>|M<m>|ZM<m>|HISTOGram}
 <n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including
an integer and no decimal point, like 1.
 <x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
 <m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format,
including an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:={C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|ZF<x>|M<m>|ZM<m>|HISTOGram}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of manual Y2 to C1.
Command message::CURSor:MANual:Y2:SOURce C1
CURS:MAN:Y2:SOUR C1
Query message:
CURS:MAN:Y2:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS108:CURSor:MANual:Y<n>Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MEASure<n>Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the specified
measure cursor.
This query returns the current state of the specified measure
cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MEASure<n> <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to MEASure and defines the measure cursor that is
affected by the command.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MEASure<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables measure cursor MEA2.
Command message::CURSor:MEASure2 ON
CURS:MEAS2 ON
Query message:
CURS:MEAS2?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor109

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MEASure<n>:COLor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the color of the specified measure cursor.
The query returns the color of the specified measure cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MEASure<n>:COLor <color><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as a suffix
to MEASure and defines the measure cursor that is affected by
the command.
<color>:= {DEFault|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means color of cursor source.
 CUSTom means set to the <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MEASure<n>:COLor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the color of measure cursor
MEA2 to the color of the cursor source.
Command message::CURSor:MEASure2:COLor DEFault
CURS:MEAS2:COL DEF
Query message:
CURS:MEAS2:COL?
Response message:"#ffff00"

RELATED COMMANDS

11 0:CURSor:MEASure<n>Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MEASure<n>:LABel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the label for the specified measure cursor
MEA.
The query returns the label for the specified measure cursor
MEA.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MEASure<n>:LABel <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to MEASure and defines the measure cursor that is
affected by the command.
<state>:= {DEFault|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means that the label is empty.
 CUSTom means set to <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the stringis limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MEASure<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the label of measure cursor
MEA2 as the default label.
Command message::CURSor:MEASure2:LABel DEFault
CURS:MEAS2:LAB DEF
Query message:
CURS:MEAS2:LAB?
Response message:“MEA2”RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:MEASure<n>

11 1

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:MEASure<n>:MITem
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the measurement items for the specified
measurement cursor MEA.
The query to return the measurement items for the specified
measurement cursor MEA.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:MEASure<n>:MITem <type>,<src1>[,<src2>]<n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to MEASure and defines the measure cursor that is
affected by the command.
<type>:= The parameters are the same as the measurement
type, see Table “Description of Parameters” for details.
<source1>:= the source of the selected measurement item inadvanced measurement. The optional parameters are thesame as the measurement source.
<source2>:= when the type is CH Delay type, source2 needs
to be specified. The optional parameters are the same as themeasurement source

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:MEASure<n>:MITem?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type>,<source1>[,<source2>]

EXAMPLEWhen advanced measurement is turned on, the following
command sets the measurement item of the measurement
cursor MEA2 to PKPK (C2).
Command message::CURSor:MEASure2:MITem PKPK,C2
CURS:MEAS2:MIT PKPK,C2
Query message:
CURS:MEAS2:MIT?
Response message:
PKPK,C2

RELATED COMMANDS

11 2:CURSor:MEASure<n>:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:TRACk<n>Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the specified track
cursor TX.
The query returns the current state of the specified track
cursor TX.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n> <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to TRACk and defines the track cursor that is affected by
the command.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT{ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables track cursor TX2.
Command message::CURSor:TRACk2 ON
CURS:TRAC2 ON
Query message:
CURS:TRAC2?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor

11 3

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:TRACk<n>:COLor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the color of the specified track cursor TX.
The query returns the color of the specified track cursor TX.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:COLor <color><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to TRACk and defines the track cursor that is affected by
the command.
<color>:= {DEFault|DELTa|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means color of cursor source.
 DELTa means synchronizing with the color of thereference cursor.
 CUSTom means set to the <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:COLor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the color of track cursor TX2 tothe color of the cursor source.
Command message::CURSor:TRACk2:COLor DEFault
CURS:TRACk2:COL DEF
Query message:
CURS:TRACk2:COL?
Response message:"#ffff00"

RELATED COMMANDS

11 4:CURSor:TRACk<n>:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DTCursor:CURSor:TRACk<n>:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DFOLlow
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the fixed relative
position between the specified track cursor TX and thereference cursor.
The query returns the current state of the fixed relative position
between the specified track cursor TX and the reference
cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DFOLlow <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to TRACk and defines the track cursor that is affected by
the command.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}
Note:
Only when the reference cursor source is not NONE can it be
set.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DFOLlow?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the track cursor TX2 to follow thereference cursor movement status as ON.
Command message::CURSor:TRACk2:DFOLlow ON
CURS:TRAC2:DFOL ON
Query message:
CURS:MAN:X2:DFOL?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DTCursor

11 5

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DTCursor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the reference cursor for the specified track
cursor TX.
The query returns the reference cursor for the specified track
cursor TX.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DTCursor <source><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to TRACk and defines the track cursor that is affected by
the command.
<source>:= {MX<m>|TRACK<t>|NONE}
 <m>:= 1 to (# manual X cursor index) in NR1 format.
 <t>:= 1 to (# track cursor index) in NR1 format
 NONE means not set reference cursor.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DTCursor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {MX<m>|TRACK<t>|NONE}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the reference cursor for track
cursor TX2 to MX1.
Command message::CURSor:TRACk:DTCursor MX1
CURS:TRAC2:DTC MX1
Query message:
CURS:TRAC2:DTC?
Response message:
MX1

RELATED COMMANDS

11 6:CURSor:MANual:X<n>:CURSor:TRACk<n>Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DVALue
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of the specified track cursor
TX relative to the reference cursor.
The query returns the position of the specified track cursor TX
relative to the reference cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DVALue <value><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to TRACk and defines the track cursor that is affected by
the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DVALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of track cursor TX2
relative to the reference cursor to 1us.
Command message::CURSor:TRACk2:DVALue 1.00E-06
CURS:TRAC2:DVAL 1.00E-06
Query message:
CURS:TRAC2:DVAL?
Response message:
1.00E-06

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DTCursor:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DFOLlow

11 7

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:TRACk<n>:LABel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the label for the specified track cursor TX.
The query returns the label for the specified track cursor TX.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:LABel <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to TRACk and defines the track cursor that is affected by
the command.
<state>:= {DEFault|DELTa|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means that the label is empty.
 DELTa means synchronizing with the label of thereference cursor.
 CUSTom means set to <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the stringis limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the label of track cursor TX2 as
the default label.
Command message::CURSor:TRACk2:LABel DEFault
CURS:TRAC2:LAB DEF
Query message:
CURS:TRAC2:LAB?
Response message:“”

RELATED COMMANDS

11 8:CURSor:TRACk<n>:CURSor:TRACk<n>:DTCursor

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:TRACk<n>:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the horizontal position of the specified
track cursor TX.
The query returns the horizontal position of the specified track
cursor TX.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:POSition <value><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to TRACk and defines the track cursor that is affected by
the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02, The range of the value is[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase+horizontal_delay,
horizontal_grid/2*timebase+horizontal_delay].

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the horizontal position of track
cursor TX2 to 1us.
Command message::CURSor:TRACk2:POSition 1.00E-06
CURS:TRAC2:POS 1.00E-06
Query message:
CURS:TRAC2:POS?
Response message:
1.00E-06

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:TRACk<n>11 9

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:TRACk<n>:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the source for the specified trackl cursor
TX.
The query returns the source for the specified track cursor TX.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:SOURce <source><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to TRACk and defines the track cursor that is affected by
the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|ZF<x>|M<m>|ZM<m>} <n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including
an integer and no decimal point, like 1.
 <x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
 <m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format,
including an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|ZF<x>|M<m>|ZM<m>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of track cursor TX2 to
C1.
Command message::CURSor:TRACk2:SOURce C1
CURS:TRAC2:SOUR C1
Query message:
CURS:TRAC2:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS120:CURSor:TRACk<n>Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:TRACk<n>:VALue
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the vertical position of the specified track
cursor TX.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:TRACk<n>:VALue?
<n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to TRACk and defines the track cursor that is affected by
the command.

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E-02

EXAMPLEThe following command query returns the vertical position of
track cursor TX2.
Query message:
CURS:TRAC2:VAL?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:TRACk<n>:POSition

121

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:X<n>Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the specified XY
cursor X.
The query returns the current state of the specified XY cursor
X.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n> <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the XY X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}
Note: The XY cursor can only be turned on in XY mode.
 When XY mode is turned off, the XY cursor automaticallyclosesQUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables XY cursor X2.
Command message::CURSor:XY:X2 ON
CURS:XY:X2 ON
Query message:
CURS:XY:X2?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS122:CURSor:ACQuire:MODE

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:X<n>:COLor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the color of the specified XY cursor X.
The query returns the color of the specified XY cursor X.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:COLor <color><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the XY X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<color>:= {DEFault|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means color of cursor source.
 CUSTom means set to the <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:COLor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the color of XY cursor X2 to thecolor of the cursor source.
Command message::CURSor:XY:X2:COLor DEFault
CURS:XY:X2:COL DEF
Query message:
CURS:XY:X2:COL?
Response message:"#ffff00"

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:XY:X<n>:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DTCursor

123

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DFOLlow
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the fixed relative
position between the specified XY cursor X and the reference
cursor.
The query returns the current state of the fixed relative
position between the specified XY cursor X and the reference
cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DFOLlow <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the XY X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}
Note:
Only when the reference cursor source is not NONE can it be
set.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DFOLlow?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the XY cursor X2 to follow thereference cursor movement status as ON.
Command message::CURSor:XY:X2:DFOLlow ON
CURS:XY:X2:DFOL ON
Query message:
CURS:XY:X2:DFOL?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS124:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DTCursor

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DTCursor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the reference cursor for the specified XY
cursor X.
The query returns the reference cursor for the specified XY
cursor X.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DTCursor <source><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the XY X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<source>:= {XY_X<m>|NONE}
 <m>:= 1 to (#XY X cursor index) in NR1 format.
 NONE means not set reference cursor.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DTCursor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= { XY_X<m>|NONE}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the reference cursor for XY
cursor X2 to XY_X1.
Command message::CURSor:XY:X2:DTCursor XY_X1
CURS:XY:X2:DTC XY_X1
Query message:
CURS:XY:X2:DTC?
Response message:
XY_X1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:XY:X<n>125

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DVALue
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of the specified XY cursor X
relative to the reference cursor.
The query returns the position of the specified XY cursor X
relative to the reference cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DVALue <value><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the XY X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+00

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DVALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+00

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of XY X1 relative tothe reference cursor to 1V.
Command message::CURSor:XY:X2:DVALue 1.00E+00
CURS:XY:X2:DVAL 1.00E+00
Query message:
CURS:XY:X2:DVAL?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS126:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DFOLlow:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DTCursor

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:X<n>:LABel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the label for the specified XY cursor X.
The query returns the label for the specified XY cursor X.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:LABel <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the XY X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {DEFault|DELTa|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means that the label is empty.
 DELTa means synchronizing with the label of thereference cursor.
 CUSTom means set to <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the stringis limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the label of XY cursor X2 as thedefault label.
Command message::CURSor:XY:X2:LABel DEFault
CURS:XY:X2:LAB DEF
Query message:
CURS:XY:X2:LAB?
Response message:“XY”

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:XY:X<n>:CURSor:XY:X<n>:DTCursor

127

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:X<n>:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of the specified XY cursor X.
The query returns the position of the specified XY cursor X.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:POSition <value><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to X and defines the XY X cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+00.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:X<n>:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+00

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of XY cursor X2 to
1V.
Command message::CURSor:XY:X2:POSition 1.00E+00
CURS:XY:X2:POS 1.00E+00
Query message:
CURS:XY:X2:POS?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS128:CURSor:XY:X<n>Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:Y<n>Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the specified XY
cursor Y.
The query returns the current state of the specified XY cursor
Y.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n> <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the XY Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}
Note: The XY cursor can only be turned on in XY mode.
 When XY mode is turned off, the XY cursor automaticallyclosesQUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables XY cursor Y2.
Command message::CURSor:XY:Y2 ON
CURS:XY:Y2 ON
Query message:
CURS:XY:Y2?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:ACQuire:MODE

129

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:COLor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the color of the specified XY cursor Y.
The query returns the color of the specified XY cursor Y.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:COLor <color><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the XY Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<color>:= {DEFault|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means color of cursor source.
 CUSTom means set to the <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:COLor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of hexadecimal RGB color code.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the color of XY cursor Y2 to thecolor of the cursor source.
Command message::CURSor:XY:Y2:COLor DEFault
CURS:XY:Y2:COL DEF
Query message:
CURS:XY:Y2:COL?
Response message:"#ffff00"

RELATED COMMANDS130:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DTCursor

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DFOLlow
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command chooses whether to open the fixed relative
position between the specified XY cursor Y and the reference
cursor.
The query returns the current state of the fixed relative position
between the specified XY cursor Y and the reference cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DFOLlow <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the XY Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}
Note:
Only when the reference cursor source is not NONE can it be
set.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DFOLlow?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the XY cursor Y2 to follow thereference cursor movement status as ON.
Command message::CURSor:XY:Y2:DFOLlow ON
CURS:XY:Y2:DFOL ON
Query message:
CURS:XY:Y2:DFOL?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DTCursor

131

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DTCursor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the reference cursor for the specified XY
cursor Y.
The query returns the reference cursor for the specified XY
cursor Y.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DTCursor <source><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the XY Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<source>:= {XY_Y<m>|NONE}
 <m>:= 1 to (#XY Y cursor index) in NR1 format.
 NONE means not set reference cursor.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DTCursor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= { XY_Y<m>|NONE}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the reference cursor for XY
cursor Y2 to XY_Y1.
Command message::CURSor:XY:Y2:DTCursor XY_Y1
CURS:XY:Y2:DTC XY_Y1
Query message:
CURS:XY:Y2:DTC?
Response message:
XY_Y1

RELATED COMMANDS132:CURSor:XY:Y<n>Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DVALue
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of the specified XY cursor Y
relative to the reference cursor.
The query returns the position of the specified XY cursor Y
relative to the reference cursor.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DVALue <value><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the XY Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+00

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DVALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+00

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of XY cursor Y2
relative to the reference cursor to 1V.
Command message::CURSor:XY:Y2:DVALue 1.00E+00
CURS:XY:Y2:DVAL 1.00E+00
Query message:
CURS:XY:Y2:DVAL?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DFOLlow:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DTCursor

133

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:LABel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the label for the specified XY cursor Y.
The query returns the label for the specified XY cursor Y.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:LABel <state><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the XY Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {DEFault|DELTa|CUSTom[,<string>]} DEFault means that the label is empty.
 DELTa means synchronizing with the label of thereference cursor.
 CUSTom means set to <string>.
<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the stringis limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string><string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the label of XY cursor Y2 as thedefault label.
Command message::CURSor:XY:Y2:LABel DEFault
CURS:XY:Y2:LAB DEF
Query message:
CURS:XY:Y2:LAB?
Response message:“XY”

RELATED COMMANDS134:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:DTCursor

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of the specified XY cursor Y.
The query returns the position of the specified XY cursor Y.

COMMAND SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:POSition <value><n>:= 1 to (# cursor index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to Y and defines the XY Y cursor that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+00.

QUERY SYNTAX:CURSor:XY:Y<n>:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+00

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of XY cursor Y2 to
1V.
Command message::CURSor:XY:Y2:POSition 1.00E+00
CURS:XY:Y2:POS 1.00E+00
Query message:
CURS:XY:Y2:POS?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CURSor:XY:Y<n>135

SDS Series Programming Guide

DECode Commands
The :DECode subsystem commands control the basic decode functions of the oscilloscope.

:DECode:DECode:LIST:DECode:LIST:LINE:DECode:LIST:SCRoll:DECode:BUS<n>:DECode:BUS<n>:COPY

:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat:DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol

:DECode:BUS<n>:RESult:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC Commands

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI Commandds

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART Commands

:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN Commands

:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN Commands

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd Commands [Option]

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS Commands [Option]

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 Commands [Option]

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT Commands [Option]

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester Commands [Option]

136

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECodeCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the decode function.
This query returns the current status of the decode function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the decode function.
Command message::DECode ON
DEC ON
Query message:
DEC?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

137

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:LIST
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command enables or disables the list of decode result.
This query returns the current switch state of the decode list.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:LIST <state><state>:= {OFF|D1|D2}
 D1 means bus 1
 D2 means bus 2

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:LIST?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|D1|D2}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the D1 list.
Command message::DECode:LIST D1
DEC:LIST D1
Query message:
DEC:LIST?
Response message:
D1

138

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:LIST:LINE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the number of lines displayed in the
decoding list on the screen.
This query returns the number of lines displayed in the
decoding list.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:LIST:LINE <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of value is [1, 7].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:LIST:LINE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of lines displayed bydecoding to 6.
Command message::DECode:LIST:LINE 6
DEC:LIST:LINE 6
Query message:
DEC:LIST:LINE?
Response message:
6

Int.siglent.com

139

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:LIST:SCRoll
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the selected line when the decode list isturned on.
This query returns the selected line of the decode list.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:LIST:SCRoll <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:LIST:SCRoll?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the third line 3 selected when
decoding the display.
Command message::DECode:LIST:SCRoll 3
DEC:LIST:SCR 3
Query message:
DEC:LIST:SCR?
Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS

140:DECode:LIST:DECode:LIST:LINE

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:LIST<n>:RESult
Query
DESCRIPTIONThis query returns the result of the specified decoding list.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:LIST<n>:RESult?
<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.

RESPONSE FORMAT<ascii_text>
The data is separated by commas, and each frame isseparated by LF(\n). The data value is related to the format set
by “:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat”. The first row of data isheader description information.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the decoding protocol of bus 1 to
IIC.
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:RES?
Response message:
UART,\sTime,\sRx,\sRx\sErr,\sTx,\sTx\sErr\s1,-93.7501us,0x4C,\s,\s,\s
2,-93.7501us,\s,\s,0x4C,\s
3,-4.20950us,0x45,\s,\s,\s
4,-4.20950us,\s,\s,0x45,\s
5,85.4178us,,Less\sLength,\s,\s
6,85.4178us,\s,\s,,Less\sLengthInt.siglent.com

141

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the status of the decode bus.
This query returns the current status of the decode bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n> <state><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets decode bus 1 on.
Command message::DECode:BUS1 ON
DEC:BUS1 ON
Query message:
DEC:BUS1?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

142:DECodeInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:COPY
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command synchronizes the decoding settings with thetrigger settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:COPY <operation><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<operation>:= {FROMtrigger|TOTRigger}.
 FROMtrigger means copy trigger settings to the decodingbus.
 TOTRigger means copy decoding settings to trigger.

EXAMPLEThe following command copies the decode settings on bus 1
to the trigger settings.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:COPY FROMtrigger
DEC:BUS1:COPY FROM

Int.siglent.com

143

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the display format of the specified
decode bus.
This query returns the display format of the specified decode
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat <format><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<format>:= {BINary|DECimal|HEX|ASCii}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat?

RESPONSE FORMAT<format><format>:= {BINary|DECimal|HEX|ASCii}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the display format of the bus 1
as HEX.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:FORMat HEX
DEC:BUS1:FORM HEX
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FORM?
Response message:
HEX

144

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the protocol of the specified bus.
This query returns the protocol of the specified bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol <protocol><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<protocol>:={IIC|SPI|UART|CAN|LIN|FLEXray|CANFd|IIS|M1553|SENT|MA
Nchester|A429|USB20}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:PROTocol?

RESPONSE FORMAT<protocol><protocol>:={IIC|SPI|UART|CAN|LIN|FLEXray|CANFd|IIS|M1553}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the decoding protocol of bus 1 to
IIC.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:PROTocol IIC
DEC:BUS1:PROT IIC
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:PROT?
Response message:
IIC

Int.siglent.com

145

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:RESult
Query
DESCRIPTIONThis query returns the result of the specified decoding bus.
When there is a large amount of decoded data on the screen,
the display space of the decoding bus is limited, and thereturned results will also be incomplete. If you need to obtainfull decoded data, use thecommand :DECode:LIST<n>:RESult.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:RESult?
<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.

RESPONSE FORMAT<ascii_text>
The data is separated by commas, and each frame isseparated by semicolons and automatically wrapped. The data
value is related to the format set by“:DECode:BUS<n>:FORMat”. The first row of data is header
description information.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the decoding protocol of bus 1 to
IIC.
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:RES?
Response message:lin,sync,id,parity,data,checksum;
0x55,0x06,0,0x54\s0x5F,0x46;

146

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC Commands
The :DECode:BUS<n>:IIC subsystem commands control the IIC decode settings of the specifiedbus.



:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThresholdInt.siglent.com

147

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command selects whether the decoding result includes
read bit and write bit.
This query returns whether the decoding result includes read
and write bits.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit <state><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:RWBit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects to enable read and write bits
on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIC:RWBit ON
DEC:BUS1:IIC:RWB ON
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:RWB?
Response message:
ON

148

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the SCL source of the IIC bus.
This query returns the current SCL source of the IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the SCL source of the IIC on
bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIC:SCLSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLS C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource

149

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the SCL on IIC bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the SCL on IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the SCL to 1 V onbus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIC:SCLThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLT 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SCLT?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

150:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the SDA source of the IIC bus.
This query returns the current SDA source of the IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the SDA source of the IIC on
bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIC:SDASource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAS C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SCLSource

151

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the SDA on IIC bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the SDA on IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDAThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the SDA to 1 V
on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIC:SDAThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAT 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIC:SDAT?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

152:DECode:BUS<n>:IIC:SDASource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI Commandds
The :DECode:BUS<n>:SPI subsystem commands control the SPI decode settings of the specifiedbus.



:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge

:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThresholdInt.siglent.com

153

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the bit order of the SPI bus.
This query returns the current bit order of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder <order><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<order>:= {LSB|MSB}.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT<order><order>:= {LSB|MSB}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets bit order of the SPI on BUS 1 to
LSB.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:BITorder LSB
DEC:BUS1:SPI:BIT LSB
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:BIT?
Response message:
LSB

154

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the CLK source of the SPI bus.
This query returns the current CLK source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the CLK source of the SPI on
bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:CLKSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKS C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold155

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the CLK on SPI bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the CLK on SPI
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the CLK to 1 V
on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:CLKThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKT 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CLKT?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

156:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the CS source of the SPI bus.
This query returns the current CS source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the CS source of the SPI on bus
1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:CSSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSS C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSS?
Response message:
C1

Int.siglent.com

157

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the CS on SPI bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the CS on SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the CS to 1 V onbus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:CSThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CST 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CST?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

158:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CLKSource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the chip selection type of the SPI bus.
This query returns the current chip selection type of the SPI
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe <type><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]} CS means set to chip select state.
 NCS means set to non-chip select state.
 TIMeout indicates set to clock timeout status.
<time>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [1.00E-07,
5.00E-03].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:CSTYpe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]}<time>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the chip selection type of the SPI
on bus 1 to CS.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:CSTYpe CS
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSTY CS
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:CSTY?
Response message:
CS

Int.siglent.com

159

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data length of the SPI bus.
This query returns the current data length of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [4, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data length of the SPI on bus
1 to 5.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:DLENgth 5
DEC:BUS1:SPI:DLEN 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:DLEN?
Response message:
5

160

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus.
This query returns the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge <slope><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:LATChedge?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope><slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold judgment conditionof CLK on bus 1 to RISing.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:LATChedge RISing
DEC:BUS1:SPI:LATC RIS
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:LATC?
Response message:
RISingInt.siglent.com

161

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the MISO source of the SPI bus.
This query returns the current MISO source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>|DIS}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1. For example, C1 selects
analog channel 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1. For example, D1 selects
digital channel 1.



DIS means no source selected.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>|DIS}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the MISO source of the SPI on
bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:MISOSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOS C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

162:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThresholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the MISO on SPI bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the MISO.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the MISO to 1 V
on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:MISOThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOT 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MISOT?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MISOSource

163

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the MOSI source of the SPI bus.
This query returns the current MOSI source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>|DIS}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.



DIS means no source selected

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>|DIS}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the MOSI source of the SPI on
bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:MOSISource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIS C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

164:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThresholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the MOSI.
This query returns the current threshold of the MOSI.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSIThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the MOSI to 1 V
on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:MOSIThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIT 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:MOSIT?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:MOSISource

165

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the NCS source of the SPI bus.
This query returns the current NCS source of the SPI bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the NCS source of the SPI on
bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:NCSSource C1
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCSS C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCSS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

166:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThresholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the NCS on SPI bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the NCS on SPI
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the NCS on bus
1 to 1 V.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SPI:NCSThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCST 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SPI:NCST?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:SPI:NCSSource

167

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART Commands
The :DECode:BUS<n>:UART subsystem commands control the UART decode settings of thespecified bus.

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity

:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource:DECode:BUS<n>:UART::DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:

168

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the baud rate of the UART bus.
This query returns the current baud rate of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD <baud><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<baud>:={600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|38400
bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300,20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:={600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|38400
bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the baud rate of the UART to
9600bps on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:UART:BAUD 9600bps
DEC:BUS1:UART:BAUD 9600bps
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:BAUD?
Response message:
9600bps

Int.siglent.com

169

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the bit order of the UART bus.
This query returns the current bit order of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder <order><n>= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<order>:= {LSB|MSB}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT<order><order>:= {LSB|MSB} LSB is Least Significant Bit order MSB is Most Significant Bit order

EXAMPLEThe following command sets bit order of the UART bus on bus
1 to LSB.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:UART:BITorder LSB
DEC:BUS1:UART:BIT LSB
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:BIT?
Response message:
LSB

170

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data length of the UART bus.
This query returns the current data length of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of value is [5, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data length of the UART to 5
on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:UART:DLENgth 5
DEC:BUS1:UART:DLEN 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:DLEN?
Response message:
5

Int.siglent.com

171

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the idle level of the UART bus.
This query returns the current idle level of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE <idle><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<idle><idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}
 LOW means that the idle voltage value is low
 HIGH means that the idle voltage value is high

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the idle level of the UART on bus
1 to low.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:UART:IDLE LOW
DEC:BUS1:UART:IDLE LOW
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:IDLE?
Response message:
LOW

172

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the parity check of the UART bus.
This query returns the current parity check of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity <parity><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<parity>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:PARity?

RESPONSE FORMAT<parity><parity>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the parity check of the UART on
bus 1 to NONE.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:UART:PARity NONE
DEC:BUS1:UART:PAR NONE
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:PAR?
Response message:
NONE

Int.siglent.com

173

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the RX source of the UART bus.
This query returns the current RX source of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>|DIS}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.



DIS means no source selected

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>|DIS}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the RX source of the UART on
bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:UART:RXSource C1
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXS C1Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXS?
Response message:
C1

174

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXTHreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of RX on UART bus.
This query returns the current threshold of RX on UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXTHreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXTHreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the RX to 1 V onbus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:UART:RXTHreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXTH 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:RXTH?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:RXSource

175

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the length of the stop bit on UART bus.
This query returns the current length of the stop bit on UART
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP <bit><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:STOP?

RESPONSE FORMAT<bit><bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the current length of the stop bit
to 1 on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:UART:STOP 1
DEC:BUS1:UART:STOP 1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:STOP?
Response message:1

176

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the TX source of the UART bus.
This query returns the current TX source of the UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>|DIS}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
 DIS means no source selected

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>|DIS}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the TX source of the UART on
bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:UART:TXSource C1
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXS C1Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:177

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXTHreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of TX on UART bus.
This query returns the current threshold of TX on UART bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXTHreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXTHreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the TX to 1 V onbus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:UART:TXTHreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXTH 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:UART:TXTH?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

178:DECode:BUS<n>:UART:TXSource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN Commands
The :DECode:BUS<n>:CAN subsystem commands control the CAN decode settings of the specifiedbus.



:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THResholdInt.siglent.com

179

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the baud rate of the CAN bus.
This query returns the current baud rate of the CAN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD <baud><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<baud>:={5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|500
kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5000, 1000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:={5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|500
kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the baud rate of the CAN on bus
1 to 10kbps.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:CAN:BAUD 10kbps
DEC:BUS1:CAN:BAUD 10kbps
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CAN:BAUD?
Response message:
10kbps180

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of the CAN bus.
This query returns the current source of the CAN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the source of the CAN on bus
1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:CAN:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:CAN:SOUR C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CAN:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold181

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the source on CAN
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the CAN bus
source to 1 V on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:CAN:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:CAN:THR 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CAN:THR?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

182:DECode:BUS<n>:CAN:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN Commands
The :DECode:BUS<n>:LIN subsystem commands control the LIN decode settings of the specifiedbus.



:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THResholdInt.siglent.com

183

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the baud rate for the LIN bus.
This query returns the current baud rate for the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD <baud><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<baud>:={600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|CUST
om[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300, 20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:={600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|CUST
om[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the baud rate for the LIN to9600bps on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:LIN:BAUD 9600bps
DEC:BUS1:LIN:BAUD 9600bps
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:LIN:BAUD?
Response message:
9600bps184

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of the LIN bus.
This query returns the current source of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the source of the LIN on bus 1
as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:LIN:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:LIN:SOUR C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:LIN:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold

185

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on LIN bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the source on LIN
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the LIN source to
1 V on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:LIN:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:LIN:THR 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:LIN:THR?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

186:DECode:BUS<n>:LIN:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray Commands [Option]
The :DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray subsystem commands control the FLEXray decode settings of thespecified bus.

:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THResholdInt.siglent.com

187

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the baud rate of the Flexray bus.
This query returns the current baud rate of the Flexray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD <baud><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1000000,
20000000]QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the baud rate of the Flexray to
5Mbps on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:FLEXray:BAUD 5Mbps
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:BAUD 5Mbps
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:BAUD?
Response message:
5Mbps

188

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of the Flexray bus.
This query returns the current source of the Flexray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the source of the Flexray on
bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:FLEXray:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:SOUR C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold189

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on Flexray bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the source on
Flexray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the Flexraysource to 1 V on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:FLEXray:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:THR 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:FLEX:THR?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

190:DECode:BUS<n>:FLEXray:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd Commands [Option]
The :DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd subsystem commands control the CANFD decode settings of thespecified bus.

:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THResholdInt.siglent.com

191

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data baud rate of the CAN FD bus.
This query returns the current data baud rate of the CAN FD
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData <baud><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<baud>:={500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [100000,
10000000]QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDData?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:={500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data baud rate of the CAN
FD to 500kbps on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:CANFd:BAUDData 500kbps
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDD 500kbps
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDD?
Response message:
500kbps192

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the nominal baud rate of the CAN FD bus.
This query returns the current nominal baud rate of the CAN
FD bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal <baud><n>:= {1|2} is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<baud>:={10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [10000, 1000000]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:BAUDNominal?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:={10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the nominal baud rate of the CAN
FD to 50kbps on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:CANFd:BAUDNominal 50kbps
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDN 50kbps
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:BAUDN?
Response message:
50kbpsInt.siglent.com

193

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of the CAN FD bus.
This query returns the current source of the CAN FD bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the source of the CAN FD onbus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:CANFd:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:CANF:SOUR C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

194:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THResholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN FD bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the source on CAN
FD bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the CAN FD
source to 1 V on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:CANFd:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:CANF:THR 1.00E+0
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:CANF:THR?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:CANFd:SOURce195

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS Commands [Option]
The :DECode:BUS<n>:IIS subsystem commands control the IIS decode settings of the specifiedbus.



:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH

:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold

196

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command specifies the channel for IIS bus to beannotated.
This query returns the current annotated channel of IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate <type><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<type>:= {ALL|LEFT|RIGHt}

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:ANNotate?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {ALL|LEFT|RIGHt}

EXAMPLEThe following command annotates all the channels of IIS onbus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:ANNotate ALL
DEC:BUS1:IIS:ANN ALL
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:ANN?
Response message:
ALL

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH

197

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the audio variant for IIS bus.
This query returns the current audio variant for IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant <type><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<type>:= {I2S|LJ|RJ} I2S justified.
 LJ is left justified.
 RL is right justified.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:AVARiant?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {I2S|LJ|RJ}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the audio variable of the IIS onbus 1 to RJ.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:AVARiant RJ
DEC:BUS1:IIS:AVAR RJ
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:AVAR?
Response message:
RJ

198

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the BCLK source of the IIS bus.
This query returns the current BCLK source of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the BCLK source of IIS on bus
1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:BCLKSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKS C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold

199

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the BCLK on IIS bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the BCLK on IIS
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the BCLK to 1 V
on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:BCLKThreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKT 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BCLKT?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

200:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BCLKSource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the bit order for the IIS bus.
This query returns the current bit order for the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder <order><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<order>:= {LSB|MSB} LSB is Least Significant Bit.
 MSB is Most Significant Bit.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT<order><order>:= {LSB|MSB}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets bit order for the IIS on bus 1 to
LSB.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:BITorder LSB
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BIT LSB
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:BIT?
Response message:
LSB

Int.siglent.com

201

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data bits for the IIS bus.
This query returns the current data bits for the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data bits for the IIS to 5 onbus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:DLENgth 5
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DLEN 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DLEN?
Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS

202:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the data source of the IIS bus.
This query returns the current data source of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the data source of the IIS bus
on bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:DSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DS C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold203

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the data source on IIS bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the data source on
IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the data source
to 1 V on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:DTHReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DTHR 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:DTHR?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

204:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DSource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus.
This query returns the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge <slope><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LATChedge?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope><slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}
 RISing selects the rising edge.
 FALLing selects the falling edge.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the sampling edge of BCLK on
bus 1 to RISing.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:LATChedge RISing
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LATC RIS
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LATC?
Response message:
RISingInt.siglent.com

205

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the level of the left channel.
This query returns the current level of the left channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH <left><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<left>:= {LOW|HIGH}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:LCH?

RESPONSE FORMAT<left><left>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the left channel on bus 1 to LOW.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:LCH LOW
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LCH LOW
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:LCH?
Response message:
LOW

206

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the start bit of the data.
This query returns the start bit of the data.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 31].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:SBIT?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of the data bit to 1 onbus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:SBIT 1:DEC:BUS1:IIS:SBIT 1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:SBIT?
Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:DLENgth207

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the WS source of the IIS bus.
This query returns the current WS source of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the WS source of the IIS bus
on bus 1 as C1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:WSSource C1
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSS C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

208:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHresholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the WS on IIS bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the WS on IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSTHreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the WS to 1 V onbus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:IIS:WSTHreshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSTH 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:IIS:WSTH?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:IIS:WSSource

209

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 Commands [Option]
The :DECode:BUS<n>:M1553 subsystem commands control the M1553 decode settings of thespecified bus.

:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold

210

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower threshold of the M1553 source.
This query returns the current lower threshold of the M1553
source.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD
Note:
The lower threshold value cannot be greater than the upper
threshold value set by the command:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower threshold of the M1553
source to 1 V on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:M1553:LTHReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:M1553:LTHR 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:M1553:LTHR?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHResholdInt.siglent.com

2 11

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of the M1553 bus.
This query returns the current source of the M1553 bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>}EXAMPLEThe following command selects the source of the M1553 as
C1 on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:M1553:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:M1553:SOUR C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:M1553:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

212:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHResholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper threshold of the M1553 source.
This query returns the current upper threshold of the M1553
source.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scaleSDS7000A
vertical_offet,4.26*vertical_scalevertical_offse]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD
Note:
The upper threshold value cannot be less than the lower
threshold value set by the command:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:UTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper threshold of the M1553
bus source to 2 V on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:M1553:UTHReshold 2.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:M1553:UTHR 2.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:M1553:UTHR?
Response message:
2.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:SOURce:DECode:BUS<n>:M1553:LTHReshold213

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT Commands [Option]
The :DECode:BUS<n>:SENT subsystem commands control the SENT decode settings of thespecified bus.

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:SOURce:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:THReshold:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:FORMat:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:IDLE:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:LENGth:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CRC

:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:PPULse

214

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of the SENT bus.
This query returns the current source of the SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:SOURce <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the source of the SENT as C1
on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SENT:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:SENT:SOUR C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:THReshold215

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on SENT bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the source on
SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:THReshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS3000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the SENT bus
source to 1 V on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SENT:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:SENT:THR 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:THR?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

216:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:FORMat
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the message format of the SENT bus.
This query returns the message format of the SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:FORMat <format><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<format>:= {NIBBles|FSIGnal|SSERial|ESERial}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:FORMat?

RESPONSE FORMAT<format><format>:= {NIBBles|FSIGnal|SSERial|ESERial}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the message format of the
SENT bus of the bus 1 as NIBBles.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SENT:FORMat NIBBles
DEC:BUS1:SENT:FORM NIBB
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:FORM?
Response message:
NIBBlesInt.siglent.com

217

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONCOMMAND SYNTAXThe command sets the clock period (tick) time of the SENT
bus.
This query returns the current clock period of the SENT bus.
:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [500E-09,
300E-06]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CLOCk?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the clock cycle of SENT bus on
the bus 1 to 1us.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SENT:CLOCk 1.00E-06
DEC:BUS1:SENT:CLOC 1.00E-06
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:CLOC?
Response message:
1.00E-06

218

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the clock percent tolerance of the SENT
bus.
This query returns the current clock tolerance of the SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 25].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:TOLerance?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the tolerance of the SENT on bus
1 to 5%.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SENT:TOLerance 5
DEC:BUS1:SENT:TOL 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:TOL?
Response message:
5

Int.siglent.com

219

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:IDLE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the idle level of the SENT bus.
The query returns the current idle level of the SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:IDLE <idle><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<idle><idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the idle level of the SENT bus of
the bus 1 as low.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SENT:IDLE LOW
DEC:BUS1:SENT:IDLE LOW
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:IDLE?
Response message:
LOW

220

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:LENGth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the number of nibbles of the SENT bus.
This query returns the current number of nibbles of the SENT
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:LENGth <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [3, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:LENGth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the Number of nibbles of the
SENT on bus 1 to 5.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SENT:LENGth 5
DEC:BUS1:SENT:LENG 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:LENG?
Response message:
5

Int.siglent.com

221

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CRC
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the CRC format of the SENT bus.
The query returns the CRC format of the SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CRC <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}
ON sets to 2010 CRC format.
OFF sets to 2008 CRC format.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:CRC?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets to 2010 CRC format of the SENT
bus on the bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SENT:CRC ON
DEC:BUS1:SENT:CRC ON
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:CRC?
Response message:
ON

222

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:PPULse
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of pause pulse of the SENT bus.
The query returns the current state of pause pulse of the
SENT bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:PPULse <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:SENT:PPULse?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the state of pause of the SENT
bus on the bus 1 as ON.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:SENT:PPULse ON
DEC:BUS1:SENT:PPUL ON
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:SENT:PPUL?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

223

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester Commands [Option]
The :DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester subsystem commands control the MANChester decodesettings of the specified bus.

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:THReshold:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BAUD:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:POLarity

:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IBITs:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:STARt:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder224

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of the Manchester bus.
This query returns the current source of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce <source><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the source of the Manchester
as C1 on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:SOURce C1
DEC:BUS1:MANC:SOUR C1
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:THReshold225

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on Manchester
bus.
This query returns the current threshold of the source on
Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:THReshold <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

SDS5000X
SDS2000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the Manchester
bus source to 1 V on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:THReshold 1.00E+00
DEC:BUS1:MANC:THR 1.00E+00
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:THR?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

226:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BAUD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the baud rate for the Manchester bus.
This query returns the current baud rate for the Manchester
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BAUD <baud><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [500, 5000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the baud rate for the Manchester
to 9600bps on bus 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:BAUD 9600
DEC:BUS1:MANC:BAUD 9600
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:BAUD?
Response message:
9600

Int.siglent.com

227

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:POLarity
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the signal's logic type of the Manchesterbus.
The query returns the current polarity of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:PULarity <polar><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<polar>:= {RISing|FALLing}
 RISing indicates that rising edge is used to encode a bit
value of logic 1.
 FALLing indicates that falling edge is used to encode a bit
value of logic 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT<polar><polar>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command encods the rising edge of theManchester bus of the bus 1 as logic 1.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:POLarity RISing
DEC:BUS1:MANC:POL RIS
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:POL?
Response message:
RISing228

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the idle level of the Manchester bus.
The query returns the current idle level of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE <idle><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<idle><idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the idle level of the Manchesterbus of the bus 1 as LOW.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:IDLE LOW
DEC:BUS1:MANC:IDLE LOW
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:IDLE?
Response message:
LOW

Int.siglent.com

229

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IBITs
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the idle bits of the Manchester bus.
This query returns the current idle bits of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IBITs <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [2, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:IBITs?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the idle bits of the Manchester onbus 1 to 5.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:IBITs 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:IBIT 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:IBIT?
Response message:
5

230

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:STARt
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the start edge of the Manchester bus.
This query returns the current start edge of the Manchester
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:STARt <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:STARt?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start edge of the Manchester
on bus 1 to 5.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:STARt 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:STAR 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:STAR?
Response message:
5

Int.siglent.com

231

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the sync size of the Manchester bus.
This query returns the current sync size of the Manchester
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:SSIZe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the sync size of the Manchester
on bus 1 to 5.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:SSIZe 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:SSIZ 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:SSIZ?
Response message:
5232

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the header size of the Manchester bus.
This query returns the current header size of the Manchester
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:HSIZe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the header size of the Manchester
on bus 1 to 5.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:HSIZe 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:HSIZ 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:HSIZ?
Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay

233

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trailer size of the Manchester bus.
This query returns the current trailer size of the Manchester
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 32].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:TSIZe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trailer size of the Manchester
on bus 1 to 5.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:TSIZe 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:TSIZ 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:TSIZ?
Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS

234:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the word size of the Manchester bus.
This query returns the current word size of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [2, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:WSIZe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the word size of the Manchester onbus 1 to 5.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:WSIZe 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:WSIZ 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:WSIZ?
Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay

235

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZeCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data word length of the Manchester
bus.
This query returns the current data word length of theManchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe <value><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 255].

QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DSIZe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data bits of the Manchester
on bus 1 to 5.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:DSIZe 5
DEC:BUS1:MANC:DSIZ 5
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:DSIZ?
Response message:
5

RELATED COMMANDS

236:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the display format of the Manchester bus.
The query returns the current display format of the Manchester
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay <format><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<format>:= {WORD|BIT}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:DISPlay?

RESPONSE FORMAT<format><format>:= {WORD|BIT}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the display format of theManchester bus of the bus 1 as WORD.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:DISPlay WORD
DEC:BUS1:MANC:DISP WORD
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:DISP?
Response message:
WORD

Int.siglent.com

237

SDS Series Programming Guide:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the bit order of the Manchester bus.
The query returns the current bit order of the Manchester bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder <order><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command<order>:= {LSB|MSB}QUERY SYNTAX:DECode:BUS<n>:MANChester:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT<order><order>:= {LSB|MSB}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the bit order of the Manchesterbus of the bus 1 as MSB.
Command message::DECode:BUS1:MANChester:BITorder MSB
DEC:BUS1:MANC:BIT MSB
Query message:
DEC:BUS1:MANC:BIT?
Response message:
MSB

238

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

DIGital Commands [Option]
The :DIGital subsystem commands control the viewing of digital channels. They also control
threshold settings for groups of digital channels.

:DIGital:DIGital:ACTive:DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay:DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault

:DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat:DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP:DIGital:D<d>:DIGital:HEIGht

:DIGital:LABel<d>:DIGital:POINts:DIGital:POSition:DIGital:SKEW:DIGital:SRATe:DIGital:THReshold<n>Int.siglent.com

239

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command set the switch of the digital.
This query returns the current state of the digital.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital <state><state>:= {ON|OFF} ON enables the channel.
 OFF disables the channel.

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables digital function.
Command message::DIGital ON
DIG ON
Query message:
DIG?
Response message:ON

240

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:ACTive
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command activates the specified digital channel.
This query returns the active digital channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:ACTive <digital><digital>:= {D<d>}<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:ACTive?

RESPONSE FORMAT<digital><digital>:= {D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the digital channel 5
waveform.
Command message::DIGital:ACTive D5
DIG:ACT D5
Query message:
DIG:ACT?
Response message:
D5

Int.siglent.com

241

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the display of the specified digital bus.
This query returns the current display of the specified digital
bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay <state><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:BUS<n>:DISPlay?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF} ON displays the selected bus.
 OFF removes the selected bus from the display.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets digital bus 1 on.
Command message::DIGital:BUS1:DISPlay ON
DIG:BUS1:DISP ON
Query message:
DIG:BUS1:DISP?
Response message:ON

242

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command resets the digital channel bus bit order

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.

EXAMPLEThe following command resets the digital channel bus1 data.
Command message::DIGital:BUS1:DEFault
DIG:BUS1:DEF

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP

243

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the display format of the specified
digital bus.
This query returns the current display format of the specified
digital bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat <format><n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<format>:= {BINary|DECimal|UDECimal|HEX}
 BINary presents the decoded data in binary format
 DECimal presents the decoded data in decimal format
 UDECimal presents the decoded data in unsigned
decimal format
 HEX presents the decoded data in hexadecimal format

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:BUS<n>:FORMat?

RESPONSE FORMAT<format><format>:= {BINary|DECimal|UDECimal|HEX }EXAMPLEThe following command selects the display format of the digitalbus 1 to HEX.
Command message::DIGital:BUS1:FORMat HEX
DIG:BUS1:FORM HEX
Query message:
DIG:BUS1:FORM?
Response message:
HEX

244

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the bit order of each digital channel in thedigital bus and the bit width of the digital bus.
The query returns the current digital bus data composition in
the LSB order.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP <source>[...[,<source>]]<n>:= {1|2}, is attached as a suffix to BUS and defines the busthat is affected by the command.
<source>:= {D<d>}<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
Note:•

It will synchronously set the bit width of the digital bus,which is determined by the number of parameters.

•

Use the command :DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault to reset the
bit sequence to d0-d15 according to the current digital bus
bit width.

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:BUS<n>:MAP?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source>[...[,<source>]]<source>:= {D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command the data of the digital bus 1 to
D0,D3,D7,D15.
Command message::DIGital:BUS1:MAP D0,D3,D7,D15
DIG:BUS1:MAP D0,D3,D7,D15
Query message:
DIG:BUS1:MAP?
Response message:
D0,D3,D7,D15

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DIGital:BUS<n>:DEFault:DIGital:D<d>245

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:D<d>Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command enables or disables the specified digitalchannel.
This query returns the switch of the specified digital channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:D<d> <state><d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<state>:= {ON|OFF} ON enables the specified digital channel.
 OFF disables the specified digital channel.

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:D<d>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command closes the digital channel 5.
Command message::DIGital:D5 OFF
DIG:D5 OFF
Query message:
DIG:D5?
Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS

246:DIGitalInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:HEIGht
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the height of digital channel waveform
display.
This query returns the height of digital channel waveform
display.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:HEIGht <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. This value indicates the number ofdivisions occupied by the digital waveform in the verticaldirection when the waveform area is not compressed.
The range of the value is [4.00E+00, 8.00E+00].

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:HEIGht?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the height of the digital channel
display area to 6 div.
Command message::DIGital:HEIGht 6.00E+00
DIG:HEIG 6.00E+00
Query message:
DIG:HEIG?
Response message:
6.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DIGital:POSition

247

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:LABel<d>Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the label text of the selected digital channel.
This query returns the current label text of the selected digitalchannel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:LABel<d> <string><d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the stringis limited to 8.

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:LABel<d>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the label name of the digitalchannel 15 to "IIC_DATA".
Command message::DIGital:LABel15 "IIC_DATA"DIG:LAB15 "IIC_DATA"
Query message:
DIG:LAB15?
Response message:“IIC_DATA”

RELATED COMMANDS

248:DIGital:D<d>Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:POINts
Query
DESCRIPTIONThis query returns the number of sampling points of the digitalchannel.

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:POINts?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command query returns the number of sampling
points of the digital channel.
Query message:
DIG:POIN?
Response message:
6.25E+02

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DIGital:SRATe249

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the position of the digital channel waveform
display.
The query returns the position of the digital channel waveform
display.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:POSition <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. This value indicates the number ofdivisions the digital waveform moves from top to bottom of the
waveform area when the waveform area is not compressedNote:
The range of legal values varies with the number of digitalchannels displayed.

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of the digital channel
display area to 4 div when the digital channel height is 4.
Command message::DIGital:POSition 4.00E+00
DIG:POS 4.00E+00
Query message:
DIG:POS?
Response message:
4.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

250:DIGital:HEIGht

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:SKEW
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the skew of the digital channel.
This query returns the current skew of the digital channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:SKEW <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value is [-1.00E-07, 1.00E-07].

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:SKEW?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the skew of the digital channel to
100 ns.
Command message::DIGital:SKEW 1.00E-07
DIG:SKEW 1.00E-07
Query message:
DIG:SKEW?
Response message:
1.00E-07

Int.siglent.com

251

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:SRATe
Query
DESCRIPTIONThis command query returns the sampling rate of the digitalchannel.

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:SRATe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command query returns the sampling rate of thedigital channel.
Query message:
DIG:SRAT?
Response message:
1.25E+09

252

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DIGital:THReshold<n>Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the threshold value of the digital channelgroup.
This query returns the threshold value of the digital channelgroup.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DIGital:THReshold<n> <type><n>:= {1|2} 1 means D0-D7
 2 means D8-D15<type>:={TTL|CMOS|LVCMOS33|LVCMOS25|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[-1E+01,1E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD[-8E-1, 8E-1]
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DIGital:THReshold<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:={TTL|CMOS|LVCMOS33|LVCMOS25|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

Int.siglent.com

253

SDS Series Programming Guide

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold value of D0-D7 to
CMOS.
Command message::DIGital:THReshold1 CMOS
DIG:THR1 CMOS
Query message:
DIG:THR1?
Response message:
CMOS

254

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

DISPlay Commands
The :DISPlay subsystem commands control waveforms and screen displays.

:DISPlay:AXIS:DISPlay:AXIS:MODE:DISPlay:AXIS:POSition

:DISPlay:BACKlight:DISPlay:CLEar:DISPlay:COLor:DISPlay:GRATicule:DISPlay:GRIDstyle:DISPlay:HIDemenu

:DISPlay:INTensity

:DISPlay:MENU:DISPlay:MENU:HIDE:DISPlay:PERSistence:DISPlay:TRANsparence:DISPlay:TYPE

Int.siglent.com

255

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:AXIS
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the display of the axis label.
The query returns the current status of the axis label.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:AXIS <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:AXIS?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the axis label.
Command message::DISPlay:AXIS ON
DISP:AXIS ON
Query message:
DISP:AXIS?
Response message:
ON

256

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:AXIS:MODE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the mode of the axis label.
The query returns the current mdoe of the axis label.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:AXIS:MODE <mode><mode>:= {FIXed|MOVing} FIXed means that position of the axes remain fixed, while
the coordinates update as the waveform is moving.
 MOVing means when moving the waveform, the positionof the axes moves with the waveform, while thecoordinates remain fixed.

QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:AXIS:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {FIXed|MOVing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the mode of axis label to FIXed.
Command message::DISPlay:AXIS:MODE FIXedDISP:AXIS:MODE FIXed
Query message:
DISP:AXIS:MODE?
Response message:
FIXed

Int.siglent.com

257

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:AXIS:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the display position of the vertical axis of
the axis label.
The query returns the display position of the vertical axis of theaxis label.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:AXIS:POSition <pos><pos>:= {LEFT|MIDDle|RIGHt}
 LEFT means the vertical axis is located on the left side of
the screen.
 MIDDle means the vertical axis is located on the middle
side of the screen.
 RIGHt means the vertical axis is located on the right sideof the screen

QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:AXIS:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<pos><pos>:= {LEFT|MIDDle|RIGHt}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the vertical axis display positionof the axis label to the right.
Command message::DISPlay:AXIS:POSition RIGHt
DISP:AXIS:POS RIGH
Query message:
DISP:AXIS:POS?
Response message:
RIGHt

258

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:BACKlight
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the backlight level of the screen.
The query returns the current backlight level of the screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:BACKlight <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is theleast bright and 100 is the brightest.

QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:BACKlight?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the backlight level to 100%.
Command message::DISPlay:BACKlight 100
DISP:BACK 100
Query message:
DISP:BACK?
Response message:
100

Int.siglent.com

259

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:CLEar
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command clears the waveform displayed on the screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:CLEar

EXAMPLEThe following command clears the waveform displayed on thescreen.
Command message::DISPlay:CLEar
DISP:CLE

RELATED COMMANDS:ACQuire:CSWeep:DISPlay:COLor
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the color grade.
The query returns the state of the current color grade.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:COLor <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:COLor?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the color grade.
Command message::DISPlay:COLor ON
DISP:COL ON
Query message:
DISP:COL?
Response message:ON

260

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:GRATicule
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the brightness level of the grid.
The query returns the current brightness level of the grid.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:GRATicule <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is theleast bright and 100 is the brightest.

QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:GRATicule?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the grid brightness level to50%.
Command message::DISPlay:GRATicule 50
DISP:GRAT 50
Query message:
DISP:GRAT?
Response message:
50

Int.siglent.com

261

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:GRIDstyle
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command selects the type of grid to display.
The query returns the current type of grid to display.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:GRIDstyle <type><type>:= {FULL|LIGHt|NONE}QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:GRIDstyle?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {FULL|LIGHt|NONE}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the grid type to light grid.
Command message::DISPlay:GRIDstyle LIGHt
DISP:GRID LIGH
Query message:
DISP:GRID?
Response message:
LIGHt

262

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:HIDemenu
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command hides the right menu immediately.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:HIDemenu

EXAMPLEThe following command sets to hide the menu on the right.
Command message::DISPlay:HIDemenu
DISP:HIDRELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:DISPlay:MENU:HIDE

263

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:INTensity
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the intensity level of the waveform.
The query returns the current intensity level of the waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:INTensity <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is theleast bright and 100 is the brightest.

QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:INTensity?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the intensity level of the
waveform to 75%.
Command message::DISPlay:INTensity 75
DISP:INT 75
Query message:
DISP:INT?
Response message:
75

264Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:MENU
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command selects the style of menu to display.
The query returns the style of menu to display.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:MENU <type><type>:= {EMBedded|FLOating}QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:MENU?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {EMBedded|FLOating}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the menu style to floating.
Command message::DISPlay:MENU FLOating
DISP:MENU FLO
Query message:
DISP:MENU?
Response message:
FLOating

Int.siglent.com

265

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:MENU:HIDE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the time for the menu to automatically hide.
The query returns the time for the menu to automatically hide.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:MENU:HIDE <time><time>:= {OFF|3S|5S|10S|30S|60S}QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:MENU:HIDE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<time><time>:= {OFF|3S|5S|10S|30S|60S}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the menu auto hide time to 10s.
Command message::DISPlay:MENU:HIDE 10S
DISP:MENU:HIDE 10S
Query message:
DISP:MENU:HIDE?
Response message:
10S

RELATED COMMANDS

266:DISPlay:HIDemenu

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:PERSistence
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the persistence duration of the display,in seconds, in persistence mode.
The query returns the current status of the persistence setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:PERSistence <time><time>:= vary from models, see the table below for details.
Model<time>
SDS7000A
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A{OFF|INFinite|100MS|200MS|
500MS|1S|5S|10S|30S}
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SHS800X/SHS1000X{OFF|INFinite|1S|5S|10S|30S}
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:PERSistence?

RESPONSE FORMAT<time>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the variable persistence at 5
seconds.
Command message::DISPlay:PERSistence 5S
DISP:PERS 5S
Query message:
DISP:PERS?
Response message:
5S

Int.siglent.com

267

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:TRANsparence
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the transparency level of the informationbar, only valid for SHS800X/SHS1000X.
The query returns the transparency level of the current
information bar.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:TRANsparence <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100]. 0 is theleast transparent and 100 is the most transparent.

QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:TRANsparence?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the transparency level to80%.
Command message::DISPlay:TRANsparence 80
DISP:TRAN 80
Query message:
DISP:TRAN?
Response message:
80

268

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DISPlay:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the interpolation lines between data points.
The query returns the interpolation lines between data points.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DISPlay:TYPE <type><type>:= {VECTor|DOT}
VECTor is the default mode and draws lines between points.
DOT mode displays data more quickly than vector mode but
does not draw lines between sample points.

QUERY SYNTAX:DISPlay:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {VECTor|DOT}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the interpolation lines between
data points to vector.
Command message::DISPlay:TYPE VECTorDISP:TYPE VECT
Query message:
DISP:TYPE?
Response message:
VECTorInt.siglent.com

269

SDS Series Programming Guide

DVM Commands
The :DVM subsystem commands control the digital voltage meter (DVM) feature. This function canbe used to measure parameters such as DC and AC amplitudes.



:DVM



:DVM:ALARm:DVM:ARANge

:DVM:CURRent:DVM:HOLD:DVM:MODE:DVM:SOURce

270

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DVM
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the switch of the dvm function.
The query returns the current state of the dvm.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DVM <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:DVM?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the dvm.
Command message::DVM ON
DVM ON
Query message:
DVM?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

271

SDS Series Programming Guide:DVM:ALARm
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the switch of the overload alarm. Whenenabled, an alarm will be given if the signal amplitude exceeds
the screen range.
The query returns the switch of the overload arm.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DVM:ALARm <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:DVM:ALARm?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the alarm on.
Command message::DVM:ALARm ON
DVM:ALAR ON
Query message:
DVM:ALAR?
Response message:ON

272

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DVM:ARANge
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the auto range state for the dvm.
The query returns the auto range state for the dvm.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DVM:ARANge <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:DVM:ARANge?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the auto range.
Command message::DVM:ARANge ON
DVM:ARAN ON
Query message:
DVM:ARAN?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

273

SDS Series Programming Guide:DVM:CURRent
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the displayed 3-digit DVM value based on
the current mode.

QUERY SYNTAX:DVM:CURRent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the value of the current dvm mode.
Query message:
DVM:CURR?
Response message:
0.98E+00

274

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DVM:HOLD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the hold switch of dvm. When enabled, themeasured display value will remain unchanged.
The query returns the current hold switch of dvm.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DVM:HOLD <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:DVM:HOLD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the hold switch.
Command message::DVM:HOLD ON
DVM:HOLD ON
Query message:
DVM:HOLD?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

275

SDS Series Programming Guide:DVM:MODE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the digital voltmeter (DVM) mode.
The query returns the current digital voltmeter (DVM) mode:.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DVM:MODE <mode><mode>:= {DCavg|DCRMs|ACRMs|PKPK|AMPLitude} DCavg displays the DC value of the acquired data.
 DCRMs displays the root-mean-square value of theacquired data.
 ACRMs displays the root-mean-square value of theacquired data, with the DC component removed.
 PKPK displays the difference between maximum andminimum data values
 AMPLitude displays difference between top and base in abimodal waveform. If not bimodal, displays difference
between max and min

QUERY SYNTAX:DVM:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {DCavg|DCRMs|ACRMs|PKPK|AMPLitude}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the dvm mode to AMPLitude.
Command message::DVM:MODE AMPLitude
DVM:MODE AMPL
Query message:
DVM:MODE?
Response message:
AMPLitude

276

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:DVM:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the select the analog channel on which
digital voltmeter (DVM) measurements are made.
The query returns the current source of dvm.

COMMAND SYNTAX:DVM:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>} C denotes an analog channel.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:DVM:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {Cn}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the dvm source to C2.
Command message::DVM:SOURce C2
DVM:SOUR C2
Query message:
DVM:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

Int.siglent.com

277

SDS Series Programming Guide

FUNCtion Commands
The :FUNCtion subsystem commands control the math functions in the oscilloscope.

:FUNCtion:FFTDisplay

:FUNCtion:GVALue:FUNCtion<x>:FUNCtion<x>:AVERage:NUM

:FUNCtion<x>:DIFF:DX:FUNCtion<x>:ERES:BITS

:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:AUToset

:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HCENter:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HSCale:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SPAN

:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:LOAD

:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:MODE:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:POINts:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:RESET:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:RLEVel:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SCALe:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion

:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n>:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n>:SHOW:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MON:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:PORDer:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:RESult:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:DELTa:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:FREQuency

:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:UNIT:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:WINDow:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:TYPe:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:HFRequency

:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:LFRequency

:FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:GATE:FUNCtion<x>:INTErpolate:COEF

278

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:INVert

:FUNCtion<x>:LABel:FUNCtion<x>:LABel:TEXT:FUNCtion<x>:MAXHold:SWeeps

:FUNCtion<x>:MINHold:SWeeps

:FUNCtion<x>:OPERation

:FUNCtion<x>:POSition:FUNCtion<x>:SCALe:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce1

:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce2

Int.siglent.com

279

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion:FFTDisplay
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the display mode of the FFT waveform.
This query returns the current display mode of the FFT
waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion:FFTDisplay <mode><mode>:= {SPLit|FULL|EXCLusive} SPLit means that the channel waveform and the FFT
waveform are displayed on the screen separately.
 FULL means a full-screen display of the FFT waveform.
 EXCLusive means that only the FFT waveform isdisplayed on the screen.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion:FFTDisplay?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {SPLit|FULL|EXCLusive}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the display mode of the FFT
waveform to split.
Command message::FUNCtion:FFTDisplay SPLit
FUNC:FFTD SPL
Query message:
FUNC:FFTD?
Response message:
SPLit

280

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion:GVALue
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the integration threshold value of gate A
and gate B.inku
The query returns the current integration threshold values.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion:GVALue <valueA>,<valueB><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase+delay,
horizontal_grid/2*timebase+delay].
Note:
The value of GA cannot be greater than that of GB. If you set
the value greater than GB, it will automatically be set to thesame value as GB.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion:GVALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT<valueA>,<valueB><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of gate A to -100 ns
and set the position of gate B to 100ns.
Command message::FUNCtion:GVALue -1.00E-07,1.00E-07
FUNC:GVAL -1.00E-07,1.00E-07
Query message:
FUNC:GVAL?
Response message:-1.00E-07,1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:GATE

281

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command set the switch of the math function.
This query returns the current state of the math function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x> <state><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables Function1 of math.
Command message::FUNCtion1 ON
FUNC1 ON
Query message:
FUNC1?
Response message:ON

282

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:AVERage:NUM
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the average number for the average
operation.
This query returns the current average number for the average
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:AVERage:NUM <num><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<num>:= vary from models, see the table below for details.
Model
<num>
SDS7000A
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A{4|16|32|64|128|256|512|1024|2048|4096|8192}
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS1000X HD{4|16|32|64|128|256|512|1024}
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:AVERage:NUM?

RESPONSE FORMAT<num>

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the average number for the
average operation to 128 on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:AVERage:NUM 128
FUNC2:AVER:NUM 128
Query message:
FUNC2:AVER:NUM?
Response message:
128

Int.siglent.com

283

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:DIFF:DX
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the step size of the differential operation.
This query returns the current step size of the differential
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:DIFF:DX <dx><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand<dx>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:DIFF:DX?

RESPONSE FORMAT<dx><dx>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the step of the differential
operation to 4 on Function1.
Command message::FUNCtion1:DIFF:DX 4
FUNC1:DIFF:DX 4
Query message:
FUNC1:DIFF:DX?
Response message:
4284

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:ERES:BITS
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the eres bits for the eres operation.
This query returns the current eres bits for the eres operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<n>:ERES:BITS <bits><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<bits>:= {0.5|1.0|1.5|2.0|2.5|3.0}

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:ERES:BITS?

RESPONSE FORMAT<bits>:= {0.5|1.0|1.5|2.0|2.5|3.0}

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the eres bits for the eresoperation to 3.0 on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:ERES:BITS 3.0
FUNC2:ERES:BITS 3.0
Query message:
FUNC2:ERES:BITS?
Response message:
3.0

Int.siglent.com

285

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:AUToset
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command causes the FFT waveform to be displayed at
the best position on the screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:AUToset <mode><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to on FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by
the command.
<mode>:= {SPAN|PEAK|NORMal} SPAN – full span.
 PEAK – center to peak.
 NORMal –center set to the fundamental frequency andthe span is set to one-half of the fft sampling rate

EXAMPLEThe following command causes the FFT waveform to be
displayed at the best position on the screen on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:AUToset NORMal
FUNC2:FFT:AUT NORM

286

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HCENter
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the center frequency of FFT.
This query returns the current center frequency of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HCENter <center><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<center>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:
The range of legal values varies with the FFT sampling rate.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HCENter?

RESPONSE FORMAT<center><center>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the center frequency of FFT to 2
MHz on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:HCENter 2.00E+06
FUNC2:FFT:HCEN 2.00E+06
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:HCEN?
Response message:
2.00E+06

Int.siglent.com

287

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HSCale
Query
DESCRIPTIONThis query returns the current horizontal scale of FFT.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HSCale?
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.

RESPONSE FORMAT<scale><scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the horizontal scale of FFT on
Function2.
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:HSC?
Response message:
1.00E+08

RELATED COMMANDS

288:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HCENter:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SPAN

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SPAN
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the horizontal span of FFT.
This query returns the current horizontal span of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SPAN <span><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<span>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SPAN?

RESPONSE FORMAT<span><span>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the span frequency of FFT to 2
MHz on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:SPAN 2.00E+06
FUNC2:FFT:SPAN 2.00E+06
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SPAN?
Response message:
1.00E+08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:HCENter

289

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:LOAD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the external load of the FFT.
This query returns the current external load of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:LOAD <load><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<load>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 1000000]
Note:
The load can be set only when the FFT unit is dBm.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:LOAD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<load><load>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the load of FFT to 50Ω on
Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:LOAD 50
FUNC2:FFT:LOAD 50
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:LOAD?
Response message:
50

RELATED COMMANDS290:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:UNIT

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:MODE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command selects the acquisition mode of the FFT
operation.
This query returns the current acquisition mode of the FFT
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:MODE <mode><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<mode>:= {NORMal|MAXHold|AVERage[,<num>]} NORMal sets the FFT in the normal mode.
 MAXHold sets the FFT in the max detect mode.
 AVERage sets the FFT in the averaging mode.
<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
The range of the value is [4, 1024].

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {NORMal|MAXHold|AVERage[,<num>]}<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the acquisition mode of the FFT
operation on Function2 to normal.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:MODE NORMaLFUNC2:FFT:MODE NORM
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:MODE?
Response message:
NORMalInt.siglent.com

291

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:POINtsCommand/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the maximum number of points for the
FFT operation.
This query returns the current maximum number of points for
the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:POINts <point><n>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<point>:= Vary from models, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range{1k|2k|4k|8k|16k|32k|64k|128k|256k
SDS7000A|512k|1M|2M|4M|8M|16M|32M }SDS6000 Pro{1k|2k|4k|8k|16k|32k|64k|128k|256k
SDS6000A|512k|1M|2M|4M|8M}
SDS6000L{1k|2k|4k|8k|16k|32k|64k|128k|256k
SDS3000X HD|512k|1M|2M|4M}
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
{1k|2k|4k|8k|16k|32k|64k|128k|256k
SDS2000X HD|512k|1M|2M}
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X{1k|2k|4k|8k|16k|32k|64k|128k|256k|512k|1M}
SHS1000XQUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:POINts?

RESPONSE FORMAT<point>EXAMPLEThe following command changes the maximum number ofpoints for the FFT operation to 2M on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:POINts 2M
FUNC2:FFT:POIN 2M
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:POIN?
Response message:
2M

292

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:RESET
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command restarts counting when the acquisition mode isaverage.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:RESET<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.

EXAMPLEThe following command restarts counting on Function2 when
the acquisition mode is average.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:RESETFUNC2:FFT:RESETRELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:MODE

293

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:RLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the reference level of the FFT operation.
The query returns the current reference level of the FFT
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:RLEVel <level><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<level>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the values is related to the probe of the FFT
source.
ProbedBVrms
Vrms
dBm
1E6 X
[-40,200][1E-2,1E10][-27,213]
1E5 X[-60,180][1E-3,1E9][-47,193]
1E4 X[-80,160][1E-4,1E8][-67,173]
1000X[-100,140][1E-5,1E7][-87,153]
100X[-120,120][1E-6,1E6][-107,133]
10X[-140,100][1E-7,1E5][-127,113]
1[-160,80][1E-8,1E4][-147,93]
0.1X[-180,60][1E-9,1E3][-167,73]
0.01X[-200,40][1E-10,1E2][-187,53]
1E-3 X[-220,20][1E-11,10][-207,33]
1E-4 X[-240,0][1E-12,1][-227,13]
1E-5 X[-260,-20][1E-13,1E-1][-247,-7]
1E-6 X[-280,-40][1E-14,1E-2][-267,-27]
Note:
The smaller the :FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SCALe, the greater theaccuracy of the level value.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:RLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level><level>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

294

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the reference level of FFToperation to 10 dBV on Function2 when the FFT unit isdBVrms.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:RLEVel 1.00E+01
FUNC2:FFT:RLEV 1.00E+01
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:RLEV?
Response message:
1.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CHANnel<n>:PROBe:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SCALe

295

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SCALe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the vertical scale of the FFT.
The query returns the current vertical scale of FFT.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SCALe <scale><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the values is related to the vertical unit.
Unit
Range
dBVrms[1.00E-01, 2.00E+01]
Vrms[1.00E-03, 1.00E+01]
dBm[1.00E-01, 2.00E+01]

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<scale><scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the vertical scale of FFT to 20 dB
on Function2 when the FFT unit is dBVrms.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:SCALe 2.00E+01
FUNC2:FFT:SCAL 2.00E+01
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SCAL?
Response message:
2.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS

296:CHANnel<n>:PROBe

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command selects the search tools type of the FFT
operation.
This query returns the current search tools type of the FFT
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch <type><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<type>:= {OFF|PEAK|MARKer}QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {OFF|PEAK|MARKer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search tools type of FFToperation on Function2 to marker.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:SEARch MARKer
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR MARK
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR?
Response message:
MARKer

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion

297

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the search excursion of the search tool
(marker or peak) for the FFT operation.
This query returns the current search excursion of the searchtool for the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion <value><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the values is [0, 1.60E+02] when the FFT unit isdBVrms. The value range varies with the corresponding unit.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search excursion of themarker of the FFT operation to 20 dB on Function2 when the
FFT unit is dBVrms.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion 2.00E+01
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:EXC 2.00E+01
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:EXC?
Response message:
2.00E+01

RELATED COMMANDS

298:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:THResholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n>Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command sets the frequency of the specified marker.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n> <freq><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to on FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by
the command.
<n>:= 1 to (# marker index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to on MARKer and defines the marker that is affected by
the command.
<freq>:= {NPeak|NAMPlitude|<value>} NPeak means marking the next peak
 NAMPlitude means marking the next amplitude
 <value>:= frequency value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the frequency of FFT marker1 for
function1 to 1 MHz.
Command message::FUNCtion1:FFT:SEARch:MARKer1 1.00E+06
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:MARK1 1.00E+06

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n>:SHOW

299

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n>:SHOW
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command sets the switch state of the specified marker.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MARKer<n>:SHOW <state><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to on FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by
the command.
<n>:= 1 to (# marker index) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to on MARKer and defines the marker that is affected by
the command.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets to disable function1 FFT searchmarker2
Command message::FUNCtion1:FFT:SEARch:MARKer2:SHOW ON
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:MARK2:SHOW ON

RELATED COMMANDS300:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MON
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command sets the FFT marker on peaks or harmonics.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:MON <type><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to on FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by
the command.
<type>:= {PEAK|HARMonics}
 PEAK means marking on peaks
 HARMonics means marking on harmonics

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the marker of function 1 FFT on
PEAK.
Command message::FUNCtion1:FFT:SEARch:MON PEAKFUNC1:FFT:SEAR:MON PEAK

Int.siglent.com

301

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:PORDer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the sorting method for FFT peak values.
The query returns the sorting method for FFT peak values.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:PORDer <type><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to on FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by
the command.
<type>:= {AMPLitude|FREQuency}
 AMPLitude means sorting by amplitude.
 FREQuency meanssorting by frequency.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:PORDer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {AMPLitude|FREQuency}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the FFT list of function1 in orderof amplitude.
Command message::FUNCtion1:FFT:SEARch:PORDer AMPLitude
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:PORD AMPL
Query message:
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:PORD?
Response message:
AMPLitude

RELATED COMMANDS302:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:RESult
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the current search list result for the FFT
operation. It only contains search number, frequency andamplitude information.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:RESult?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type>,<no>,<freq>,<ampl>;<type>:={Markers|Peaks}<no>:= Value in NR1 format, indicates the peak number ormarker number<freq>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
<ampl>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The unit is the same as FFT vertical
unit

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the peaks result of function1 in the
figure below.

Query message:
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:RES?
Response message:
Peaks,1,9.536743E+02,2.231755E+00;
2,3.099442E+03,-8.056905E+00;
3,5.006790E+03,-1.151463E+01;
4,6.914139E+03,-1.514894E+01;
5,9.059906E+03,-1.694874E+01;
6,1.096725E+04,-1.847880E+01;
7,1.311302E+04,-2.107302E+01;
8,1.502037E+04,-2.107302E+01;
9,1.692772E+04,-2.264706E+01;
10,1.907349E+04,-2.361992E+01;

Int.siglent.com

303

SDS Series Programming Guide

RELATED COMMANDS304:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:UNIT

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the state of FFT search table.
The query returns the state of FFT search table.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe <state><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search table state offunction1 FFT to ON.
Command message::FUNCtion1:FFT:SEARch:TABLe ON
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:TABL ON
Query message:
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:TABL?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch

305

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:DELTa
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the display state of increments in the FFT
search table.
The query returns the the display state of increments in the
FFT search table.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:DELTa <state><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:DELTa?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the function 1 FFT's search table
to display increment.
Command message::FUNCtion1:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:DELTa ON
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:TABL:DELT ON
Query message:
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:TABL:DELT?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

306:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:FREQuency
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the display state of frequency in the FFT
search table.
This query returns the the display state of frequency in the FFT
search table.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:FREQuency <state><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:FREQuency?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the function 1 FFT's search table
to display frequency.
Command message::FUNCtion1:FFT:SEARch:TABLe:FREQuency ON
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:TABL:FREQ ON
Query message:
FUNC1:FFT:SEAR:TABL:FREQ?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:TABLe307

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the search threshold of the search tool
(marker or peak) for the FFT operation.
The query returns the current search threshold of the searchtool for the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold <value><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the values is [-1.60E+02, 8.00E+01], when FFTunit is dBVrms. The value changes to match the set Units
value.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search threshold of themarker of the FFT operation to -100 dBV on Function2 when
the FFT unit is dBVrms.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:SEARch:THReshold -1.00E+2
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:THR -1.00E+2
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:SEAR:THR?
Response message:-1.00E+02

RELATED COMMANDS

308:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:SEARch:EXCursion

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:UNIT
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the unit type of the FFT operation.
This query returns the current unit type of the FFT operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:UNIT <unit><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<unit>:= {DBVrms|Vrms|DBm}

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:UNIT?

RESPONSE FORMAT<unit><unit>:= {DBVrms|Vrms|DBm}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the unit type of FFT operation on
Function2 to dBVrms.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:UNIT DBVrms
FUNC2:FFT:UNIT DBVrms
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:UNIT?
Response message:
DBVrmsInt.siglent.com

309

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:WINDow
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command selects the window type of the FFT operation.
This query returns the current window type of the FFT
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:WINDow <window><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<window>:={RECTangle|BLACkman|HANNing|HAMMing|FLATtop}
 RECTangle is useful for transient signals, and signals
where there are an integral number of cycles in the time
record.
 BLACkman reduces time resolution compared to therectangular window, but it improves the capacity to detect
smaller impulses due to lower secondary lobes (provides
minimal spectral leakage).
 HANNing is useful for frequency resolution and generalpurpose use. It is good for resolving two frequencies thatare close together, or for making frequency
measurements.
 HAMMing means Hamming.
 FLATtop is the best for making accurate amplitude
measurements of frequency peaks.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FFT:WINDow?

RESPONSE FORMAT<window><window>:={RECTangle|BLACkman|HANNing|HAMMing|FLATtop}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the windowing of the FFT
operation on Function2 to Flattop.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FFT:WINDow FLATtop
FUNC2:FFT:WIND FLAT
Query message:
FUNC2:FFT:WIND?
Response message:
FLATtop310

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:TYPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command selects the filter type of the filter operation.
This query returns the current filter type of the filter operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:TYPe <type><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<type>:= {LPASs|HPASs|BPASs|BREJect} LPASs - Low pass filter.
 HPASs - High pass filter.
 BPASs - Band pass filter.
 BREJect - Band reject filter.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:TYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LPASs|HPASs|BPASs|BREJect}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the filter type of the filter
operation on Function2 to HPASs.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FILTer:TYPe HPASs
FUNC2:FILT:TYP HPAS
Query message:
FUNC2:FILT:TYP?
Response message:
HPASs

Int.siglent.com

3 11

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:HFRequency
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the upper frequency of the filter.
This query returns the current upper frequency of the filter.
The command/query is available only when the filter type is
BPASs or BREJect.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:HFRequency <value><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:HFRequency?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper freq for the filter
operation to 100MHz on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FILTer:HFRequency 100MHzFUNC2:FILT:HFR 100MHz
Query message:
FUNC2:FILT:HFR?
Response message:
1.00E+08

RELATED COMMANDS312:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:TYPe:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:LFRequency

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:LFRequency
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the lower frequency of the filter.
This query returns the current lower frequency of the filter.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:LFRequency <value><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:LFRequency?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower freq for the filter
operation to 50MHz on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:FILTer:LFRequency 50MHz
FUNC2:FILT:LFR 50MHz
Query message:
FUNC2:FILT:LFR?
Response message:
5.00E+07

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:FILTer:HFRequency

313

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:GATE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command selects whether to enable the threshold of theintegral operation.
This query returns the threshold status of the integral
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:GATE <state><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:GATE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the threshold for the integral
operation of function 1.
Command message::FUNCtion1:INTegrate:GATE ON
FUNC1:INT:GATE ON
Query message:
FUNC1:INT:GATE?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

314:FUNCtion:GVALue

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:OFFSet
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the dc offset of the integrate operation.
The query returns the current dc offset of the integrate
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:OFFSet <offset><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of values corresponds to the vertical pixel range:[-100 pixels, 100 pixels].

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:INTegrate:OFFSet?

RESPONSE FORMAT<offset><offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the offset of the integral
operation to 100 mV on Function1.
Command message::FUNCtion1:INTegrate:OFFSet 1.00E-01
FUNC1:INT:OFFS 1.00E-01
Query message:
FUNC1:INT:OFFS?
Response message:
1.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:CHANnel<n>:PROBe

315

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:INTErpolate:COEF
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the upsample coef for the interpolate
operation.
This query returns the current upsample coef for theinterpolate operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:INTErpolate:COEF <coef><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<coef>:= {2|5|10|20}

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:INTErpolate:COEF?

RESPONSE FORMAT<coef>:= {2|5|10|20}

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the upsample coef for theinterpolate operation to 10 on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:INTErpolate:COEF 10
FUNC2:INTE:COEF 10
Query message:
FUNC2:INTE:COEF?
Response message:
10316

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:INVert
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command inverts the math waveform.
This query returns whether the math waveform is inverted ornot.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:INVert <state><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:INVert?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command inverts the Function1 waveform.
Command message::FUNCtion1:INVert ON
FUNC1:INV ON
Query message:
FUNC1:INV?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

317

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:LABel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command is to turn the specified math label on or off.
This query returns the label associated with a particular mathfunction.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:LABel <state><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the label of the Function1.
Command message::FUNCtion1:LABel ON
FUNC1:LAB ON
Query message:
FUNC1:LAB?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

318:FUNCtion<x>:LABel:TEXT

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:LABel:TEXT
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the selected math label to the string that
follows. Setting a label for a math function also adds the nameto the label list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest
label in the list)
This query returns the current label text of the selected math.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:LABel:TEXT <string><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the stringis limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the label text of the Function1 to“MATH”.
Command message::FUNCtion1:LABel:TEXT "MATH"
FUNC1:LAB:TEXT "MATH"
Query message:
FUNC1:LAB:TEXT?
Response message:“MATH”RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:LABel

319

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:MAXHold:SWeeps
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the sweeps limit for the maxhold operation.
This query returns the current sweeps limit for the maxhold
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:MAXHold:Sweeps <value><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 2147483646],
where 0 represents unlimited.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:MAXHold:Sweeps?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 forma, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the sweeps limit for the
maxhold operation to 100 on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:MAXHold:SWeeps 100
FUNC2:MAXH:SW 100
Query message:
FUNC2:MAXH:SW?
Response message:
100

320

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:MINHold:SWeeps
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the sweeps limit for the minhold operation.
This query returns the current sweeps limit for the minhold
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:MINHold:SWeeps <value><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 2147483646],
where 0 represents unlimited.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:MINHold:Sweeps?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 forma, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the sweeps limit for the
minhold operation to 100 on Function2.
Command message::FUNCtion2:MINHold:SWeeps 100
FUNC2:MINH:SW 100
Query message:
FUNC2:MINH:SW?
Response message:
100

Int.siglent.com

321

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:OPERation
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the desired waveform math operation.
This query returns the current operation for the selectedfunction.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:OPERation <operation><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<operation>:={ADD|SUBTract|MULTiply|DIVision|INTegrate|DIFF|FFT|SQRT|ERES|AVERage|ABSolute|SIGN|IDENtity|NEGation|EXP|TEN|
LN|LOG|INTErpolate|MAXHold|MINHold|FILTer}

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:OPERation?

RESPONSE FORMAT<operation><operation>:={ADD|SUBTract|MULTiply|DIVision|INTegrate|DIFF|FFT|SQRT|ERES|AVERage|ABSolute|SIGN|IDENtity|NEGation|EXP|TEN|
LN|LOG|INTErpolate|MAXHold|MINHold|FILTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the Function1 operation toMultiplication.
Command message::FUNCtion1:OPERation MULTiply
FUNC1:OPER MULT
Query message:
FUNC1:OPER?
Response message:
MULTiply322

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the vertical position of the selected mathoperation (arithmetic and algebra operation).
This query returns the current position value for the selected
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:POSition <offset><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:
The range of values is uniform and related to an operation.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<offset><offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the vertical position of
Function1 waveform to 1 V.
Command message::FUNCtion1:POSition 5.00E-01
FUNC1:POS 5.00E-01
Query message:
FUNC1:POS?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:OPERation

323

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:SCALe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the vertical scale of the selected mathoperation (arithmetic and algebra operation).
The query returns the current scale value for the selected
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:SCALe <scale><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:•

The range of the function scale is related to the scale ofthe function source.

•

When the operation is INTegrate and DIFF, the scale
range is related to the timebase.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<scale><scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the vertical scale of
Function1 waveform to 1 V.
Command message::FUNCtion1:SCALe 1.00E+00
FUNC1:SCAL 1.00E+00
Query message:
FUNC1:SCAL?
Response message:
1.00E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

324:CHANnel<n>:SCALe

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce1
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the source1 of the math operation.
This query returns the current source1 of the math operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce1 <source><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>} C denotes an analog channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed source.
 F denotes a math function, for math-on-math operations.
 M denotes a memory waveform.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
Note:

•
•

Z<n> is optional only when Zoom is on.
FUNCtion<x> cannot set itself as the source.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce1?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source 1 of Function2 to C1.
Command message::FUNCtion2:SOURce1 C1
FUNC2:SOUR1 C1Query message:
FUNC2:SOUR1?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce2

325

SDS Series Programming Guide:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the source2 of the math operation.
This query returns the current source2 of the math operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce2 <source><x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, is attached as asuffix to FUNCtion and defines the math that is affected by thecommand.
<source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>} C denotes an analog channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed source.
 F denotes a math function, for math-on-math operations.
 M denotes a memory waveform.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
Note:•

Z<n> is optional only when Zoom is on.

•

FUNCtion<x> cannot set itself as the source.

QUERY SYNTAX:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source2 of Function2 to C1.
Command message::FUNCtion2:SOURce2 C1
FUNC2:SOUR2 C1Query message:
FUNC2:SOUR2?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

326:FUNCtion<x>:SOURce1

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

HISTORy Commands
The :HISTORy subsystem commands control the waveform recording function and the history
waveform play function.

:HISTORy:HISTORy:FRAMe:HISTORy:INTERval:HISTORy:LIST:HISTORy:PLAY:HISTORy:TIME

Int.siglent.com

327

SDS Series Programming Guide:HISTORy
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the mode of the history function.
This query returns the current status of the history function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:HISTORy <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:HISTORy?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the history function.
Command message::HISTORy ON
HISTOR ON
Query message:
HISTOR?
Response message:ON

328

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:HISTORy:FRAMe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the number of the history frame.
This query returns the current number of history frames.

COMMAND SYNTAX:HISTORy:FRAMe <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
Note:
The maximum number of frames is related to the number ofsamples set for the acquisition (memory depth). Morepoints/frame means less total frames available. Fewer
points/frame equals more frames available.

QUERY SYNTAX:HISTORy:FRAMe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of the history frame
to 4.
Command message::HISTORy:FRAMe 4
HISTOR:FRAM 4
Query message:
HISTOR:FRAM?
Response message:
4

Int.siglent.com

329

SDS Series Programming Guide:HISTORy:INTERval
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the play interval of the history frame.
This query returns the current play interval of the history frame.

COMMAND SYNTAX:HISTORy:INTERval <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [1.00E-06,1].

QUERY SYNTAX:HISTORy:INTERval?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the play interval of the history
frame to 1 ms.
Command message::HISTORy:INTERval 1.00E-03
HISTOR:INTER 1.00E-03
Query message:
HISTOR:INTER?
Response message:
1.00E-03

330

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:HISTORy:LIST
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the state of the history list.
This query returns the current state of the history list.

COMMAND SYNTAX:HISTORy:LIST <state><state>:= {OFF|ON[,<type>]}<type>:= {TIME|DELTa} TIME indicates that the time column is displayed bysampling time
 DELTa indicates that the time column is displayed by the
sampling interval.

QUERY SYNTAX:HISTORy:LIST?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON[,<type>]}<type>:= {TIME|DELTa}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the history list and displays it
by sampling time.
Command message::HISTORy:LIST ON,TIMEHISTOR:LIST ON,TIME
Query message:
HISTOR:LIST?
Response message:
ON,TIME

Int.siglent.com

331

SDS Series Programming Guide:HISTORy:PLAY
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the play state of the history waveform.
This query returns the current play state of the history
waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX:HISTORy:PLAY <state><state>:= {BACKWards|PAUSe|FORWards}
 BACKWards indicates that the frame number is played
from highest frame number to lowest (last-to-first,
chronologically).
 FORWards indicates that the frame number is played fromthe lowest frame number to the highest (first-to-last,chronologically).
 PAUSe will pause playback.

QUERY SYNTAX:HISTORy:PLAY?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {BACKWards|PAUSe|FORWards}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the playback state of the history
waveform to backwards.
Command message::HISTORy:PLAY BACKWards
HISTOR:PLAY BACKWQuery message:
HISTOR:PLAY?
Response message:
BACKWards

332

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:HISTORy:TIME
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the acquire timestamp of the current frame.

QUERY SYNTAX:HISTORy:TIME?

RESPONSE FORMAT<time><time>:= hours:minutes:seconds.microseconds in NR1 format,
including an integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command returns the time of acquisition of thecurrent frame.
Query message::HISTOR:TIME?
Response message:
07:48:09.253827

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:HISTORy:FRAMe333

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure Commands
The :MEASure subsystem commands are used to control automatic measurements.

:MEASure:MEASure:ADVanced:CLEar

:MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SHIStory:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:AIMLimit:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet:MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe:MEASure:ASTRategy

:MEASure:ASTRategy:BASE:MEASure:ASTRategy:TOP:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE1:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE2:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe1

:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe2

:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold1



:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold2

:MEASure:GATE:MEASure:GATE:GA:MEASure:GATE:GB:MEASure:MODE:MEASure:RDISplay

:MEASure:SIMPle:CLEar

:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM

:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce:MEASure:SIMPle:VALue

334

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:THReshold:SOURce:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE

:MEASure:THReshold:ABSolute:MEASure:THReshold:PERCentInt.siglent.com

335

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the measurement function.
This query returns the current state of the measurement
function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the measurement function.
Command message::MEASure ON:MEAS ON
Query message:
MEAS?
Response message:
ON:MEASure:ADVanced:CLEar
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command clears all the advanced measurement items.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:CLEar

EXAMPLEThe following command clears the advanced measurement
items.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:CLEar
MEAS:ADV:CLE

RELATED COMMANDS

336:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the total number of advanced measurement
items displayed.
The query returns the current total number of advanced
measurement items displayed.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 12].

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the total number of advanced
measurement items displayed to 12.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:LINenumber 12
MEAS:ADV:LIN 12
Query message:
MEAS:ADV:LIN?
Response message:
12

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:MODE

337

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the state of the specified measurement
item.
This query returns the current state of the measurement item.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n> <state>
P is the physical location of the specified measurement on thedisplay.
<n>:= 1 to 12<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the first (leftmost/topmost)measurement item.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:P1 ON
MEAS:ADV:P1 ON
Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

338:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the source1 of the specified advanced
measurement item.
This query returns the current source1 of the specified
advanced measurement item.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1 <source><n>:= 1 to 12<source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>|D<d>|ZD<d>|REF<r>}
 C denotes an analog channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed source.
 F denotes a math function.
 M denotes a memory waveform D denotes a digital channel.
 ZD denotes a zoomed digital channel.
 REF denotes a reference waveform.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
Note:•
Z<n> and ZD<d> are optional only when Zoom is on.
•
The source can only be set to C<n> or F<x> when thetype is delay measurement.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>|D<d>|ZD<d>|REF<r>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source1 of the firstmeasurement item to C1.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:P1:SOURce1 C1
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR1 C1Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR1?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

339

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the source2 of the specified advanced
measurement item. When the measurement type is delay
measurement item, source2 needs to be set.
This query returns the source2 of the specified advanced
measurement item.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2 <source><n>:= 1 to 12<source>:= {C<n>|F<x>} C denotes an analog channel.
 F denotes a math function.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

UERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|F<x>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source2 of the firstmeasurement item to C2.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:P1:SOURce2 C2
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR2 C2Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:SOUR2?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS340:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SOURce1:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics
Query
DESCRIPTIONThis query returns statistics for the specified advanced
measurement item.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics? <type><n>:= 1 to 12<type>:={ALL|CURRent|MEAN|MAXimum|MINimum|STDev|COUNt}
 ALL returns all the statistics
 CURRent returns the current value of the statistics
 MEAN returns the mean value of the statistics
 MAXimum returns the maximum value of the statistics
 MINimum returns the minimum value of the statistics
 STDev returns the standard deviation of the statistics
 COUNt returns the current number of counts used to
calculate the statistical data

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:
When measurement statistics are off, it returns OFF.

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the statistical current value of thefirst measurement item.
Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:STAT? CURR
Response message:
6.7E-02

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

341

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SHIStory
Query
DESCRIPTIONThis query returns statistics for the specified advanced
measurement item. Only valid when there is a limit on the
maximum number of statistics, and returns the current
statistical value when the count limit is Unlimited.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:SHIStory? [ <count>]<n>:= 1 to 12<count>:= The number and range of historical statistical data
are limited by the maximum number of statistics.
Note:•
When <count>is not specified, return all historical data.

RESPONSE FORMATCount =<value>,<value1>,<value2>,…,<valueN><value>:= Number of statistical data.
<valueN>:= Statistical data values.

EXAMPLEWhen the maximum number of statistics is 1024, The following
querys the top 5 measurement data of P1's current value.
Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:SHIS? 5
Response message:
Count=5,4.223529E+00,4.221176E+00,4.221176E+00,
4.214118E+00,4.223529E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

342:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the type for the specified measurement
item.
This query returns the type for the specified measurement
item.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE <parameter><n>:= 1 to 12<parameter>:={PKPK|MAX|MIN|AMPL|TOP|BASE|LEVELX|CMEAN|MEAN|
STDEV|VSTD|RMS|CRMS|MEDIAN|CMEDIAN|OVSN|FPRE|OVSP|RPRE|ULOWer|PER|FREQ|TMAX|TMIN|PWID|NWID|D
UTY|NDUTY|WID|NBWID|DELAY|TIMEL|RISE|FALL|RISE10T
90|FALL90T10|CCJ|PAREA|NAREA|AREA|ABSAREA|CYCLE
S|REDGES|FEDGES|EDGES|PPULSES|NPULSES|PHA|SKE
W|FRR|FRF|FFR|FFF|LRR|LRF|LFR|LFF|PACArea|NACArea|
ACArea|ABSACArea|PSLOPE|NSLOPE|TSR|TSF|THR|THF|D
TIMe1|DTIMe2|DTIMe3|DTIMe4}
Description of Parameters
Parameter
Description
Difference between maximum and
PKPKminimum data values
MAX
Highest value in waveform
MIN
Lowest value in waveform
Difference between top and base in a
AMPL
bimodal waveform. If not bimodal,
difference between max and min
Value of most probable higher state in aTOPbimodal waveform
Value of most probable lower state in a
BASEbimodal waveform
LEVELX
Level measured at trigger position
CMEAN
Average value of the first cycle
MEAN
Average of data values
STDEVStandard deviation of the data
VSTD
Standard deviation of the first cycle
RMS
Root mean square of the data
CRMS
Root mean square of the first cycle
Value at which 50% of the measurement
MEDIANare above and 50% are below
CMEDIANMedian of the first cycle
Overshoot following a falling edge;
OVSN
100%* (base-min)/amplitude
Overshoot before a falling edge;
FPRE
100%*(max-top)/amplitude
Overshoot following a rising edge;
OVSP
100%*(max-top)/amplitude
Overshoot before a rising edge;
RPRE
100%*(base-min)/amplitude

Int.siglent.com

343

SDS Series Programming Guide

ULOWer
PER
FREQ
TMAX
TMIN
PWID

NWID
DUTY
NDUTY
WID
NBWID
DELAY
TIMEL
RISE
FALL
RISE10T90
FALL90T10
CCJ
PAREA
NAREA
AREA
ABSAREACYCLESEDGESREDGES
FEDGESPPULSESNPULSES
PHA
SKEW
FRR
FRF
FFR
344

The value between the threshold upperand lower
Time between the middle thresholdpoints of two consecutive, like-polarity
edges
Reciprocal of period
First time of maximum valueFirst time of minimum value
Time difference between the middle
threshold of a rising edge to the middle
threshold of the next falling edge of thepulseTime difference between the middle
threshold of a falling edge to the middle
threshold of the next rising edge of thepulse
Positive Duty Cycle. Ratio of positive
width to period
Duty Cycle. Ratio of negative width toperiodTime from the first rising edge to the last
falling edge at the middle threshold
Time from the first falling edge to the lastrising edge at the middle threshold
Time from the trigger to the first transitionat the middle threshold
Time from the trigger to each rising edge
at the middle threshold
Duration of rising edge from lower toupper of threshold
Duration of falling edge from upper tolower of threshold
Duration of rising edge from 10-90%
Duration of falling edge from 90-10%
The difference between two continuous
periods
Area of the waveform above zero
Area of the waveform below zero
Area of the waveform
Absolute area of the waveform
Number of cycles in a periodic waveform
Number of edges in a waveform
Number of rising edges in a waveform
Number of falling edges in a waveform
Number of positive pulses in a waveform
Number of negative pulses in a waveform
Phase difference between two edges
Time of source A edge minus time ofnearest source B edge
The time between the first rising edge ofsource A and the first rising edge ofsource B at the middle threshold
The time between the first rising edge ofsource A and the first falling edge ofsource B at the middle threshold
The time between the first falling edge ofInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

FFF
LRR
LRF
LFR
LFF
PACArea
NACArea
ACAreaABSACArea
PSLOPENSLOPE
TSR
TSF
THR
THF
DITMe1-4

source A and the first rising edge ofsource B at the middle threshold
The time between the first falling edge ofsource A and the first falling edge ofsource B at the middle threshold
The time between the first rising edge ofsource A and the last rising edge ofsource B at the middle threshold
The time between the first rising edge ofsource A and the last falling edge ofsource B at the middle threshold
The time between the first falling edge ofsource A and the last rising edge ofsource B at the middle threshold
The time between the first falling edge ofsource A and the last falling edge ofsource B at the middle threshold
Area of the waveform above average
Area of the waveform below average
Area of the waveform above averageminus area of the waveform below
average
Area of the waveform above average add
area of the waveform below average
The slope of rising edges
The slope of falling edges
Data setup time before the clock risingedge
Data setup time before the clock fallingedge
Data hold time after the clock rising edge
Data hold time after the clock falling edge
The time difference between thespecified two edges

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<parameter>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the type of the first measurement
to maximum.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:P1:TYPE MAX
MEAS:ADV:P1:TYPE MAX
Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:TYPE?
Response message:MAX

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>345

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the value of the specified advanced
measurement item.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:VALue?
<n>:= 1 to 12

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the value of the first measurement
item.
Query message:
MEAS:ADV:P1:VAL?
Response message:
4.033E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

346:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:TYPE

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the measurement statistics.
This query returns the current state of the measurement
statistics function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the statistics function.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics ON
MEAS:ADV:STAT ON
Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STAT?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics

347

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:AIMLimit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the value of the measurement statistics
AIM limit.
This query returns the current value of the measurement
statistics AIM limit.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:AIMLimit <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:AIMLimit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the statistics aim limit to 500.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics: AIMLimit 500
MEAS:ADV:STAT:AIML 500
Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STAT:AIML?
Response message:
500

RELATED COMMANDS

348:MEASure:ADVanced:P<n>:STATistics

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the histogram function.
This query returns the current state of the histogram function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables histogram function.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:HISTOGram ON
MEAS:ADV:STAT:HISTOG ON
Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STAT:HISTOG?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

349

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the maximum value of the statistics count.
The query returns the current value of statistics count.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 1024].
Note:
When the value is set to 0, it means unlimited statistics.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the maximum value of statistics
count to 1024.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MAXCount 1024
MEAS:ADV:STAT:MAXC 1024
Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STAT:MAXC?
Response message:
1024

RELATED COMMANDS350:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command resets the measurement statistics.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet

EXAMPLEThe following command restarts statistics.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:RESet
MEAS:ADV:STAT:RES

RELATED COMMANDS:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the display mode of the advanced
measurements.
This query returns the current display mode of the advanced
measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe <type><type>:= {M1|M2}
 M1 lists a measurement, corresponding statistics, andhistogram vertically on the display.
 M2 lists a measurement and corresponding statistics
horizontally on the display. No histogram is available withM2.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {M1|M2}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the display mode of theadvanced measurement to M1.
Command message::MEASure:ADVanced:STYLe M1
MEAS:ADV:STYL M1Query message:
MEAS:ADV:STYL?
Response message:
M1

Int.siglent.com

351

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ASTRategy
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the mode of amplitude calculation strategy.
This query returns the current mode of the amplitude
calculation strategy.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ASTRategy <type><type>:= {AUTO|MANual} AUTO sets the amplitude calculation strategy will beselected automatically according to the input signal toensure theaccuracy of the measured value.
 MANual sets the amplitude calculation strategy will beselected manually.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ASTRategy?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {AUTO|MANual}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the amplitude calculation
strategy to MAMual.
Command message::MEASure:ASTRategy MANual
MEAS:ASTR MAN
Query message:
MEAS:ASTR?
Response message:
MANual352

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ASTRategy:BASE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the mode of amplitude calculation basestrategy.
This query returns the current mode of the amplitude
calculation base strategy.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ASTRategy:BASE <type><type>:= {HISTogram|MIN}
 HISTogram sets the amplitude calculation base strategy
will identify the value with the maximum probability as thebase value.
 MIN sets the amplitude calculation top strategy will
identify the minimum value of the waveform as the basevalue.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ASTRategy:BASE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {HISTogram|MIN}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the amplitude calculation basestrategy to Histogram.
Command message::MEASure:ASTRategy:BASE HISTogram
MEAS:ASTR:BASE HIST
Query message:
MEAS:ASTR:BASE?
Response message:
HISTogram

Int.siglent.com

353

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:ASTRategy:TOP
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the mode of amplitude calculation top
strategy.
This query returns the current mode of the amplitude
calculation top strategy.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:ASTRategy:TOP <type><type>:= {HISTogram|MAX}
 HISTogram sets the amplitude calculation top strategy will
identify the value with the maximum probability as the top
value.
 MAX sets the amplitude calculation top strategy will
identify the maximum value of the waveform as the top
value.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:ASTRategy:TOP?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {HISTogram|MAX}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the amplitude calculation top
strategy to Histogram.
Command message::MEASure:ASTRategy:TOP HISTogram
MEAS:ASTR:TOP HIST
Query message:
MEAS:ASTR:TOP?
Response message:
HISTogram

354

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE1
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the starting edge of the specified delta
time.
This query returns the starting edge of the specified delta time.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE1 <value><n>:= delta time index, the range is [1,4]<value>:= start edge in NR1 format. The value range is limitedby the AIM limit. When set to -1, it indicates the last edge

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE1?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value>EXAMPLEThe following command sets the starting edge of delta time1
as the last edge.
Command message::MEASure:DITMe1:EDGE1 -1
MEAS:DITM1:EDGE1 -1
Query message:
MEAS:DITM1:EDGE1?
Response message:-1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:AIMLimit:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE2

355

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the end edge of the specified delta time.
This query returns the end edge of the specified delta time.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE2 <value><n>:= delta time index, the range is [1,4].
<value>:= end edge in NR1 format. The value range is limitedby the AIM limit. When set to -1, it indicates the last edge

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value>EXAMPLEThe following command sets the end edge of delta time 1 as
the last edge.
Command message::MEASure:DITMe1:EDGE2 -1
MEAS:DITM1:EDGE2 -1
Query message:
MEAS:DITM1:EDGE2?
Response message:-1

RELATED COMMANDS

356:MEASure:ADVanced:STATistics:AIMLimit:MEASure:DITMe<n>:EDGE1

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe1
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the start edge slope type of the specified
delta time.
This query returns the start edge slope type of the specified
delta time.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe1 <slope_type><n>:= delta time index, the range is [1,4]<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe1?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start edge slope of delta
time1 to RISing.
Command message::MEASure:DITMe1:SLOPe1 RISing
MEAS:DITM1:SLOP1 RIS
Query message:
MEAS:DITM1:SLOP1?
Response message:
RISing

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe2

357

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the end edge slope type of the specified
delta time.
This query returns the end edge slope type of the specified
delta time.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe2 <slope_type><n>:= delta time index, the range is [1,4].
<slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the end edge slope of delta time1
to RISing.
Command message::MEASure:DITMe1:SLOPe2 RISing
MEAS:DITM1:SLOP2 RIS
Query message:
MEAS:DITM1:SLOP2?
Response message:RISRELATED COMMANDS

358:MEASure:DITMe<n>:SLOPe1

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold1
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the threshold type for the start edge of thespecified delta time.
This query returns the threshold type for the start edge of thespecified delta time.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold1 <type><n>:= delta time index, the range is [1,4].
<type>:= {UPPer|MIDDle|LOWer}QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold1?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {UPPer|MIDDle|LOWer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold type of the startedge of delta time1 to UPPer.
Command message::MEASure:DITMe1:THReshold1 UPPer
MEAS:DITM1:THR1 UPP
Query message:
MEAS:DITM1:THR1?
Response message:
UPPer

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold2

359

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the threshold type for the end edge of thespecified delta time.
This query returns the threshold type for the end edge of thespecified delta time.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold2 <type><n>:= delta time index, the range is [1,4].
<type>:= {UPPer|MIDDle|LOWer}QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {UPPer|MIDDle|LOWer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold type of the endedge of delta time1 to UPPer.
Command message::MEASure:DITMe1:THReshold2 UPPer
MEAS:DITM1:THR2 UPP
Query message:
MEAS:DITM1:THR2?
Response message:
UPPer

RELATED COMMANDS360:MEASure:DITMe<n>:THReshold1

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:GATE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the state of the measurement gate.
This query returns the current state of the measurement gate.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:GATE <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:GATE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the measurement gate.
Command message::MEASure:GATE ON
MEAS:GATE ON
Query message:
MEAS:GATE?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:GATE:GA:MEASure:GATE:GB

361

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:GATE:GA
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of gate A.
This query returns the current position of gate A.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:GATE:GA <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].
Note:
The value of GA cannot be greater than that of GB. If you set
the value greater than GB, it will automatically be set to thesame value as GB.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:GATE:GA?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of gate A to -100 ns.
Command message::MEASure:GATE:GA -1.00E-07
MEAS:GATE:GA -1.00E-07
Query message:
MEAS:GATE:GA?
Response message:-1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS

362:MEASure:GATE:MEASure:GATE:GB

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:GATE:GB
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the position of gate B.
This command returns the current position of gate B.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:GATE:GB <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is[-horizontal_grid/2*timebase, horizontal_grid/2*timebase].
Note:
The value of GB cannot be less than that of GA. If you set thevalue less than GA, it will automatically be set to the samevalue as GA.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:GATE:GB?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the position of gate B to 100 ns.
Command message::MEASure:GATE:GB 1.00E-07
MEAS:GATE:GB 1.00E-07
Query message:
MEAS:GATE:GB?
Response message:
1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:GATE:MEASure:GATE:GA

363

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:MODE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command specifies the mode of measurement.
The query returns the current mode of measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:MODE <type><type>:= {SIMPle|ADVanced}
 SIMPle shows measurements only ADVanced shows measurements and includes selections
for statistics, view mode (M1, M2), histogram, andtrending.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {SIMPle|ADVanced}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the measurement mode tosimple.
Command message::MEASure:MODE SIMPle
MEAS:MODE SIMP
Query message:
MEAS:MODE?
Response message:
SIMPle364

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:RDISplay
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the display style of measurement results.
The query returns the display style of measurement results.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:RDISplay <type><type>:= {EMBedded|FLOating} EMBedded means that the measurement results areembedded in the screen, which compresses the waveformarea.
 FLOating means that the measurement results are
suspended on the screen and will not compress the
waveform area.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:RDISplay?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {EMBedded|FLOating}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the measurement result display
style to FLOating.
Command message::MEASure:RDISplay FLOating
MEAS:RDIS FLOQuery message:
MEAS:RDIS?
Response message:
FLOating

Int.siglent.com

365

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:SIMPle:CLEar
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command clears all the simple measurement item.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:SIMPle:CLEar

EXAMPLEThe following command clears the simple measurement item.
Command message::MEASure:SIMPle:CLEar
MEAS:SIMP:CLE

RELATED COMMANDS:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command sets the type of simple measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM <parameter>,<state><parameter>:={PKPK|MAX|MIN|AMPL|TOP|BASE|LEVELX|CMEAN|MEAN|
STDEV|VSTD|RMS|CRMS|MEDIAN|CMEDIAN|OVSN|ULOW
er|FPRE|OVSP|RPRE|PER|FREQ|TMAX|TMIN|PWID|NWID|D
UTY|NDUTY|WID|NBWID|DELAY|TIMEL|RISE|FALL|RISE20T
80|FALL80T20|CCJ|PAREA|NAREA|AREA|ABSAREA|CYCLE
S|REDGES|FEDGES|EDGES|PPULSES|NPULSES|PACArea|
NACArea|ACArea|ABSACArea}<state>:= {ON|OFF}
Note:
See the table Description of Parameters
Description of Parameters
Description of Parameters
Description of Parameters
Description of Parameters

EXAMPLEThe following command adds maximum to the simple
measurements window.
Command message::MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM MAX,ON
MEAS:SIMP:ITEM MAX,ON

RELATED COMMANDS

366:MEASure:SIMPle:VALue

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the source of the simple measurement.
This query returns the current source of the simple
measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x >|ZF<x>|M<m>|ZM<m>|
D<d>|ZD<d>|REF<r>}
 C denotes an analog channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed source.
 F denotes a math function.
 M denotes a memory waveform D denotes a digital channel.
 REF denotes a reference waveform.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
Note:
Z<n>, ZF<x>, ZM<m> and ZD<d> are optional only when
Zoom is on.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x >|ZF<x>|M<m>|ZM<m>|
D<d>|ZD<d>|REF<r>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of simple
measurement to C1.
Command message::MEASure:SIMPle:SOURce C1
MEAS:SIMP:SOUR C1
Query message:
MEAS:SIMP:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

Int.siglent.com

367

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:SIMPle:VALue
Query
DESCRIPTIONThis query returns the specified measurement value thatappears on the simple measurement.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:SIMPle:VALue? <type><type>:={PKPK|MAX|MIN|AMPL|TOP|BASE|LEVELX|CMEAN|MEAN|
STDEV|VSTD|RMS|CRMS|MEDIAN|CMEDIAN|OVSN|FPRE|OVSP|RPRE|ULOWer|PER|FREQ|TMAX|TMIN|PWID|NWID|D
UTY|NDUTY|WID|NBWID|DELAY|TIMEL|RISE|FALL|RISE20T
80|FALL80T20|CCJ|PAREA|NAREA|AREA|ABSAREA|CYCLE
S|REDGES|FEDGES|EDGES|PPULSES|NPULSES|PACArea|
NACArea|ACArea|ABSACArea|ALL}
Note:
See the table Description of Parameters
Description of Parameters
Description of Parameters• ALL is only valid for queries, and it returns allmeasurement values of all measurement types except fordelay measurements.

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the maximum value.
Query message:
MEAS:SIMP:VAL? MAX
Response message:
2.000E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

368:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:THReshold:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the measurement threshold source.
This query returns the current measurement threshold source.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:THReshold:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|ZF<x>|M<m>|ZM<m>|REF<r>}
 C denotes an analog channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed source.
 F denotes a math function.
 M denotes a memory waveform REF denotes a reference waveform.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an integer
and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<r>:= {A|B|C|D}
Note:
Z<n>, ZF<x> and ZM<m> is optional only when Zoom is on.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:THReshold:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|ZF<x>|M<m>|ZM<m>|REF<r>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold source to C1.
Command message::MEASure:THReshold:SOURce C1
MEAS:THR:SOUR C1
Query message:
MEAS:THR:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

Int.siglent.com

369

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the measurement threshold type.
This query returns the current measurement threshold type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE <type><type>:= {PERCent|ABSolute}

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {PERCent|ABSolute}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold typr to percent.
Command message::MEASure:THReshold:TYPE PERCent
MEAS:THR:TYPE PERC
Query message:
MEAS:THR:TYPE?
Response message:
PERCent

370

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:THReshold:ABSolute
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the reference level
when :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE is set to ABSolute.This
command affects the results of some measurements.
This query returns the reference level of the source

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:THReshold:ABSolute <high>,<mid>,<low><high>,<mid>,<low>:= Value in NR3 format, including adecimal point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:THReshold:ABSolute?

RESPONSE FORMAT<high>,<mid>,<low><high>,<mid>,<low>:= Value in NR3 format, including adecimal point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper,middle and lower
threshold to 3V,1V,-1.5V.
Command message::MEASure:THReshold:ABSolute 3.00,1.00,-1.50
MEAS:THR:ABS 3.00,1.00,-1.50
Query message:
MEAS:THR:ABS?
Response message:
3.00 E+00,1.00 E+00,-1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MEASure:THReshold:TYPE:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM

371

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEASure:THReshold:PERCentCommand/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the percent used to calculate thereference level when :MEASure:THReshold:TYPE is set to
PERCent. This command affects the results of somemeasurements.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEASure:THReshold:PERCent <high>,<mid>,<low><high>,<mid>,<low>:= Value in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 10

QUERY SYNTAX:MEASure:THReshold:PERCent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<high>,<mid>,<low><high>,<mid>,<low>:= Value in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 10

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper,middle and lower
threshold to 80%,45%,10%.
Command message::MEASure:THReshold:PERCent 80,45,10
MEAS:THR:PERC 80,45,10
Query message:
MEAS:THR:PERC?
Response message:
80,45,10

RELATED COMMANDS

372:MEASure:SIMPle:ITEM

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEMory Commands
The MEMory subsystem commands control memory waveforms.

 :MEMory<m>:HORizontal:POSition
 :MEMory<m>:HORizontal:SCALe :MEMory<m>:HORizontal:SYNC
 :MEMory<m>:IMPort
 :MEMory<m>:LABel :MEMory<m>:LABel:TEXT
 :MEMory<m>:SWITch
 :MEMory<m>:VERTical:POSition
 :MEMory<m>:VERTical:SCALe

Int.siglent.com

373

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command specifies the horizontal position of the memory
waveform.
The query returns the current horizontal position of thememory.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:POSition <val><m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<val>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<val><val>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command specifies a 10 us delay of M2 to thetrigger point.
Command message::MEMory2:HORizontal:POSition 1.00E-05
MEM2:HOR:POS 1.00E-05
Query message:
MEM2:HOR:POS?
Response message:
1.00E-05374

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:SCALe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the horizontal scale per division for the
memory waveform.
The query returns the current horizontal scale setting inseconds per division for the memory.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:SCALe <value><m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command horizontal scale of M2 to 100 ns/div.
Command message::MEMory2:HORizontal:SCALe 1.00E-07
MEM2:HOR:SCAL 1.00E-07
Query message:
MEM2:HOR:SCAL?
Response message:
1.00E-07

Int.siglent.com

375

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:SYNC
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command turns on and off the horizontal parametersynchronization switch. When enabled, modify the horizontal
parameters of the imported source, and the parameters of its
memory waveform will also be modified synchronously.
This query returns the current state of the horizontal parametersynchronization switch.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:SYNC <state><m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:HORizontal:SYNC?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the horizontal parametersynchronization switch of M2.
Command message::MEMory2:HORizontal:SYNC ON
MEM2:HOR:SYNC ON
Query message:
MEM2:HOR:SYNC?
Response message:ON

376

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEMory<m>:IMPort
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command import the source to the memory waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:IMPort <source><m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>|<path>}
 C denotes an analog channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed source.
 F denotes a math function.
 M denotes a memory waveform <path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.bin”,
denotes a waveform file.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command imports waveform of C2 to the M2.
Command message::MEMory2:IMPort C2
MEM2:IMP C2

Int.siglent.com

377

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEMory<m>:LABel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command is to turn the specified memory label on or off.
This query returns the label associated with a particularmemory function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:LABel <state><m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the label of M2.
Command message::MEMory2:LABel ON
MEM2:LAB ON
Query message:
MEM2:LAB?
Response message:ON

378

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEMory<m>:LABel:TEXT
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the selected memory label to the stringthat follows. Setting a label for a memory waveform also adds
the name to the label list in non-volatile memory (replacing theoldest label in the list)
The query returns the current label text of the selected
memory waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:LABel:TEXT <string><m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the stringis limited to 20.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the label text of the M2 to“MATH”.
Command message::MEMory2:LABel:TEXT "MATH"
MEM2:LAB:TEXT "MATH"
Query message:
MEM2:LAB:TEXT?
Response message:"MATH"

Int.siglent.com

379

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEMory<m>:SWITch
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command sets the display of the memory waveform.
This query returns the current display of the memory
waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:SWITch <state><m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:SWITch?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the display of the M2.
Command message::MEMory2:SWITch ON
MEM2:SWIT ON
Query message:
MEM2:SWIT?
Response message:ON

380

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEMory<m>:VERTical:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command the vertical position of the selected memory
waveform.
This query returns the current position value for the selected
memory.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:VERTical:POSition <offset><m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:VERTical:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<offset><offset>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the vertical position of M2
waveform to 100m V.
Command message::MEMory2:VERTical:POSition 1.00E-01
MEM2:VERT:POS 1.00E-01
Query message:
MEM2:VERT:POS?
Response message:
1.00E-01

Int.siglent.com

381

SDS Series Programming Guide:MEMory<m>:VERTical:SCALe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the vertical scale of the selected memory
waveform.
The query returns the current scale value for the selected
memory waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:VERTical:SCALe <scale><m>:= 1 to (# memory waveforms) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

QUERY SYNTAX:MEMory<m>:VERTical:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<scale><scale>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the vertical scale of M2
waveform to 100m V.
Command message::MEMory2:VERTical:SCALe 1.00E-01
MEM2:VERT:SCAL 1.00E-01
Query message:
MEM2:VERT:SCAL?
Response message:
1.00E-01

382

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

MTEst Commands
The :MTEst subsystem commands control the mask test features.

:MTESt:MTESt:COUNt

:MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer:MTESt:FUNCtion:COF

:MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH:MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF

:MTESt:IDISplay:MTESt:MASK:CREate:MTESt:MASK:LOAD

:MTESt:OPERate:MTESt:RESet:MTESt:SOURce:MTESt:TYPE

Int.siglent.com

383

SDS Series Programming Guide:MTEStCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the mask test.
This query returns the current state of the mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MTESt?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the mask test function.
Command message::MTESt ON
MTES ON
Query message:
MTES?
Response message:
ON:MTESt:COUNt
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the result of the mask test.

QUERY SYNTAX:MTESt:COUNt?

RESPONSE FORMAT

FAIL,<num>,PASS,<num>,TOTAL,<num><num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command returns the count of the mask test.
Query message:
MTES:COUN?
Response message:
FAIL,38176,PASS,5617,TOTAL,43793

RELATED COMMANDS

384:MTESt:OPERate

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZerCommand/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the state of the buzzer when failure frames
are detected.
This command query returns the status of the buzzer.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the buzzer.
Command message::MTESt:FUNCtion:BUZZer ON
MTES:FUNC:BUZZ ON
Query message:
MTES:FUNC:BUZZ?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

385

SDS Series Programming Guide:MTESt:FUNCtion:COF
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the state of the mask test function"Capture on Fail". When this function is enabled, the default
path to save the image of failing frames is “SIGLENT/”.
This command query returns the status of “Capture on Fail”.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:FUNCtion:COF <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:MTESt:FUNCtion:COF?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the Capture on Fail andsaves the screenshot to the U disk path “SIGLENT/”.
Command message::MTESt:FUNCtion:COF ON
MTES:FUNC:COF ON
Query message:
MTES:FUNC:COF?
Response message:ON

386

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the state of the mask test function "Failure
to History".
This command query returns the status of “Failure to History”.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables Failure to History.
Command message::MTESt:FUNCtion:FTH ON
MTES:FUNC:FTH ON
Query message:
MTES:FUNC:FTH?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MTESt:OPERate

387

SDS Series Programming Guide:MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the state of the mask test function “Stopon-Fail”.
This command query returns the status of “Stop- on-Fail”.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables Stop-on-Fail.
Command message::MTESt:FUNCtion:SOF ON
MTES:FUNC:SOF ON
Query message:
MTES:FUNC:SOF?
Response message:ON

388

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MTESt:IDISplay
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the state of the mask test result display.
This command query returns the status of the mask test result
display.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:IDISplay <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MTESt:IDISplay?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the display of the mask test.
Command message::MTESt:IDISplay ON
MTES:IDIS ON
Query message:
MTES:IDIS?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS:MTESt:COUNt:MTESt:MASK:CREate
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command sets the mask X and mask Y of mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:MASK:CREate <XMARgin>,<YMARgin><XMARgin>:= Value in NR2 format. The range of the value is[0.08, 4.00]<YMARgin>:= Value in NR2 format. The range of the value is[0.08, 4.00]

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the mask X to 0.8, the mask Y to
0.08.
Command message::MTESt:MASK:CREate 0.8,0.08
MTES:MASK:CRE 0.8,0.08

Int.siglent.com

389

SDS Series Programming Guide:MTESt:MASK:LOAD
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command recalls the mask from internal or external
memory locations.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:MASK:LOAD <location><location>:= {INTernal,<num>|EXTernal,<path>} INTernal: the previous version supported saving masksinternally by index. You can load these masks that has
been saved in a previous version by specifying theparameter as INTernal.
<num>:= {1|2|3|4}
 EXTernal: load the mask by specifying <path>.
<path>:= Quoted string of path name with an extension“.msk” or “.smsk”. Users can recall from local, net storage
or U-disk according to requirements.
Path type
Such aslocal“local/SIGLENT/test.msk”
net storage“net_storage/SIGLENT/test.smsk”“U-disk0/SIGLENT/test.msk”
U-disk“U-disk1/SIGLENT/test.smsk”
Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file nameextension. You need to choose a file name with an extension
which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLEThe following command recalls the mask from internal 1 which
file name is SDS0001.msk.
Command message::MTESt:MASK:LOAD INTernal,1
MTES:MASK:LOAD INT,1:MTES:MASK:LOAD EXTernal,"local/SIGLENT/SDS0001.msk"
MTES:MASK:LOAD EXT,"local/SIGLENT/SDS0001.msk"
The following command recalls the mask from U-disk0 named“TEST.msk”.
Command message:
MTES:MASK:LOAD EXTernal,"SIGLENT/TEST.msk"

390

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MTESt:OPERate
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the state of the mask test operation.
This command query returns the status of the mask test
operation.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:OPERate <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:MTESt:OPERate?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the operation of the mask
test.
Command message::MTESt:OPERate ON
MTES:OPER ON
Query message:
MTES:OPER?
Response message:
ON:MTESt:RESet
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command resets the mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:RESet

EXAMPLEThe following command resets the mask test.
Command message::MTESt:RESet
MTES:RES

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:MTESt:OPERate

391

SDS Series Programming Guide:MTESt:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the source of the mask test.
The query returns the current source of the mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>} C denotes an analog channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed source.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
Note:
Only Z<n> can be selected when Zoom is on.

QUERY SYNTAX:MTESt:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|Z<n>}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of the mask test
source as C1.
Command message::MTESt:SOURce C1
MTES:SOUR C1
Query message:
MTES:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

392

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:MTESt:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command specifies the type of mask test.
The query returns the current type of mask test.

COMMAND SYNTAX:MTESt:TYPE <type><type>:= {ALL_IN|ALL_OUT|ANY_IN|ANY_OUT}
 ALL_IN means that all of the waveform elements must fallwithin the mask area.
 ALL_OUT means that all of the waveform elements are alloutside of the mask area.
 ANY_IN means that the waveform is partially within themask area.
 ANY_OUT means that the waveform is partially outside
the mask area.

QUERY SYNTAX:MTESt:TYPERESPONSE FORMAT<type<type>:= {ALL_IN|ALL_OUT|ANY_IN|ANY_OUT}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the type of the mask test source
as all in.
Command message::MTESt:TYPE ALL_IN
MTES:TYPE ALL_IN
Query message:
MTES:TYPE?
Response message:
ALL_IN

Int.siglent.com

393

SDS Series Programming Guide

RECall Commands
The :RECall subsystem commands control the recall of setups or waveform data to the oscilloscope.

:RECall:FDEFault

:RECall:REFerence:RECall:SERase

:RECall:SETup

394

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:RECall:FDEFault
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command recalls the factory settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX:RECall:FDEFault

EXAMPLEThe following command recalls the factory settings.
Command message::RECall:FDEFault
REC:FDEF

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:RECall:SETup

395

SDS Series Programming Guide:RECall:REFerence
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command recalls the specified waveform file from anexternal USB memory device and copies it to the selectedreference waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX:RECall:REFerence <location>,<path><location>:= {REF<r>}
 REF denotes a reference waveform.
<r>:= {A|B|C|D}<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.ref”
Users can recall from local, net storage or U-disk according torequirements.
Path type
Such aslocal“local/SIGLENT/test.ref”
net storage“net_storage/SIGLENT/test.ref”“U-disk0/SIGLENT/test.ref”
U-disk“U-disk1/SIGLENT/test.ref”
Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file nameextension. You need to choose a file name with an extension
which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLEThe following command recalls the waveform"SIGLENT/math.ref" from an external U-disk and applies it to
REFD.
Command message::RECall:REFerence REFD,"U-disk0/SIGLENT/math.ref"
REC:REF REFD,"U-disk0/SIGLENT/math.ref"

RELATED COMMANDS

396:SAVE:REFerenceInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:RECall:SERase
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command deletes user defined files stored inside theoscilloscope, includes reference waveforms, internal setups,
internal mask files, custom default setups, the waveform files
copied from analog trace to AWG.

COMMAND SYNTAX:RECall:SERase

EXAMPLEThe following command deletes user defined files stored
inside the oscilloscope.
Command message::RECall:SERase
REC:SERInt.siglent.com

397

SDS Series Programming Guide:RECall:SETup
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command will recall the saved settings file from internal orexternal sources.

COMMAND SYNTAX:RECall:SETup <state><state>:= {INTernal,<num>|EXTernal,<path>}<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.The range of the value is [1,10].
<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.xml”. Users
can recall from local, net storage or U-disk according torequirements.
Path type
Such aslocal“local/SIGLENT/default.xml”
net storage“net_storage/SIGLENT/default.xml”“U-disk0/SIGLENT/default.xml”
U-disk“U-disk1/SIGLENT/default.xml”
Note:•
The file format is not automatically determined by the filename extension. You need to choose a file name with anextension which is consistent with the selected file format.
•
If the storage path type is not specified, it is recall from Udisk0 by default

EXAMPLEThe following command recalls the settings from internal file
“SDS00001.xml”.
Command message::RECall:SETup INTernal,1
REC:SET INT,1
The following command recalls the settings from the external
file “SIGLENT/default.xml”.
Command message::RECall:SETup EXTernal,"U-disk0/SIGLENT/default.xml"
REC:SET EXT,"SIGLENT/default.xml"

RELATED COMMANDS

398:RECall:FDEFault:SAVE:SETup

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

REF Commands
The :REF<r> subsystem commands control the reference waveforms.

:REF<r>:LABel:REF<r>:LABel:TEXT:REF<r>:DATA:REF<r>:DATA:SOURce:REF<r>:DATA:SCALe:REF<r>:DATA:POSition

Int.siglent.com

399

SDS Series Programming Guide:REF<r>:LABel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command is to turn the specified reference label on or off.
The query returns the state of the label associated with thespecified reference.

COMMAND SYNTAX:REF<r>:LABel <state><r>:= {A|B|C|D}<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:REF<r>:LABel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the label display.
Command message::REFA:LABel ON
REFA:LAB ON
Query message:
REFA:LAB?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

400:REF<r>:LABel:TEXT

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:REF<r>:LABel:TEXT
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the selected REF label to the string that
follows. Setting a label for a REF also adds the name to thelabel list in non-volatile memory (replacing the oldest label inthe list).
The query returns the current label text of the selectedreference waveform.

COMMAND SYNTAX:REF<r>:LABel:TEXT <string><r>:= {A|B|C|D}<string>:= Quoted string of ASCII text. The length of the stringis limited to 20 characters.

QUERY SYNTAX:REF<r>:LABel:TEXT?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the reference waveform label text
to REFA.
Command message::REFA:LABel:TEXT "REFA"
REFA:LAB:TEXT "REFA"
Query message:
REFA:LAB:TEXT?
Response message:"REFA"RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:REF<r>:LABel

401

SDS Series Programming Guide:REF<r>:DATA
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command controls the display and saving of reference
waveforms.

COMMAND SYNTAX:REF<r>:DATA <operation><r>:= {A|B|C|D}<operation>:= {LOAD|UNLoad|SAVE,<source>}
 LOAD means to call up the reference waveform display.
 UNLoad means to turn off the reference waveform display.
 SAVE means to save the waveform to the reference
waveform.
<source>:= {C<n>|F<x>|D<d>} C denotes an analog channel.
 F denotes a math function.
 D denotes a digital channel.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on REFA.
Command message::REFA:DATA LOAD
REFA:DATA LOAD

402

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:REF<r>:DATA:SOURce
Query
DESCRIPTIONThis query returns the source of the current reference channel.

QUERY SYNTAX:REF<r>:DATA:SOURce?
<r>:= {A|B|C|D}RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|F<x>|D<d>} C denotes an analog channel.
 F denotes a math function.
 D denotes a digital channel.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an integer
and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the source of REFA.
Query message:
REFA:DATA:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

Int.siglent.com

403

SDS Series Programming Guide:REF<r>:DATA:SCALe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the vertical scale of the current reference
channel. This command is only used when the current reference
channel has been stored, and the display state is on.
The query returns the vertical scale of the current reference
channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:REF<r>:DATA:SCALe <value><r>:= {A|B|C|D}<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:
The scale range of the reference waveform is the same as thatof the reference source.

QUERY SYNTAX:REF<r>:DATA:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEWhen the Reference function is on, and REFA has been saved,
the following command sets the vertical scale of REFA to 100
mV.
Command message::REFA:DATA:SCALe 1.00E-01
REFA:DATA:SCAL 1.00E-01
Query message:
REFA:DATA:SCAL?
Response message:
1.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

404:REF<r>:DATA:POSition

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:REF<r>:DATA:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the vertical offset of the current reference
channel. This command is only used when the current reference
channel has been saved, and the display state is on.
This query returns the vertical offset of the current reference
channel.

COMMAND SYNTAX:REF<r>:DATA:POSition <value><r>:= {A|B|C|D}<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:
The position range of the reference waveform is the same asthat of the reference source.

QUERY SYNTAX:REF<r>:DATA:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEWhen the Reference function is on, REFA has been saved andthe scale is 2 V, the following command sets the current
reference channel vertical offset to 0.2 V.
Command message::REFA:DATA:POSition 2.00E-01
REFA:DATA:POS 2.00E-01
Query message:
REFA:DATA:POS?
Response message:
2.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:REF<r>:DATA:SCALe

405

SDS Series Programming Guide

SAVE Commands
The SAVE subsystem commands control to save oscilloscope setups and waveform data to internalor external memory locations.

:SAVE:BINary:SAVE:CSV:SAVE:DEFault

:SAVE:IMAGe:SAVE:MATLab:SAVE:REFerence:SAVE:SETup

406

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SAVE:BINary
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command saves the binary data of the channel displayedon the screen to an external USB memory device.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SAVE:BINary <path>,<src><path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.bin”
Users can save to local, net storage or U-disk according torequirements
Path type
Such aslocal“local/SIGLENT/test.bin”
net storage“net_storage/test.bin”
U-disk“U-disk0/test.bin”<src>:= {C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>|D0_D15|ZD0_ZD15}
 C denotes an analog channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed source.
 F denotes a math function.
 M denotes a memory waveform D0_D15 denotes a digital waveform. Data display by bit.
 ZD0_ZD15 denotes a zoomed digital waveform. Data
display by bit.
Note:

EXAMPLE••When save to internal, the default path is local.

•

The file format is not automatically determined by the filename extension. You need to choose a file name with anextension which is consistent with the selected file format.

•

If the parameter <src> is not specified, the command isinvalid.

When save to external, if the path type is not set, it isstored to u-disk0 by default

Here is an example of saving a file to an external drive whenchannel 1 is enabled. The following command will save theirwaveform data to the external file "c1.bin".
Command message::SAVE:BINary "U-disk0/Siglent/c1.bin",C1
SAVE:BIN "U-disk0/Siglent/c1.bin",C1

Int.siglent.com

407

SDS Series Programming Guide:SAVE:CSV
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command saves the waveform data of the specified
channel to an external U disk/USB memory device in CSV
format.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SAVE:CSV <path>,<source>,<state><path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.csv”.
Users can save to local, net storage or U-disk according torequirements
Path type
Such aslocal“local/SIGLENT/test.csv”
net storage“net_storage/test.csv”
U-disk“U-disk0/test.csv”<source>:={C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>|D0_D15|DIGital|ZD0_ZD15|ZDIGital} C denotes an analog channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed source.
 F denotes a math function.
 M denotes a memory waveform D0_D15 denotes a digital waveform. Data display by bit.
 DIGital denotes a digital waveform. Data display by bus.
 ZD0_ZD15 denotes a zoomed digital waveform. Data
display by bit.
 ZDIGital denotes a zoomed digital waveform. Data display
by bus.
<state>:= {OFF|ON} ON enables parameter save. This adds vertical scalevalues, horizontal timebase settings, and more instrument
configuration information to the file.
 OFF means to disables parameter save.
Note:

EXAMPLE••When save to internal, the default path is local.

•

The file format is not automatically determined by the filename extension. You need to choose a file name with anextension which is consistent with the selected file format.

When save to external, if the path type is not set, it isstored to u-disk0 by default

The following command saves data and parameters ofchannel 1 to the local file “local/SIGLENT/channel1.csv”.
Command message::SAVE:CSV "local/SIGLENT/channel1.csv",C1,ON

408

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SAVE:DEFault
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command saves the current settings or factory settings asdefault settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SAVE:DEFault <set><set>:= {CUSTom|FACTory} CUSTom means the current settings.
 FACTory means factory settings.

EXAMPLEThe following command saves the current settings to default
settings.
Command message::SAVE:DEFault CUSTom
SAVE:DEF CUSTRELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:RECall:SETup409

SDS Series Programming Guide:SAVE:IMAGe
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command saves the screenshot to external storage.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SAVE:IMAGe <path>,<type>,<invert>[,<menu>]<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.bmp”
or ”.jpg” or”.png”.
Users can save to local, net storage or U-disk according torequirements
Path type
Such aslocal“local/SIGLENT/test.bmp”
net storage“net_storage/test.jpg”
U-disk“U-disk0/test.png”<type>:= {BMP|JPG|PNG}<invert>:= {OFF|ON} ON will store images that have inverted colors. Thismeans that a normally black background will be whitewhen inverted. This setting is recommended if you plan on
printing the image as an inverted image with a whitebackground will save on ink.
 OFF will store images that are identical to the display of
the instrument.
<menu>:= {MOFf|MON} MON will store images that include all menu informationbars
 MOFf: images do not include the top menu, right menu,
and bottom right time information bar
Note:•
When save to internal, the default path is local.
•
When save to external, if the path type is not set, it isstored to u-disk0 by default•
The file format is not automatically determined by the filename extension. You need to choose a file name with anextension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLEThe following command saves the screenshot in BMP format
to the external file “U-disk0/SIGLENT/screen.bmp”.
Command message::SAVE:IMAGe "U-disk0/SIGLENT/screen.bmp",BMP,ON
SAVE:IMAG "U-disk0/SIGLENT/screen.bmp",BMP,ON

RELATED COMMANDS410:PRINtInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SAVE:MATLabCommand
DESCRIPTIONThis command saves the waveform data of the specified
channel to an external USB memory device in Matlab format.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SAVE:MATLab <path>,<source><path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.mat”.
Users can save to local, net storage or U-disk according torequirements
Path type
Such aslocal“local/SIGLENT/test.mat”
net storage“net_storage/test.mat”
U-disk“U-disk0/test.mat”<source>:={C<n>|Z<n>|F<x>|M<m>|D0_D15|DIGital|
ZD0_ZD15|ZDIGital} C denotes an analog channel.
 Z denotes a zoomed source.
 F denotes a math function.
 M denotes a memory waveform D0_D15 denotes a digital waveform. Data display by bit.
 DIGital denotes a digital waveform. Data display by bus.
 ZD0_ZD15 denotes a zoomed digital waveform. Data
display by bit.
 ZDIGital denotes a zoomed digital waveform. Data display
by bus.
Note:•
When save to internal, the default path is local.
•
When save to external, if the path type is not set, it isstored to u-disk0 by default•
The file format is not automatically determined by the filename extension. You need to choose a file name with anextension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLEThe following command saves data of channel 1 to theexternal file “U-disk0/SIGLENT/channel1.mat”.
Command message::SAVE:MATLab "U-disk0/SIGLENT/channel.mat",C1
SAVE:MATL "U-disk0/SIGLENT/channel.mat",C1

Int.siglent.com

4 11

SDS Series Programming Guide:SAVE:REFerence
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command saves the selected channel waveform toexternal memory as reference.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SAVE:REFerence <path>,<source><path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.ref”.
Users can save to local, net storage or U-disk according torequirements
Path type
Such aslocal“local/SIGLENT/test.ref”
net storage“net_storage/test.ref”
U-disk“U-disk0/test.ref”<source>:= {C<n>|F<x>|D<d>} C denotes an analog channel.
 F denotes a math function.
 D denotes a digital channel.
Note:
The file format is not automatically determined by the file nameextension. You need to choose a file name with an extension
which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLEThe following command saves the waveform of channel 1 as areference to the local file “local/SIGLENT/channel.ref".
Command message::SAVE:REFerence "local/SIGLENT/channel.ref",C1
SAVE:REF "local/SIGLENT/channel.ref",C1

RELATED COMMANDS

412:RECall:REFerenceInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SAVE:SETup
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command saves the current settings to internal or external
memory locations.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SAVE:SETup <setup_num><setup_num>:= {INTernal,<num>|EXTernal,<path>}<num>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 10].
<path>:= Quoted string of path with an extension “.xml”. Users
can recall from local,net storage or U-disk according torequirements
Path type
Such aslocal“local/SIGLENT/default.xml”
net storage“net_storage/SIGLENT/default.xml”
U-disk“U-disk0/SIGLENT/default.xml”
Note:•
When save to internal, the default path is local. And the
setup file will be stored in local with the name
"SDS000x.xml"•
When save to external, if the path type is not set, it isstored to u-disk0 by default•
The file format is not automatically determined by the filename extension. You need to choose a file name with anextension which is consistent with the selected file format.

EXAMPLE

There are two ways to save the current settings to internal file
“SDS00001.xml”.
Command message::SAVE:SETup INTernal,1
SAVE:SET INT,1:SAVE:SETup EXTernal,"local/SDS00001.xml":SAVE:SET EXT,"local/SDS00001.xml"

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SAVE:DEFault:RECall:SETup

413

SDS Series Programming Guide

SEARch Commands
The :SEARch subsystem commands control the search functions of the oscilloscope.

 :SEARch :SEARch:MODE :SEARch:COUNt
 :SEARch:EVENt
 :SEARch:COPY
 :SEARch:EDGE Commands
 :SEARch:SLOPe Commands
 :SEARch:PULSe Commands
 :SEARch:INTerval Commands
 :SEARch:RUNT Commands

414

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARchCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the switch of the search function.
This query returns the current status of the search function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the search function.
Command message::SEARch ON
SEAR ON
Query message:
SEAR?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

415

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:MODE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the mode of search.
The query returns the current mode of search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:MODE <mode><mode>:= {EDGE|SLOPe|PULSE|INTerval|RUNT}QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {EDGE|SLOPe|PULSE|INTerval|RUNT}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the mode of search to edge
search.
Command message::SEARch:MODE EDGE
SEAR:MODE EDGE
Query message:
SEAR:MODE?
Command message:
EDGE:SEARch:COUNt
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the total number of search events in thecurrent screen.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:COUNt?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the number of search events in thecurrent screen.
Query message:
SEARch:COUNt?
SEAR:COUN?
Response message:
10416

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:EVENt
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the index of the search event in the centerof the screen when the oscilloscope acquisition is stopped.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:EVENt?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the central event index.
Query message:
SEARch:EVENt?
SEAR:EVEN?
Response message:
5:SEARch:COPY
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command synchronizes the search settings with thetrigger settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:COPY <operation><operation>:= {FROMtrigger|TOTRigger|CANCel} FROMtrigger means copy trigger settings to search.
 TOTRigger means copy search settings to trigger.
 CANCel can undo the above two copying operations.

EXAMPLEThe following command copies the trigger settings to search.
Command message::SEARch:COPY FROMtrigger
SEAR:COPY FROM

Int.siglent.com

417

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:EDGE Commands
The :SEARch:EDGE subsystem commands control the edge search parameters.

:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe:SEARch:EDGE:LEVel

418

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the search source of the edge search.
The query returns the current search source of the edge
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search source of the edge
search as C1.
Command message::SEARch:EDGE:SOURce C1
SEAR:EDGE:SOUR C1
Query message:
SEAR:EDGE:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:EDGE:LEVel

419

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of the edge search.
The query returns the current slope setting of the edge search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

EXAMPLEThe following command set the rising slope to the edge
search.
Command message::SEARch:EDGE:SLOPe RISing
SEAR:EDGE:SLOP RIS
Query message:
SEAR:EDGE:SLOP?
Response message:
RISing420

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:EDGE:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the search level of the edge search.
The query returns the current search level value of the edge
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:EDGE:LEVel <level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:EDGE:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search level of the edge
search to 0.5 V.
Command message::SEARch:EDGE:LEVel 5.00E-01
SEAR:EDGE:LEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
SEAR:EDGE:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:EDGE:SOURce421

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:SLOPe Commands
The :SEARch:SLOPe subsystem commands control the slope search parameters.

:SEARch:SLOPe:SOURce:SEARch:SLOPe:SLOPe:SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel:SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel:SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit:SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer:SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer

422

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:SLOPe:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the search source of the slope search.
The query returns the current search source of the slope
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search source of the slope
search to C2 (channel 2).
Command message::SEARch:SLOPe:SOURce C2
SEAR:SLOP:SOUR C2
Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

Int.siglent.com

423

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:SLOPe:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of the slope search.
The query returns the current slope of the slope search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:SLOPe <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the rising slope of the slope
search.
Command message::SEARch:SLOPe:SLOPe RISing
SEAR:SLOP:SLOP RIS
Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:SLOP?
Response message:
RISing424

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the high level of the slope search.
The query returns the current high level of the slope search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel <high_level_value><high_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<high_level_value><high_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the high level of the slope search
to 0.5 V.
Command message::SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel 5.00E-01
SEAR:SLOP:HLEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:HLEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel

425

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the low level of the slope search.
The query returns the current low level of the slope search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel <low_level_value><low_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the low level value
using by the command :SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<low_level_value><low_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the low level of the slope search
to -0.5 V.
Command message::SEARch:SLOPe:LLEVel -5.00E-01
SEAR:SLOP:LLEV -5.00E-01
Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:LLEV?
Response message:-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

426:SEARch:SLOPe:HLEVel

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the slope search.
The query returns the current limit range type of the slope
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit of the slope search to
LESSthan.
Command message::SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit LESSthan
SEAR:SLOP:LIM LESS
Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer:SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer

427

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper value of the slope search limit
type.
The query returns the current upper value of the slope search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies bymodel, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer.
•
The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper value of the slope
search to 30 ns, when the limit range type is OUTer.
Command message::SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer 3.00E-08
SEAR:SLOP:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

428:SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit:SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower value of the slope search limit
type.
The query returns the current lower value of the slope search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies bymodel, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer.
•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower time of the slope
search to 10 ns.
Command message::SEARch:SLOPe:TLOWer 1.00E-08
SEAR:SLOP:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
SEAR:SLOP:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:SLOPe:LIMit:SEARch:SLOPe:TUPPer

429

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:PULSe Commands
The :SEARch:PULSe subsystem commands control the pulse search parameters.

:SEARch:PULSe:SOURce:SEARch:PULSe:POLarity

:SEARch:PULSe:LEVel:SEARch:PULSe:LIMit:SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer:SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer

430

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:PULSe:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the search source of the pulse search.
The query returns the current search source of the pulse
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the polarity of the pulse search
as channel 2.
Command message::SEARch:PULSe:SOURce C2
SEAR:PULS:SOUR C2
Query message:
SEAR:PULS:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

Int.siglent.com

431

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:PULSe:POLarity
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the polarity of the pulse search.
The query returns the current polarity of the pulse search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:POLarity <polarity_type><polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT<polarity_type><polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the polarity of the pulse search to
POSitive.
Command message::SEARch:PULSe:POLarity POSitive
SEAR:PULS:POL POS
Query message:
SEAR:PULS:POL?
Response message:
POSitive432

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:PULSe:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the search level of the pulse search.
The query returns the current search level of the pulse search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:LEVel <level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search level of the pulse
search to 0.5 V.
Command message::SEARch:PULSe:LEVel 5.00E-01
SEAR:PULS:LEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
SEAR:PULS:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:PULSe:SOURce433

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:PULSe:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the pulse search.
The query returns the current limit range type of the pulse
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search limit of the pulse
search to inner.
Command message::SEARch:PULSe:LIMit INNer
SEAR:PULS:LIM INN
Query message:
SEAR:PULS:LIM?
Response message:
INNer

RELATED COMMANDS

434:SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer:SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper value of the pulse search limit
type.
The query returns the current upper value of the pulse search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:PULse:TUPPer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.The range of the value varies
by model, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :SEARch:PULse:TLOWer.
•
The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper time of the pulse
search to 30 ns.
Command message::SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer 3.00E-08
SEAR:PULS:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
SEAR:PULS:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:PULSe:LIMit:SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer

435

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower value of the pulse search limit
type.
The query returns the current lower value of the pulse search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies bymodel, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer.
•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower time of the pulse
search to 10 ns.
Command message::SEARch:PULSe:TLOWer 1.00E-08
SEAR:PULS:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
SEAR:PULS:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

436:SEARch:PULSe:LIMit:SEARch:PULSe:TUPPer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:INTerval Commands
The :SEARch:INTerval subsystem commands control the interval search parameters.

:SEARch:INTerval:SOURce:SEARch:INTerval:SLOPe:SEARch:INTerval:LEVel:SEARch:INTerval:LIMit:SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer:SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer

Int.siglent.com

437

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:INTerval:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the search source of the interval search.
The query returns the current search source of the interval
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search source of the interval
search as channel 1.
Command message::SEARch:INTerval:SOURce C1
SEAR:INT:SOUR C1
Query message:
SEAR:INT:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

438

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:INTerval:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of the interval search.
The query returns the current slope of the interval search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:SLOPe <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the rising slope of the interval
search.
Command message::SEARch:INTerval:SLOPe RISing
SEAR:INT:SLOP RIS
Query message:
SEAR:INT:SLOP?
Response message:
RISingInt.siglent.com

439

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:INTerval:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the search level of the interval search.
The query returns the current search level of the interval
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:LEVel <level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search level of the interval
search to 0.5 V.
Command message::SEARch:INTerval:LEVel 5.00E-01
SEARr:INT:LEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
SEAR:INT:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

440

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:INTerval:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the interval search.
The query returns the current limit range type of the interval
search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit of the interval search to
LESSthan.
Command message::SEARch:INTerval:LIMit LESSthan
SEAR:INT:LIM LESS
Query message:
SEAR:INT:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer:SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer

441

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper value of the interval search limit
type.
The query returns the current upper value of the interval search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format. The range of the value varies
by model, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer.
•
The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<tupper_value><tupper_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the time upper value of theinterval search to 30 ns.
Command message::SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer 3.00E-08
SEAR:INT:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
SEAR:INT:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

442:SEARch:INTerval:LIMit:SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower value of the interval search limit
type.
The query returns the current lower value of the interval
search limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format. The range of the value varies
by model, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer.
•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the time lower value of theinterval search to 10 ns.
Command message::SEARch:INTerval:TLOWer 1.00E-08
SEAR:INT:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
SEAR:INT:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:INTerval:LIMit:SEARch:INTerval:TUPPer

443

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:RUNT Commands
The :SEARch:RUNT subsystem commands control the runt search parameters.

:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity

:SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel:SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel:SEARch:RUNT:LIMit:SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer:SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer

444

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the search source of the runt search.
The query returns the current search source of the runt search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the search source of the runtsearch to channel 2
Command message::SEARch:RUNT:SOURce C2
SEAR:RUNT:SOUR C2
Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

Int.siglent.com

445

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the polarity of the runt search.
The query returns the current polarity of the runt search.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity <polarity_type><polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT<polarity_type><polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the polarity of the runt search to
POSitive.
Command message::SEARch:RUNT:POLarity POSitive
SEAR:RUNT:POL POS
Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:POL?
Response message:
POSitive446

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the high search level of the runt search.
The query returns the current high search level of the runtsearch.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the high search level of the runtsearch to 0.5 V.
Command message::SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel 5.00E-01
SEAR:RUNT:HLEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:HLEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel

447

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the low search level of the runt search.
The query returns the current low search level of the runtsearch.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the high level value
using by the command :SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the low search level of the runtsearch to -0.5 V.
Command message::SEARch:RUNT:LLEVel - 5.00E-01
SEAR:RUNT:LLEV - 5.00E-01
Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:LLEV?
Response message:-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

448:SEARch:RUNT:HLEVel

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:RUNT:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the runt search.
The query returns the current limit range type of the runtsearch.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit of the runt search to
LESSthan.
Command message::SEARch:RUNT:LIMit LESSthan
SEAR:RUNT:LIM LESS
Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer:SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer

449

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper value of the runt search limit
type.
The query returns the current upper value of the runt search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:PULse:RUNT <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies bymodel, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer.
•
The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper time of the runt search
to 30 ns.
Command message::SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer 3.00E-08
SEAR:RUNT:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

450:SEARch:RUNT:LIMit:SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower value of the runt search limit
type.
The query returns the current lower value of the runt search
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies bymodel, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer.
•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower time of the runt search
to 10 ns.
Command message::SEARch:RUNT:TLOWer 1.00E-08
SEAR:RUNT:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
SEAR:RUNT:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SEARch:RUNT:LIMit:SEARch:RUNT:TUPPer

451

SDS Series Programming Guide

SYSTem Commands
The :SYSTem subsystem commands control the basic system functions of the oscilloscope.

:SYSTem:BUZZer:SYSTem:CLOCk

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE

:SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNCPort:SYSTem:DATE:SYSTem:EDUMode:SYSTem:MENU:SYSTem:NSTorage:SYSTem:NSTorage:CONNect

:SYSTem:NSTorage:DISConnect

:SYSTem:NSTorage:STATus:SYSTem:PON

:SYSTem:REBoot:SYSTem:REMote:SYSTem:SELFCal

:SYSTem:SHUTdown

:SYSTem:SSAVer:SYSTem:TIME

:SYSTem:TOUCh

452

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:BUZZerCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command the status of the buzzer.
The query returns the current status of the buzzer.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:BUZZer <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:BUZZer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the oscilloscope buzzer.
Command message::SYSTem:BUZZer ON
SYST:BUZZ ON
Query message:
SYST:BUZZ?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

453

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:CLOCk
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the oscilloscope clock source and the stateof the 10 MHz clock output.
The query returns the oscilloscope current clock source andthe state of the 10 MHz clock output.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:CLOCk <source><source>:= {EXT|IN_ON|IN_OFF}
 EXT selects the external clock source. The 10 MHz output
will be automatically disabled.
 IN_ON selects the internal clock source and enables the
10 MHz output.
 IN_OFF selects the internal clock source and disables the
10M output.

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:CLOCk?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {EXT|IN_ON|IN_OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the oscilloscope clock source toinner and turns on the 10 MHz output.
Command message::SYSTem:CLOCk IN_ON
SYST:CLOC IN_ON
Query message:
SYST:CLOC?
Response message:
IN_ON

454

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command is used to set the gateway of the internal
network of the oscilloscope.
The query returns the gateway of the network.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway <string><string>:=quoted string of ASCII text.

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the gateway of the oscilloscope’s
internal network to “10.12.0.1”.
Command message::SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway "10.12.0.1"
SYST:COMM:LAN:GAT "10.12.0.1"
Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:GAT?
Response message:"10.12.0.1"

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE

455

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the IP address of the oscilloscope’s
internal network interface.
The query returns the IP address of the oscilloscope’s internal
network interface.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress <string><string>:=quoted string of ASCII text.

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the IP address of theoscilloscope’s internal network interface to “10.12.255.229”.
Command message::SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress "10.12.255.229"
SYST:COMM:LAN:IPAD "10.12.255.229"
Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:IPAD?
Response message:"10.12.255.229"

RELATED COMMANDS:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the MAC address of the oscilloscope.

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:MAC?

RESPONSE FORMAT<byte1>:<byte2>:<byte3>:<byte4>:<byte5>:<byte6>

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the MAC address of theoscilloscope.
Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:MAC?
Response message:
00:01:D2:0C:00:A0456

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the subnet mask of the oscilloscope’s
internal network interface.
The query returns the subnet mask of the oscilloscope’s
internal network interface.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASK <string><string>:=quoted string of ASCII text.

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASK?

RESPONSE FORMAT<string>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the subnet mask of theoscilloscope’s internal network interface to “10.12.255.229”.
Command message::SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk "255.255.0.0"
SYST:COMM:LAN:SMAS "255.255.0.0"
Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:SMAS?
Response message:"255.255.0.0"

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE

457

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the type of LAN configuration settings.
The query returns the current type of the LAN configuration
settings.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE <state><state>:= {STATIC|DHCP} STATIC means that the Ethernet settings will be
configured manually, usingcommands :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress, :SY
STem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASK,
and :SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway DHCP means that the oscilloscope’s IP address, subnet
mask and gateway settings will be received from a DHCP
server on the local network.

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {STATIC|DHCP}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the type of the LAN configuration
to DHCP.
Command message::SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:TYPE DHCPSYST:COMM:LAN:TYPE DHCP
Query message:
SYST:COMM:LAN:TYPE?
Response message:
DHCP

RELATED COMMANDS

458:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:GATeway:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:IPADdress:SYSTem:COMMunicate:LAN:SMASk

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNCPort
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the VNC port of the oscilloscope.
The query returns the current VNC port of the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNCPort <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5900, 5999].

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNCPort?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the VNC port to 5903.
Command message::SYSTem:COMMunicate:VNCPort 5903
SYST:COMM:VNCP 5903
Query message:
SYST:COMM:VNCP?
Response message:5903

Int.siglent.com

459

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:DATE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the system date of the oscilloscope.
This query returns the oscilloscope current date.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:DATE <date><date>:= 8-digit NR1 format, from high to low, is expressed as
a 4-digit year, 2-digit month, and 2-digit day.

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:DATE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<date>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the oscilloscope current date to
December 20, 2019.
Command message::SYSTem:DATE 20191220
SYST:DATE 20190819
Query message:
SYST:DATE?
Response message:
20190819

RELATED COMMANDS

460:SYSTem:TIME

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:EDUMode
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the education mode (locks of AutoSetup,measure and cursors) of the oscilloscope.
The query returns the education mode of the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:EDUMode <func>,<lock><func>:= {AUTOSet|MEASure|CURSor}<lock>:= {ON|OFF} ON means the enable the function.
 OFF means disable the function.

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:EDUMode?
:SYSTem:EDUMode? <func>
Note:
The query without parameters will return the lock status of all
functions.

RESPONSE FORMAT

Format 1:
AUTOSet,<lock>;MEASure,<lock>;CURSor,<lock>
Format 2:<lock><lock>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command disables the AutoSetup function.
Command message::SYSTem:EDUMode AUTOSet,OFF
SYST:EDUM AUTOS,OFF
Query message:
SYST:EDUM? AUTOS
Response message:
OFF

Int.siglent.com

461

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:LANGuage
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the oscilloscope language display.
This query returns the oscilloscope language display.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:LANGuage <language><language>:={SCHinese|TCHinese|ENGLish|FRENch|JAPanese|KORean|D
EUTsch|ESPan|RUSSian|ITALiana|PORTuguese}

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:LANGuage?

RESPONSE FORMAT<language><language>:={SCHinese|TCHinese|ENGLish|FRENch|JAPanese|KORean|D
EUTsch|ESPan|RUSSian|ITALiana|PORTuguese}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the Oscilloscope language to
English.
Command message::SYSTem:LANGuage ENGLish
SYST:LANG ENGL
Query message:
SYST:LANG?
Response message:
ENGLish462

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:MENU
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the menu.
The query returns the current state of the menu.
Note:This command is only valid for models with the menu switch.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:MENU <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:MENU?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the menu.
Command message::SYSTem:MENU ON
SYST:MENU ON
Query message:
SYST:MENU?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

463

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:NSTorage
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command attempts to mount the network drive specified
by the parameters.
This query returns the parameters of the mounted network
drive.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:NSTorage<path>,<user>,<pwd>,<anon>,<auto_con>,<rem_path>,<rem_user>,<rem_pwd><path>:= Quoted string of the server path to be mounted<user>:= Quoted string of the user name.
<pwd>:= Quoted string of the user password<anon>:= Anonymous flag, 1 for ON while 0 for OFF<auto_con>:= Automatic connection flag, 1 for ON while 0 forOFF<rem_path>:= Remember path flag, 1 for ON while 0 for OFF<rem_user>:= Remember user flag, 1 for ON while 0 for OFF<rem pwd>:= Remember password flag, 1 for ON while 0 forOFF

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:NSTorage?

RESPONSE FORMAT<path>,<user>,<pwd>,<anon>,<auto_con>,<rem_path>,<rem_user>,<rem_pwd>
Note:
For security, the password is always returned “***”.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the network drive mountinformation.
Command message::SYSTem:NSTorage "//10.12.255.239/nfs","","",0,0,1,0,0
SYST:NST "//10.12.255.239/nfs","","",0,0,1,0,0
Query message:
SYST:NST?
Response message:"//10.12.255.239/nfs","","***",0,0,1,0,0464

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:NSTorage:CONNect
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command attempts to mount the network drive.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:NSTorage:CONNect

EXAMPLEThe following command mounts the network drive.
Command message::SYSTem:NSTorage:CONNect
SYST:NST:CONN:SYSTem:NSTorage:DISConnect
Command
DESCRIPTIONThis command attempts to un-mount the network drive.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:NSTorage:DISConnect

EXAMPLEThe following command unmounts the network drive.
Command message::SYSTem:NSTorage:DISConnect
SYST:NST:DISC:SYSTem:NSTorage:STATus
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the mount status of network drive.

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:NSTorage:STATus?

RESPONSE FORMAT<status><status>:= {ON|OFF}.

EXAMPLEThe following query returns the mount status of network drive.
Query message:
SYST:NST:STAT?
Response message:
OFF

Int.siglent.com

465

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:PON
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the Power-On-Line function.
When enabled, the instrument will reboot automatically if thepower is removed and re-established.
The query returns the current state of the Power-On-Linefunction.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:PON <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:PON?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the state of the Power-On-Line toon.
Command message::SYSTem:PON ON
SYST:PON ON
Query message:
SYST:PON?
Response message:ON:SYSTem:REBootCommand
DESCRIPTION

The command restarts the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:REBoot

EXAMPLEThe following command restarts the oscilloscope.
Command message::SYSTem:REBoot
SYST:REBRELATED COMMANDS

466:SYSTem:SHUTdown

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:REMote
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the status of the remote control. When the
remote control is turned on, the touch screen, the front panel
and the touch screen, front panel and peripheral will be locked,
and there will be a remote prompt on the screen.
This query returns the current status of the remote setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:REMote <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:REMote?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the remote setting.
Command message::SYSTem:REMote ON
SYST:REM ON
Query message:
SYST:REM?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

467

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:SELFCal
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command instructs the oscilloscope to perform selfcalibration.
The query returns the oscilloscope self-calibration status.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:SELFCal

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:SELFCal?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {DOING|DONE}

EXAMPLEThe following command asks for the oscilloscope self-cal
status.
Command message::SYSTem:SELFCal
SYST:SELFC
Query message:
SYST:SELFC?
Response message:
DONE:SYSTem:SHUTdown
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command shut down the oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:SHUTdown

EXAMPLEThe following command shut down the oscilloscope.
Command message::SYSTem:SHUTdown
SYST:SHUT

RELATED COMMANDS

468:SYSTem:REBootInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:SSAVer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command controls the automatic screensaver, which
automatically shuts down the internal color monitor after apreset time.
The query returns whether the automatic screensaver feature
is on.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:SSAVer <time><time>:= {OFF|1MIN|5MIN|10MIN|30MIN|60MIN}QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:SSAVer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<time><time>:= {OFF|1MIN|5MIN|10MIN|30MIN|60MIN}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the automatic screensaver to 10
minutes.
Command message::SYSTem:SSAVer 10MIN
SYST:SSAV 10MIN
Query message:
SYST:SSAV?
Response message:
10MIN

Int.siglent.com

469

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:TIME
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the oscilloscope current time using a 24hour format.
This query returns the oscilloscope current time.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:TIME <time><time>:= 8-digit NR1 format, from high to low, is expressed as
2-digit hour, 2-digit minute, and 2-digit second.

QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:TIME?

RESPONSE FORMAT<time>

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the current time of theoscilloscope to 08:10:40.
Command message::SYSTem:TIME 081040
SYST:TIME 081040
Query message:
SYST:TIME?
Response message:
081040

RELATED COMMANDS

470:SYSTem:DATE

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:SYSTem:TOUCh
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the status of the touch screen.
The query returns the current status of the touch screen.

COMMAND SYNTAX:SYSTem:TOUCh <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:SYSTem:TOUCh?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command enables the touch setting.
Command message::SYSTem:TOUCh ON
SYST:TOUC ON
Query message:
SYST:TOUC?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

471

SDS Series Programming Guide

TIMebase Commands
The :TIMEBASE subsystem commands control the horizontal (X-axis) functions. The time per division,delay, and reference can be controlled for the main and window (zoomed) time bases.

:TIMebase:DELay:TIMebase:REFerence:TIMebase:REFerence:POSition

:TIMebase:SCALe:TIMebase:WINDow:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe

472

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TIMebase:DELay
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command specifies the main timebase delay. This delay is
the time between the trigger event and the delay reference pointon the screen.
The query returns the current delay value.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TIMebase:DELay <delay_value><delay_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is[-5000div*timebase, 5div*timebase].

QUERY SYNTAX:TIMebase:DELay?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command specifies a 10 us delay of main timebase.
Command message::TIMebase:DELay 1.00E-05
TIM:DEL 1.00E-05
Query message:
TIM:DEL?
Response message:
1.00E-05

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TIMebase:SCALe

473

SDS Series Programming Guide:TIMebase:REFerence
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the strategy for the delay value change inthe horizontal direction when the horizontal scale is changed.
The query returns the current horizontal reference strategy.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TIMebase:REFerence <type><type>:= {DELay|POSition}
 DELay means when the time base is changed, thehorizontal delay value remains fixed. As the horizontal
timebase scale is changed, the waveform
expands/contracts around the center of the display.
 POSition means When the time base is changed, thehorizontal delay remains fixed to the grid position on thedisplay. As the horizontal time base scale is changed, thewaveform expands/contracts around the position of thehorizontal display.

QUERY SYNTAX:TIMebase:REFerence?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {DELay|POSition}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the type of the horizontal
reference to DELay.
Command message::TIMebase:REFerence DELay
TIM:REF DEL
Query message:
TIM:REF?
Response message:
DELay

474

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TIMebase:REFerence:POSition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the horizontal reference center when thereference strategy is DELay.
The query returns the current horizontal reference center.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TIMebase:REFerence:POSition <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 100].

QUERY SYNTAX:TIMebase:REFerence:POSition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command changes the horizontal reference
center to 20%.
Command message::TIMebase:REFerence:POSition 20
TIM:REF:POS 20
Query message:
TIM:REF:POS?
Response message:
20

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TIMebase:REFerence

475

SDS Series Programming Guide:TIMebase:SCALe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the horizontal scale per division for themain window.
The query returns the current horizontal scale setting inseconds per division for the main window.
Note:
Due to the limitation of the expansion strategy, when the timebase is set from large to small, it will automatically adjust to
the minimum time base that can be set currently.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TIMebase:SCALe <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:
The range of value varies from the models. See the datasheet
for details.

QUERY SYNTAX:TIMebase:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the horizontal scale to 100 ns/div.
Command message::TIMebase:SCALe 1.00E-07
TIM:SCAL 1.00E-07
Query message:
TIM:SCAL?
Response message:
1.00E-07

RELATED COMMANDS

476:TIMebase:DELay

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TIMebase:WINDow
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command turns on or off the zoomed window.
The query returns the state of the zoomed window.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TIMebase:WINDow <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX:TIMebase:WINDow?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the zoomed window.
Command message::TIMebase:WINDow ON
TIM:WIND ON
Query message:
TIM:WIND?
Response message:
ON

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe

477

SDS Series Programming Guide:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the horizontal position in the zoomed viewof the main sweep.
The query returns the current delay value between thezoomed window and the main sweep.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay <delay_value><delay_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:•
The main sweep range and the main sweep horizontal
position determine the range for the delay value of thezoomed window. It must keep the zoomed view window
within the main sweep range.
•
If you set the delay to a value outside of the legal range,
the delay value is automatically set to the nearest legal
value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay?

RESPONSE FORMAT<delay_value><delay_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets 1 ms delay value to change theposition of the zoomed window.
Command message::TIMebase:WINDow:DELay 1.00E-03
TIM:WIND:DEL 1.00E-03
Query message:
TIM:WIND:DEL?
Response message:
1.00E-03

RELATED COMMANDS

478:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe:TIMebase:SCALe:TIMebase:DELay

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the zoomed window horizontal scale(seconds/division).
The query returns the current zoomed window scale setting.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe <scale_value><scale_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.
Note:
The scale of the zoomed window cannot be greater than thatof the main window. If you set the value greater than, it willautomatically be set to the same value as the main window.

QUERY SYNTAX:TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<scale_value><scale_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets a 1 ms/div horizontal scale forthe zoomed window.
Command message::TIMebase:WINDow:SCALe 1.00E-03
TIM:WIND:SCAL 1.00E-03
Query message:
TIM:WIND:SCAL?
Response message:
1.00E-03

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TIMebase:WINDow:DELay:TIMebase:SCALe:TIMebase:DELay

479

SDS Series Programming Guide

TRIGger Commands
The :TRIGGER subsystem commands control the trigger modes and parameters for each trigger
type.



:TRIGger:FREQuency

:TRIGger:MODE:TRIGger:RUN

:TRIGger:STATus:TRIGger:STOP:TRIGger:TYPE

:TRIGger:EDGE Commands

:TRIGger:SLOPe Commands

:TRIGger:PULSe Commands

:TRIGger:VIDeo Commands

:TRIGger:WINDow Commands

:TRIGger:INTerval Commands

:TRIGger:DROPout Commands

:TRIGger:PATTern Commands

:TRIGger:QUALified Commands

:TRIGger:DELay Commands

:TRIGger:NEDGe Commands

:TRIGger:SHOLd Commands

:TRIGger:IIC Commands

:TRIGger:SPI Commands

:TRIGger:UART Commands

:TRIGger:CAN Commands

:TRIGger:LIN Commands

:TRIGger:FLEXray Commands [Option]

:TRIGger:CANFd Commands [Option]

:TRIGger:IIS Commands [Option]

480

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:FREQuency
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the value of hardware frequency counter inhertz if available. The default precision of the returned
frequeny is 3 digits, and the maximum valild precision is 7
digits. Use the command “:FORMat:DATA” to set the data
precision.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:FREQuency?

RESPONSE FORMAT<val><val>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command returns the value of hardware
frequency counter.
Command message::FORMat:DATA CUSTom,7
TRIG:FREQ?
Response message:
1.234561E+04

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:FORMat:DATA

481

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:MODE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the mode of the trigger.
The query returns the current mode of trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:MODE <mode><mode>:= {SINGle|NORMal|AUTO|FTRIG}◆
AUTO: The oscilloscope begins to search for the trigger
signal that meets the conditions. If the trigger signal issatisfied, the running state on the top left corner of theuser interface shows Trig'd, and the interface shows
stable waveform. Otherwise, the running state always
shows Auto, and the interface shows unstable waveform.
◆
NORMal: The oscilloscope enters the wait trigger stateand begins to search for trigger signals that meet theconditions. If the trigger signal is satisfied, the runningstate shows Trig'd, and the interface shows stablewaveform. Otherwise, the running state shows Ready, andthe interface displays the last triggered waveform(previous trigger) or does not display the waveform (noprevious trigger).
◆
SINGle: The backlight of SINGLE key lights up, theoscilloscope enters the waiting trigger state and begins tosearch for the trigger signal that meets the conditions. If
the trigger signal is satisfied, the running state shows
Trig'd, and the interface shows stable waveform. Then,the oscilloscope stops scanning, the RUN/STOP key
becomes red, and the running status shows Stop.
Otherwise, the running state shows Ready, and theinterface does not display the waveform.
◆
FTRIG: Force to acquire a frame regardless of whether
the input signal meets the trigger conditions or not.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:MODE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {SINGle|NORMal|AUTO|FTRIG}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the oscilloscope to SINGLE
trigger mode.
Command message::TRIGger:MODE SINGle
TRIG:MODE SING
Query message:
TRIG:MODE?
Response message:
SINGle482

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUN
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command sets the oscilloscope to run.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUN

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the oscilloscope to run.
Command message::TRIGger:RUN
TRIG:RUNRELATED COMMANDS:TRIGger:STOP:TRIGger:STATus
Query
DESCRIPTION

The command query returns the current state of the trigger.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:STATus?

RESPONSE FORMAT<status><status>:= {Arm|Ready|Auto|Trig'd|Stop|Roll}

EXAMPLEThe following command queries the state of trigger mode.
Query message:
TRIG:STAT?
Response message:
Stop

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:MODE

483

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:STOP
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command sets the oscilloscope from run to stop.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:STOP

EXAMPLEThe following command stops the oscilloscope.
Command message::TRIGger:STOP
TRIG:STOP

RELATED COMMANDS:TRIGger:RUN:TRIGger:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the type of trigger.
The query returns the current type of trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:TYPE <type><type>:= {EDGE|PULSE|SLOPe|INTerval|PATTern|RUNT|
WINDow|DROPout|VIDeo|QUALified|NEDGe|DELay|SHOLd|
IIC|SPI|UART|LIN|CAN|FLEXray|CANFd|IIS|M1553|SENT|A429}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {EDGE|PULSE|SLOPe|INTerval|PATTern|RUNT|
WINDow|DROPout|VIDeo|QUALified|NEDGe|DELay|SHOLd|II
C|SPI|UART|LIN|CAN|FLEXray|CANFd|IIS|M1553|SENT||A429}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the type of trigger to edge trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:TYPE EDGE
TRIG:TYPE EDGE
Query message:
TRIG:TYPE?
Command message:
EDGE

484

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE Commands
The :TRIGGER:EDGE subsystem commands control the edge trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart:TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel:TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

485

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the coupling mode of the edge trigger.
The query returns the current coupling mode of the edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling <mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect} DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when yourwaveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter that
adds a low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove highfrequency components from the trigger waveform. Use thehigh-frequency rejection filter to remove high-frequency
noise, such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from thetrigger path.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds ahigh-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low-frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the coupling mode of the edge
trigger to DC.
Command message::TRIGger:EDGE:COUPling DC
TRIG:EDGE:COUP DC
Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:COUP?
Response message:DC

486

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the number of holdoff events of the edge
trigger.
The query returns the current number of holdoff events of theedge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of holdoff events ofthe edge trigger to 3.
Command message::TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:EDGE:HLDEV 3
Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HLDEV?
Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff

487

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the holdoff time of the edge trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff time of the edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[80.00E-09, 1.5E+00]

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the holdoff time of the edge
trigger to 15 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:EDGE:HLDT 1.50E-08
Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HLDT?
Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

488:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the holdoff type of the edge trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff type of the edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff <holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the number of trigger events that theoscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT<holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns off the holdoff of the edge
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:EDGE:HOLD OFF
Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HOLD?
Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDEVent:TRIGger:EDGE:HLDTime:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart

489

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command defines the initial position of the edge trigger
holdoff.
The query returns the initial position of the edge trigger holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart <start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START} LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is thetime of the last trigger.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is thefirst time point satisfying the trigger condition.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT<start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start holdoff mode to last
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:EDGE:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:EDGE:HST LAST_TRIG
Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:HST?
Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS

490:TRIGger:EDGE:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedanceCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the edge trigger source impedance, which
is only valid when the source is EXT or EXT/5.
The query returns the impedance of external trigger source.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance <ohm><ohm>:= {ONEMeg|FIFTy}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance?

RESPONSE FORMAT<ohm ><ohm>:= {ONEMeg|FIFTy}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the impedance of ext trigger
source to 50 ohm.
Command message::TRIGger:EDGE:IMPedance FIFTy
TRIG:EDGE:IMP FIFT
Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:IMP?
Response message:
FIFTy

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce491

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger level of the edge trigger.
The query returns the current trigger level value of the edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel <level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scaleSDS7000A
vertical_offset,4.26*vertical_scalevertical_offse]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger level of the edge
trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:EDGE:LEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

492:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the noise rejection.
The query returns the current state of the noise rejection.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on noise rejection.
Command message::TRIGger:EDGE:NREJect ON
TRIG:EDGE:NREJ ON
Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:NREJ?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

493

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of the edge trigger.
The query returns the current slope setting of the edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing|ALTernate}

EXAMPLEThe following command set the rising slope as trigger edge.
Command message::TRIGger:EDGE:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:EDGE:SLOP RIS
Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:SLOP?
Response message:
RISing494

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger source of the edge trigger.
The query returns the current trigger source of the edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>|EX|EX5|LINE}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>|EX|EX5|LINE}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger source of the edge
trigger as C1.
Command message::TRIGger:EDGE:SOURce C1
TRIG:EDGE:SOUR C1
Query message:
TRIG:EDGE:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:EDGE:LEVel

495

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe Commands
The :TRIGGER:SLOPe subsystem commands control the slope trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit:TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel:TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect:TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer

496

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the coupling mode of the slope trigger.
The query returns the current the coupling mode of the slope
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling <mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect} DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when yourwaveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the highfrequency reject filter to remove high-frequency noise,such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the triggerpath.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds ahigh-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the coupling mode of the slope
trigger to DC.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:COUPling DC
TRIG:SLOP:COUP DC
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:COUP?
Response message:DC

Int.siglent.com

497

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the number of holdoff events of the slope
trigger.
The query returns the current number of holdoff events of theslope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of holdoff events ofthe slope trigger to 3.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:SLOP:HLDEV 3
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HLDEV?
Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS

498:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis This command sets the holdoff time of the slope trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff time of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the holdoff time of the slope
trigger to 15 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:SLOP:HLDT 1.50E-08
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HLDT?
Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff

499

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the high level of the slope trigger.
The query returns the current high level of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel <high_level_value><high_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scaleSDS7000A
vertical_offset,4.26*vertical_scalevertical_offse]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<high_level_value><high_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the high level of the slope trigger
to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:SLOP:HLEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HLEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

500:TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the holdoff type of the slope trigger.
The query returns the curent holdoff type of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff <holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscopecounts before re-arming the trigger circuitry
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT<holdoff_type>< holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns off the holdoff of the slope
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:SLOP:HOLD OFF
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HOLD?
Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDTime:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLDEVent:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart

501

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command defines the initial position of the slope trigger
holdoff.
The query returns the initial position of the slope trigger
holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart <type><start_type>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START} LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is thetime of the last trigger.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is thefirst time point satisfying the trigger condition.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start holdoff mode to
LAST_TRIG (last trigger).
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:SLOP:HST LAST_TRIG
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:HST?
Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS

502:TRIGger:SLOPe:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the slope trigger.
The query returns the current limit range type of the slope
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit of the slope trigger toLESSthan.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:SLOP:LIM LESS
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer

503

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the low level of the slope trigger.
The query returns the current low level of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel <low_level_value><low_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scaleSDS7000A
vertical_offset,4.26*vertical_scalevertical_offse]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<low_level_value><low_level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal
point and exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the low level of the slope trigger
to -0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:LLEVel -5.00E-01
TRIG:SLOP:LLEV -5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:LLEV?
Response message:-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

504:TRIGger:SLOPe:HLEVel

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of noise rejection.
The query returns the current state of noise rejection.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the noise rejection.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:NREJect ON
TRIG:SLOP:NREJ ON
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:NREJ?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

505

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of the slope trigger.
The query returns the current slope of the slope trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the rising slope of the slope
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:SLOP:SLOP RIS
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:SLOP?
Response message:
RISing506

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger source of the slope trigger.
The query returns the current trigger source of the slope
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger source of the slope
trigger to C2 (channel 2).
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:SOURce C2
TRIG:SLOP:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

Int.siglent.com

507

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower value of the slope trigger limit type.
The query returns the current lower value of the slope trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies bymodel, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer.
•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower time of the slope trigger
to 10 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:SLOP:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

508:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper value of the slope trigger limit
type.
The query returns the current upper value of the slope trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies bymodel, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer.
•
The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper value of the slope
trigger to 30 ns, when the limit range type is OUTer.
Command message::TRIGger:SLOPe:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:SLOP:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:SLOP:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SLOPe:LIMit:TRIGger:SLOPe:TLOWer

509

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe Commands
The :TRIGGER:PULSe subsystem commands control the pulse trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit:TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity

:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer

510

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the coupling mode of the pulse trigger.
The query returns the coupling mode of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling <mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect} DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when yourwaveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the highfrequency rejection filter to remove high-frequency noise,such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the triggerpath.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds ahigh-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets coupling mode of the pulse
trigger to DC.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:COUPling DC
TRIG:PULS:COUP DC
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:COUP?
Response message:DC

Int.siglent.com

5 11

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the number of holdoff events of the pulse
trigger.
The query returns the current number of holdoff events of thepulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of holdoff events ofthe pulse trigger to 3.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:PULS:HLDEV 3
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HLDEV?
Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS512:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis This command sets the holdoff time of the pulse trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff time of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the holdoff time of the pulse
trigger to 15 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:PULS:HLDT 1.50E-08
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HLDT?
Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff

513

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the holdoff type of the pulse trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff type of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff <holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscopecounts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT<holdoff_type>< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns off the holdoff of the pulse
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:PULS:HOLD OFF
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HOLD?
Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS

514:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDEVent:TRIGger:PULSe:HLDTime:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command defines the initial position of the pulse trigger
holdoff.
The query returns the initial position of the pulse trigger
holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart <start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START} LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is thetime of the last trigger.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is thefirst time point satisfying the trigger condition.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT<start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start holdoff mode of pulse
trigger to LAST_TRIG (last trigger).
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:PULS:HST LAST_TRIG
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:HST?
Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:PULSe:HOLDoff

515

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger level of the pulse trigger.
The query returns the current trigger level of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel <level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scaleSDS7000A
vertical_offset,4.26*vertical_scalevertical_offse]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger level of the pulse
trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:PULS:LEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

516:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the pulse trigger.
The query returns the current limit range type of the pulse
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger limit of the pulse
trigger to inner.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit INNer
TRIG:PULS:LIM INN
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:LIM?
Response message:
INNer

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer

517

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of noise rejection.
The query returns the current state of the noise rejection
function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on noise rejection.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:NREJect ON
TRIG:PULS:NREJ ON
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:NREJ?
Response message:
ON

518

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the polarity of the pulse trigger.
The query returns the current polarity of the pulse trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity <polarity_type><polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT<polarity_type><polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the polarity of the pulse trigger to
POSitive.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:POLarity POSitive
TRIG:PULS:POL POS
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:POL?
Response message:
POSitiveInt.siglent.com

519

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger source of the pulse trigger.
The query returns the current trigger source of the pulse
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the polarity of the pulse trigger aschannel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:SOURce C2
TRIG:PULS:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

520

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower value of the pulse trigger limit
type.
The query returns the current lower value of the pulse trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies bymodel, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer.
•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower time of the pulse trigger
to 10 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:PULS:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer

521

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper value of the pulse trigger limit
type.
The query returns the current upper value of the pulse trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULse:TUPPer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.The range of the value varies
by model, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:PULse:TLOWer.
•
The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper time of the pulse
trigger to 30 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:PULSe:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:PULS:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:PULS:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

522:TRIGger:PULSe:LIMit:TRIGger:PULSe:TLOWer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo Commands
The :TRIGGER:VIDeo subsystem commands control the video trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd:TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe:TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace:TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC

Int.siglent.com

523

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the fields of the custom video trigger.
The query returns the current fields of the custom video
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT <field_cnt><field_cnt>:= {1|2|4|8}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT?

RESPONSE FORMAT<field_cnt><field_cnt>:= {1|2|4|8}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the fields of the custom video
trigger to 8.
Command message::TRIGger:VIDeo:FCNT 8
TRIG:VID:FCNT 8
Query message:
TRIG:VID:FCNT?
Response message:
8

RELATED COMMANDS

524:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the synchronous trigger field when thevideo standard is NTSC, PAL, 1080i/50 or 1080i/60.
The query returns the current synchronous trigger field whenthe video standard is NTSC, PAL, 1080i/50 or 1080i/60.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd <field><field>:= {1|2}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd?

RESPONSE FORMAT<field><field>:= {1|2}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the synchronous trigger field tofield 2 when the video standard is NTSC.
Command message::TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd 2
TRIG:VID:FIEL 2
Query message:
TRIG:VID:FIEL?
Response message:
2

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC

525

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the frame rate of the custom video trigger.
The query returns the current frame rate of the custom video
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe <frate><frate>:= {25Hz|30Hz|50Hz|60Hz}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<frate><frate>:= {25Hz|30Hz|50Hz|60Hz}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the frame rate of the custom
video trigger to 50Hz.
Command message::TRIGger:VIDeo:FRATe 50Hz
TRIG:VID:FRAT 50Hz
Query message:
TRIG:VID:FRAT?
Response message:
50Hz

RELATED COMMANDS

526:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the interlace of the custom video trigger.
The query returns the current interlace of the custom video
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace <interlace><interlace>:= {1|2|4|8}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace?

RESPONSE FORMAT<interlace><interlace>:= {1|2|4|8}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the interlace of the custom video
trigger to 8:1.
Command message::TRIGger:VIDeo:INTerlace 8
TRIG:VID:INT 8
Query message:
TRIG:VID:INT?
Response message:
8

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

527

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lines of the custom video trigger.
The query returns the current of lines of the custom video
trigger.
If the "Of Lines" is set to 800, the correct relationship between
the interface, of fields, trigger line and trigger field is asfollows:

COMMAND SYNTAX

Of
Lines

InterlaceOf
FieldsTriggerLine

Trigger Field

800

1:1

1

800

1

800

2:1

1/2/4/8400

1/1~2/1~4/1~8

800

4:1

1/2/4/8300

1/1~2/1~4/1~8

800

8:1

1/2/4/8100

1/1~2/1~4/1~8:TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT <line_cnt><line_cnt>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300, 2000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT?

RESPONSE FORMAT<line_cnt><line_cnt>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lines of the custom video
trigger to 500.
Command message::TRIGger:VIDeo:LCNT 500
TRIG:VID:LCNT 500
Query message:
TRIG:VID:LCNT?
Response message:
500

RELATED COMMANDS

528:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger level of the video trigger.
The query returns the current trigger level of the video trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel <level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scaleSDS7000A
vertical_offset, 4.26*vertical_scalevertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger level of the video
trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:VIDeo:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:VID:LEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:VID:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

Int.siglent.com

529

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the synchronous trigger line when thevideo standard is not custom.
The query returns the current synchronous trigger line whenthe video standard is not custom.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE <line><line>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
The following table shows the corresponding relations
between line and field for all video standards(except forcustom)Standard
Field 1
Field 2NTSC
[1, 263][1, 262]
PAL[1, 313][1, 312]HDTV 720P/50,[1, 750]
720P/60
HDTV 1080P/50,[1, 1125]
1080P/60
HDTV 1080i/50,[1, 563][1, 562]1080i/60

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<line><line>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the synchronous trigger line to 2.
Command message::TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE 2
TRIG:VID:LINE 2
Query message:
TRIG:VID:LINE?
Response message:
2

RELATED COMMANDS

530:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger source of the video trigger.
The query returns the current trigger source of the video
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger source of the video
trigger to channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:VIDeo:SOURce C2
TRIG:VID:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:VID:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

Int.siglent.com

531

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the standard of the video trigger.
The query returns the current standard of the video trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard <standard><standard>:={NTSC|PAL|P720L50|P720L60|P1080L50|P1080L60|I1080L50|I1080L60|CUSTom}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard?

RESPONSE FORMAT<standard><standard>:={NTSC|PAL|P720L50|P720L60|P1080L50|P1080L60|I1080L50|I1080L60|CUSTom}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the standard of the video trigger
to NTSC.
Command message::TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard NTSC
TRIG:VID:STAN NTSC
Query message:
TRIG:VID:STAN?
Response message:
NTSC

532

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the sync mode of the video trigger.
The query returns the current sync mode of the video trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC <sync><sync>:= {SELect|ANY}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC?

RESPONSE FORMAT<sync><sync>:= {SELect|ANY}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the sync mode of the video trigger
to select.
Command message::TRIGger:VIDeo:SYNC SELect
TRIG:VID:SYNC SEL
Query message:
TRIG:VID:SYNC?
Response message:
SELectRELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:VIDeo:STANdard:TRIGger:VIDeo:LINE:TRIGger:VIDeo:FIELd

533

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow Commands
The :TRIGGER:WINDow subsystem commands control the window trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel:TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling:TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart:TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel:TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect:TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce:TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE

534

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the center level of the window trigger.
The query returns the current center level of the window
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the center level of the window
trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:CLEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:CLEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel

535

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the coupling mode of the window trigger.
The query returns the current coupling mode of the window
trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling <mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect} DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when yourwaveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high-frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the highfrequency rejection filter to remove high-frequency noise,such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the triggerpath.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds ahigh-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the coupling mode of the window
trigger to DC.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:COUPling DC
TRIG:WIND:COUP DC
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:COUP?
Response message:DC

536

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the delta level of window trigger.
The query returns the current delta level of window trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the delta level of window trigger
to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:DLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:DLEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:DLEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:WINDow:CLEVel

537

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the number of holdoff events of thewindow trigger.
The query returns the current number of holdoff events of thewindow trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of holdoff events of
the window trigger to 3.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:WIND:HLDEV 3
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HLDEV?
Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS

538:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis This command sets the holdoff time of the window trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff time of the window
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the holdoff time of the window
trigger to 15 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:WIND:HLDT 1.50E-08
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HLDT?
Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff

539

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the high trigger level of window trigger.
The query returns the current high trigger level of window
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the high trigger level of window
trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:HLEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HLEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS540:TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the holdoff type of the window trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff type of the window
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff <holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscopecounts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT<holdoff_type>< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns off the holdoff of the window
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:WIND:HOLD OFF
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HOLD?
Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:WINDow:HLDEVent:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart

541

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command defines the initial position of the window trigger
holdoff.
The query returns the initial position of the window trigger
holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart <start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START} LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is thetime of the last trigger.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is thefirst time point satisfying the trigger condition.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT<start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start holdoff mode to
LAST_TRIG (last trigger).
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:WIND:HST LAST_TRIG
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:HST?
Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS

542:TRIGger:WINDow:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the low trigger level of the window trigger.
The query returns the current low trigger level of the window
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the high level value
using by the command :TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the low trigger level of runt trigger
to -0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:LLEVel -5.00E-01
TRIG:WIND:LLEV -5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:LLEV?
Response message:-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:WINDow:HLEVel

543

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command the state of noise reject.
The query returns the current state of noise reject.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the noise rejection.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:NREJect ON
TRIG:WIND:NREJ ON
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:NREJ?
Response message:ON

544

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger source of the window trigger.
The query returns the current trigger source of the window
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger source of the window
trigger to channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:SOURce C2
TRIG:WIND:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

Int.siglent.com

545

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the window type of the window trigger.
The query returns the current window type of the window
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE <type><type>:= {ABSolute|RELative}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {ABSolute|RELative}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the absolute type to window
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:WINDow:TYPE ABSolute
TRIG:WIND:TYPE ABS
Query message:
TRIG:WIND:TYPE?
Response message:
ABSolute

546

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval Commands
The :TRIGGER:INTerval subsystem commands control the interval trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart:TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit:TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect:TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe:TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer

Int.siglent.com

547

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the coupling mode of the interval trigger.
The query returns the current coupling mode of the interval
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling <mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect} DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when yourwaveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high-frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the highfrequency reject filter to remove high-frequency noise,such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the triggerpath.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds ahigh-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the coupling mode of the interval
trigger to DC.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:COUPling DC
TRIG:INT:COUP DC
Query message:
TRIG:INT:COUP?
Response message:DC

548

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the number of holdoff events of the interval
trigger.
The query returns the current number of holdoff events of theinterval trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of holdoff events of theinterval trigger to 3.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:INT:HLDEV 3
Query message:
TRIG:INT:HLDEV?
Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff

549

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis This command sets the holdoff time of the interval trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff time of the interval
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the holdoff time of the interval
trigger to 15 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:INT:HLDT 1.50E-08
Query message:
TRIG:INT:HLDT?
Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

550:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the holdoff type of the interval trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff type of the interval
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff <holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscopecounts before re-arming the trigger circuitry
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT<holdoff_type>< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns off the holdoff of the interval
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:INT:HOLD OFF
Query message:
TRIG:INT:HOLD?
Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDEVent:TRIGger:INTerval:HLDTime:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart

551

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the start holdoff mode of the interval
trigger.
The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the interval
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart <start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START} LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is thetime of the last trigger.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is thefirst time point satisfying the trigger condition.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT<start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start holdoff mode of theinterval trigger as LAST_TRIG (last trigger).
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:INT:HST LAST_TRIG
Query message:
TRIG:INT:HST?
Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS

552:TRIGger:INTerval:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger level of the interval trigger.
The query returns the current trigger level of the interval
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel <level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger level of the interval
trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIGr:INT:LEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:INT:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

Int.siglent.com

553

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the interval trigger.
The query returns the current limit range type of the interval
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit of the interval trigger toLESSthan.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:INT:LIM LESS
Query message:
TRIG:INT:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

554:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the noise rejection.
The query returns the current state of the noise rejection
function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the noise rejection.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:NREJect ON
TRIG:INT:NREJ ON
Query message:
TRIG:INT:NREJ?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

555

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of the interval trigger.
The query returns the current slope of the interval trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the rising slope of the interval
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:INT:SLOP RIS
Query message:
TRIG:INT:SLOP?
Response message:
RISing556

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger source of the interval trigger.
The query returns the current trigger source of the interval
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger source of the interval
trigger as channel 1.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:SOURce C1
TRIG:INT:SOUR C1
Query message:
TRIG:INT:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

Int.siglent.com

557

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower value of the interval trigger limit
type.
The query returns the current lower value of the interval trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format. The range of the value varies
by model, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer.
•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the time lower value of theinterval trigger to 10 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:INT:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:INT:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

558:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper value of the interval trigger limit
type.
The query returns the current upper value of the interval
trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format. The range of the value varies
by model, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer.
•
The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<tupper_value><tupper_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the time upper value of theinterval trigger to 30 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:INTerval:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:INT:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:INT:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:INTerval:LIMit:TRIGger:INTerval:TLOWer

559

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout Commands
The :TRIGGER:DROPout subsystem commands control the dropout trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart:TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel:TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect:TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe:TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce:TRIGger:DROPout:TIME

:TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE

560

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the coupling mode of the dropout trigger.
The query returns the current coupling mode of the dropout
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling <mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect} DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when yourwaveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high-frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the highfrequency rejection filter to remove high-frequency noise,such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the triggerpath.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds ahigh-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets coupling mode of the dropout
trigger to DC.
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:COUPling DC
TRIG:DROP:COUP DC
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:COUP?
Response message:DC

Int.siglent.com

561

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the number of holdoff events of thedropout trigger.
The query returns the current number of holdoff events of thedropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of holdoff events ofthe dropout trigger to 3.
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:DROP:HLDEV 3
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HLDEV?
Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS

562:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis This command sets the holdoff time of the dropout trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff time of the dropout
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the holdoff time of the dropout
trigger to 15 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime 1.50E-08:TRIG:DROP:HLDT 1.50E-08
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HLDT?
Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

563

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the holdoff type of the dropout trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff type of the dropout
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff <holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscopecounts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT<holdoff_type>< holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns off the holdoff of the dropout
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:DROP:HOLD OFF
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HOLD?
Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS

564:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDEVent:TRIGger:DROPout:HLDTime:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the start holdoff mode of the dropout
trigger.
The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the dropout
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart <start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START} LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is thetime of the last trigger.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is thefirst time point satisfying the trigger condition.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT<start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start hold off mode to
LAST_TRIG (last trigger).
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:DROP:HST LAST_TRIG
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:HST?
Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

565

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger level of the dropout trigger.
The query returns the current trigger level of the dropout
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel <level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger level of the dropout
trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:LEVel 5.00E-1
TRIG:DROP:LEV 5.00E-1
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

566

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the noise rejection.
The query returns the current state of the noise rejection
function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the noise rejection.
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:NREJect ON
TRIG:DROP:NREJ ON
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:NREJ?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

567

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of the dropout trigger.
The query returns the current slope of the dropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the rising slope of the dropout
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:DROP:SLOP RIS
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:SLOP?
Response message:
RISing568

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger source of the dropout trigger.
The query returns the current trigger source of the dropout
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger source of the dropout
trigger to channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:SOURce C2
TRIG:DROP:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

Int.siglent.com

569

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:TIME
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the dropout time of the dropout trigger.
The query returns the current time of the dropout trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:TIME <time><time>:= Value in NR3 format. The range of the value varies
by model, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:TIME?

RESPONSE FORMAT<time><time>:= Value in NR3 format

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the time of the dropout trigger to
10 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:TIME 1.00E-08
TRIG:DROP:TIME 1.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:TIME?
Response message:
1.00E-08570

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the over time type of the dropout trigger.
The query returns the current over time type of the dropout
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE <type><type>:= {EDGE|STATe}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {EDGE|STATe}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the over time type of the dropout
trigger to EDGE.
Command message::TRIGger:DROPout:TYPE EDGE
TRIG:DROP:TYPE EDGE
Query message:
TRIG:DROP:TYPE?
Response message:
EDGE

Int.siglent.com

571

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT Commands
The :TRIGGER:RUNT subsystem commands control the runt trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime:TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit:TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel:TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity

:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer

572

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the coupling mode of the runt trigger.
The query returns the current coupling mode of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling <mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect} DC coupling allows dc and ac signals into the trigger path.
 AC coupling places a high-pass filter in the trigger path,
removing dc offset voltage from the trigger waveform. Use
AC coupling to get a stable edge trigger when yourwaveform has a large dc offset.
 HFREJect which is a high-frequency rejection filter adds a
low-pass filter in the trigger path to remove high frequency
components from the trigger waveform. Use the highfrequency reject filter to remove high-frequency noise,such as AM or FM broadcast stations, from the triggerpath.
 LFREJect which is a low frequency rejection filter adds ahigh-pass filter in series with the trigger waveform to
remove any unwanted low frequency components from a
trigger waveform, such as power line frequencies, that
can interfere with proper triggering.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling?

RESPONSE FORMAT<mode><mode>:= {DC|AC|LFREJect|HFREJect}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets coupling mode of the runt trigger
to DC.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:COUPling DC
TRIG:RUNT:COUP DC
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:COUP?
Response message:DC

Int.siglent.com

573

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the number of holdoff events of the runt
trigger.
The query returns the current number of holdoff events of therunt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of holdoff events of
the runt trigger to 3.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:RUNT:HLDEV 3
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HLDEV?
Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS

574:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis This command sets the holdoff time of the runt trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff time of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the holdoff time of the runt trigger
to 15 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:RUNT:HLDT 1.50E-08
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HLDT?
Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:DROPout:HOLDoff

575

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the high trigger level of the runt trigger.
The query returns the current high trigger level of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
Note:
The high level value cannot be less than the low level value
using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the high trigger level of the runt
trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:RUNT:HLEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HLEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

576:TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the holdoff type of the runt trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff type of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff <holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscopecounts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT<holdoff_type>< holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns off the holdoff of the runt trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:RUNT:HOLD OFF
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HOLD?
Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDEVent:TRIGger:RUNT:HLDTime:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart

577

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the start holdoff mode of the runt trigger.
The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger: RUNT:HSTart <start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START} LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is thetime of the last trigger.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is thefirst time point satisfying the trigger condition.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT<start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start holdoff mode to
LAST_TRIG (last trigger).
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:RUNT:HST LAST_TRIG
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:HST?
Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS

578:TRIGger:RUNT:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the runt trigger.
The query returns the current limit range type of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit of the runt trigger toLESSthan.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:RUNT:LIM LESS
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer

579

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the low trigger level of the runt trigger.
The query returns the current low trigger level of the runt
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
Note:
The low level value cannot be greater than the high level value
using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the low trigger level of the runt
trigger to -0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:LLEVel - 5.00E-01
TRIG:RUNT:LLEV - 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:LLEV?
Response message:-5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

580:TRIGger:RUNT:HLEVel

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of noise rejection.
The query returns the current state of noise rejection function.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on the noise rejection.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:NREJect ON
TRIG:RUNT:NREJ ON
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:NREJ?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

581

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the polarity of the runt trigger.
The query returns the current polarity of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity <polarity_type><polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity?

RESPONSE FORMAT<polarity_type><polarity_type>:= {POSitive|NEGative}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the polarity of the runt trigger to
POSitive.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:POLarity POSitive
TRIG:RUNT:POL POS
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:POL?
Response message:
POSitive582

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger source of the runt trigger.
The query returns the current trigger source of the runt trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger source of the runt
trigger to channel 2
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:SOURce C2
TRIG:RUNT:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

Int.siglent.com

583

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower value of the runt trigger limit
type.
The query returns the current lower value of the runt trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies bymodel, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:•
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer.
•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower time of the runt trigger
to 10 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:RUNT:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

584:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper value of the runt trigger limit
type.
The query returns the current upper value of the runt trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PULse:RUNT <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value varies bymodel, see the table below for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A[1.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[2.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[2.00E-09, 4.20E+00]
Note:• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper time of the runt trigger
to 30 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:RUNT:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:RUNT:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:RUNT:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:RUNT:LIMit:TRIGger:RUNT:TLOWer

585

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern Commands
The :TRIGGER:PATTern subsystem commands control the pattern trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart:TRIGger:PATTern:INPut:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit:TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer

586

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the number of holdoff events of the pattern
trigger.
The query returns the current number of holdoff events of thepattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of holdoff events ofthe pattern trigger to 3.
Command message::TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:PATT:HLDEV 3
Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HLDEV?
Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff

587

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis This command sets the holdoff time of the pattern trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff time of the pattern
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Mode
value
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS2000X Plus
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS6000L
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD
SHS800X/SHS1000X[80.00E-09, 1.50E+00]

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the holdoff time of the pattern
trigger to 15 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:PATT:HLDT 1.50E-08
Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HLDT?
Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

588:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the holdoff type of the pattern trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff type of the pattern
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff <holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff
 EVENts means the amount of events that the oscilloscopecounts before re-arming the trigger circuitry
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT<holdoff_type>< holdoff_type >:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns off the holdoff of the pattern
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:PATT:HOLD OFF
Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HOLD?
Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDEVent:TRIGger:PATTern:HLDTime:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart

589

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the start holdoff mode of the pattern
trigger.
The query returns the current start holdoff mode of the pattern
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart <start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START} LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is thetime of the last trigger.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is thefirst time point satisfying the trigger condition.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT<start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start holdoff mode to
LAST_TRIG (last trigger).
Command message::TRIGger:PATTern:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:PATT:HST LAST_TRIG
Query message:
TRIG:PATT:HST?
Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS

590:TRIGger:PATTern:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern:INPut
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command specifies the logical input condition for thechannel (Cx) and digital channel (Dx) of the pattern trigger.
The query returns the logical input condition of pattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:INPut <logic>[...[,<logic>]]<logic>:= {X|L|H}
 X means the "don't care" state.
 H means the logic high state.
 L means the logic low state.
Note:
Parameters are configured to corresponding sources in theorder of C1-C<n>, D0-D15.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:INPut?

RESPONSE FORMAT<input><input>:= {X|L|H}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the logic input for channel 1 to H,
for channel 2 to H, for channel 3 to L, for channel 4 to X andfor all digital channel to X.
Command message::TRIGger:PATTern:INPut
H,H,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X
TRIG:PATT:INP H,H,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X
Query message:
TRIG:PATT:INP?
Response message:
H,H,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X

Int.siglent.com

591

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger level of source in the pattern
trigger.
The query returns the current trigger level of source in thepattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel <source>,<value><source>:= {C<n>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel? <source>

RESPONSE FORMAT<source>,<value><source>:= {C<n>}<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the pattern trigger level to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:PATTern:LEVel C2,5.00E-01
TRIG:PATT:LEV C2,5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:PATT:LEV? C2
Response message:
C2,5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

592:TRIGger:PATTern:INPut

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the pattern trigger.
The query returns the current limit range type of the pattern
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit of pattern trigger toLESSthan.
Command message::TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:PATT:LIM LESS
Query message:
TRIG:PATT:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer

593

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the logical combination of the input
channels for the pattern trigger.
The query returns the current logical combination of thepattern trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic <type><type>:= {AND|OR|NAND|NOR}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic?

RESPONSE FORMAT<logic_type><logic_type>:= {AND|OR|NAND|NOR}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the logic mode of the pattern
trigger to AND.
Command message::TRIGger:PATTern:LOGic AND
TRIG:PATT:LOG AND
Query message:
TRIG:PATT:LOG?
Response message:
AND

594

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower value of the pattern trigger limit
type.
The query returns the current lower value of the pattern trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [2.00E-09,
2.00E+01].
Note:

•

The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer.

•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower time of the pattern
trigger to 10 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:PATT:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:PATT:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer

595

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper value of the pattern trigger limit
type.
The query returns the current upper value of the pattern trigger
limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [3.00E-09,
2.00E+01].
Note:• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper time of the pattern
trigger to 30 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:PATTern:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:PATT:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:PATT:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

596:TRIGger:PATTern:LIMit:TRIGger:PATTern:TLOWer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:QUALified Commands
The :TRIGGER:QUALified subsystem commands control the qualified trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel:TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope:TRIGger:QUALified:ESource:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit:TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel:TRIGger:QUALified:QSource:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer:TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE

Int.siglent.com

597

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the edge trigger level of the edge source inthe qualified trigger.
The query returns the current edge trigger level in the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the edge trigger level value of thequalified trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:QUAL:ELEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:ELEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

598:TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:QUALified:ESLopeCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the edge trigger slope in the qualified
trigger.
The query returns the current edge trigger slope in thequalified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope <type><type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the edge trigger slope in thequalified trigger to RISing.
Command message::TRIGger:QUALified:ESLope RISing
TRIG:QUAL:ESL RIS
Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:ESL?
Response message:
RISing

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE

599

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:QUALified:ESource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the edge trigger source in the qualified
trigger.
The query returns the current edge trigger source in thequalified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:ESource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:ESource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the edge trigger source of thequalified trigger to channel 1.
Command message::TRIGger:QUALified:ESource C1
TRIG:QUAL:ES C1
Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:ES?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

600:TRIGger:QUALified:QSource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type when the qualified typeis “State with Delay” or “Edge with Delay” in the qualified
trigger.
The query returns the current limit range type in the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit range type to LESSthanin the qualified trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:QUAL:LIM LESS
Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer

601

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the level of the qualify source in thequalified trigger.
The query returns the current level of the qualify source in thequalified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel <level><level>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level><level>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the level of the qualify source inthe qualified trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:QUALified:QLEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:QUAL:QLEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:QLEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

602:TRIGger:QUALified:ELEVel

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:QUALified:QSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the qualify source of the qualified trigger.
The query returns the current qualify source of the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:QSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:QSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the qualify source of the qualified
trigger as channel 1.
Command message::TRIGger:QUALified:QSource C1
TRIG:QUAL:QS C1
Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:QS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:QUALified:ESource

603

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit lower value when the qualified
type is “Edge with Delay” or “State with Delay” in the qualified
trigger.
The query returns the current delay lower value in the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [2.00E-09,
2.00E+01].
Note:•
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer.
•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower time of the qualified
trigger to 10 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:QUAL:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

604:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets limit upper value when the qualified type is“Edge with Delay” or “State with Delay” in the qualified trigger.
The query returns the current delay upper value in thequalified trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [3.00E-09,
2.00E+01].
Note:•
The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer.
•
The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the delay upper value of thequalified trigger to 30 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:QUALified:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:QUAL:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:QUALified:LIMit:TRIGger:QUALified:TLOWer

605

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the qualified type of the qualified trigger.
The query returns the current qualified type of the qualified
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE <type>[,<option>]<type>:= {STATe|STATE_DLY|EDGE|EDGE_DLY}<option>:= {LOW|HIGH} when <type> is STATe or STATE_DLY<option>:= {RISing|FALLing} when <type> is EDGE or
EDGE_DLYQUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type>[,<option>]<type>:= {STATe|STATE_DLY|EDGE|EDGE_DLY}<option>:= {LOW|HIGH} when <type> is STATe or STATE_DLY<option>:= {RISing|FALLing} when <type> is EDGE or
EDGE_DLY

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the qualified type of the qualified
trigger to edge.
Command message::TRIGger:QUALified:TYPE EDGE
TRIG:QUAL:TYPE EDGE
Query message:
TRIG:QUAL:TYPE?
Response message:
EDGE

606

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DELay Commands
The :TRIGGER:DELay subsystem commands control the delay trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2

:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe2

:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2

:TRIGger:DELay:LIMit:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer

Int.siglent.com

607

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the level state of trigger source A in the
delay trigger.
The query returns the current level state of trigger source A in
the delay trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce <state>[...[,<state>]]<state>:= {X|L|H}
 X means the "don't care" state.
 H means the logic high state.
 L means the logic low state.
Note:
Parameters are configured to corresponding sources in theorder of C1-C<n>, D0-D15.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {X|L|H}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the logic input for channel 1 to H,
for channel 2 to L, for channel 3 to L, for channel 4 to X and forall digital channel to X.
Command message::TRIGger:DELay:SOURce
H,L,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X
TRIG:DEL:SOUR H,L,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X
Query message:
TRIG:DEL:SOUR?
Response message:
H,L,L,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X,X

RELATED COMMANDS

608:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger source B in the delay trigger.
The query returns the current trigger source B in the delay
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2 <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger source of souce B in
the delay trigger to channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:DELay:SOURce2 C2
TRIG:DEL:SOUR2 C2Query message:
TRIG:DEL:SOUR2?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:DELay:SOURce609

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of source A in the delay trigger.
The query returns the slope of source A in the delay trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the rising slope of source A in the
delay trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:DEL:SLOP RIS
Query message:
TRIG:DEL:SLOP?
Response message:
RISing610

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of source B in the delay trigger.
The query returns the slope of source B in the delay trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe2 <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the rising slope of source B in the
delay trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:DELay:SLOPe2 RISing
TRIG:DEL:SLOP2 RIS
Query message:
TRIG:DEL:SLOP2?
Response message:
RISingInt.siglent.com

6 11

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the level of source A in the delay trigger.
The query returns the current trigger level of source A in the
delay trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel <source>,<value><source>:= {C<n>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel? <source><source>:= {C<n>}RESPONSE FORMAT<source>,<value><source>:= {C<n>}<value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets delay trigger source A to C2 andlevel to 0.5 V
Command message::TRIGger:DELay:LEVel C2,5.00E-01
TRIG:DEL:LEV C2,5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:DEL:LEV? C2
Response message:
C2,5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

612:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger level of source B in the delay
trigger.
The query returns the current trigger level of source B in the
delay trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2 <level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X H[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets source B level of the delay trigger
to 0.5 V
Command message::TRIGger:DELay:LEVel2 5.00E-01
TRIG:DEL:LEV2 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:DEL:LEV2?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:DELay:LEVel

613

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DELay:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the delay trigger.
The query returns the current limit range type of the delay
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit of the delay trigger toLESSthan.
Command message::TRIGger:DELay:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:DEL:LIM LESS
Query message:
TRIG:DEL:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

614:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit upper value of the delay trigger
limit type.
The query returns the current limit upper value of the delay
trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [3.00E-09,
2.00E+01].
Note:• The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer.
• The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper value of the delay
trigger to 30 ns, when the limit range type is OUTer.
Command message::TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:DEL:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:DEL:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:DELay:LIMit:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer

615

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit lower value of the delay trigger
limit type.
The query returns the current limit lower value of the delay
trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [2.00E-09,
2.00E+01].
Note:•
The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer.
•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower time of the delay trigger
to 10 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:DELay:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:DEL:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:DEL:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

616:TRIGger:DELay:LIMit:TRIGger:DELay:TUPPer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe Commands
The:TRIGGER:NEDGe subsystem commands control the Nth Edge trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce:TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe:TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE:TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel:TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent:TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart:TRIGger:NEDGe:NREJect

Int.siglent.com

617

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger source of the Nth edge trigger.
The query returns the current trigger source of the Nth edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger source of the Nth edge
trigger as C1.
Command message::TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce C1
TRIG:NEDG:SOUR C1
Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:SOUR?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

618:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the slope of the Nth edge trigger.
The query returns the current slope setting of the Nth edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the rising slope of the Nth edge
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:NEDGe:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:NEDG:SLOP RIS
Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:SLOP?
Response message:
RISingInt.siglent.com

619

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the idle time of the Nth edge trigger.
The query returns the current idle time of the Nth edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[8.00E-09, 2.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the idle time of the Nth edge
trigger to 15 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:NEDGe:IDLE 1.50E-08
TRIG:NEDG:IDLE 1.50E-08
Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:IDLE?
Response message:
1.50E-08620

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the edge num of the Nth edge trigger.
The query returns the current edge num of the Nth edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 65535].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the edge num of the Nth edge
trigger to 3.
Command message::TRIGger:NEDGe:EDGE 3
TRIG:NEDG:EDGE 3
Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:EDGE?
Response message:
3

Int.siglent.com

621

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger level of the Nth edge trigger.
The query returns the current trigger level value of the Nthedge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel <level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_value><level_value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger level of the Nth edge
trigger to 0.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:NEDGe:LEVel 5.00E-01
TRIG:NEDG:LEV 5.00E-01
Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:LEV?
Response message:
5.00E-01

RELATED COMMANDS

622:TRIGger:NEDGe:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the holdoff type of the Nth edge trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff type of the Nth edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff <holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}
 OFF means to turn off the holdoff.
 EVENts means the number of trigger events that theoscilloscope counts before re-arming the trigger circuitry.
 TIME means the amount of time that the oscilloscope
waits before re-arming the trigger circuitry.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff?

RESPONSE FORMAT<holdoff_type><holdoff_type>:= {OFF|EVENts|TIME}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns off the holdoff of the Nth edge
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff OFF
TRIG:NEDG:HOLD OFF
Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:HOLD?
Response message:
OFF

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime:TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart

623

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the holdoff time of the Nth edge trigger.
The query returns the current holdoff time of the Nth edge
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range
SDS7000A
SDS5000X
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L[8.00E-09, 3.00E+01]
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the holdoff time of the Nth edge
trigger to 15 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDTime 1.50E-08
TRIG:NEDG:HLDT 1.50E-08
Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:HLDT?
Response message:
1.50E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

624:TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the number of holdoff events of the Nthedge trigger.
The query returns the current number of holdoff events of theNth edge trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 100000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the number of holdoff events of
the Nth edge trigger to 3.
Command message::TRIGger:NEDGe:HLDEVent 3
TRIG:NEDG:HLDEV 3
Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:HLDEV?
Response message:
3

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff

625

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command defines the initial position of the Nth edge
trigger holdoff.
The query returns the initial position of the Nth edge trigger
holdoff.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart <start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START} LAST_TRIG means the initial position of holdoff is thetime of the last trigger.
 ACQ_START means the initial position of holdoff is thefirst time point satisfying the trigger condition.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart?

RESPONSE FORMAT<start_holdoff><start_holdoff>:= {LAST_TRIG|ACQ_START}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start holdoff mode to last
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:NEDGe:HSTart LAST_TRIG
TRIG:NEDG:HST LAST_TRIG
Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:HST?
Response message:
LAST_TRIG

RELATED COMMANDS

626:TRIGger:NEDGe:HOLDoff

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:NEDGe:NREJect
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the state of the noise rejection.
The query returns the current state of the noise rejection.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:NREJect <state><state>:= {OFF|ON}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:NEDGe:NREJect?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {OFF|ON}

EXAMPLEThe following command turns on noise rejection.
Command message::TRIGger:NEDGe:NREJect ON
TRIG:NEDG:NREJ ON
Query message:
TRIG:NEDG:NREJ?
Response message:ON

Int.siglent.com

627

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd Commands
The :TRIGGER:SHOLd subsystem commands control the setup/hold trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE

:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource:TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource:TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold:TRIGger:SHOLd:LEVel:TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit:TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer:TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer

628

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger type of the setup/hold trigger.
The query returns the current the trigger type of the setup/hold
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE <type><type>:= {SETup|HOLD}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope><slope>:= {SETup|HOLD}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the setup type of the setup/hold
trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:SHOLd:TYPE SETup
TRIG:SHOL:TYPE SETQuery message:
TRIG:SHOL:TYPE?
Response message:
SETup

Int.siglent.com

629

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the clock source of the setup/hold trigger.
The query returns the current clock source of the setup/hold
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the clock source of the setup/hold
trigger as C1.
Command message::TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource C1
TRIG:SHOL:CS C1
Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:CS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

630:TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHResholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of clock source of the
setup/hold trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of clock source of the
setup/hold trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of clock source ofsetup/hold trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:SHOLd:CTHReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SHOL:CTHR 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:CTHR?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SHOLd:CSource

631

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the clock slope of the setup/hold trigger.
The query returns the current the clock slope of the setup/hold
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe <slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope_type><slope_type>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the clock slope of the setup/hold
trigger to rising.
Command message::TRIGger:SHOLd:SLOPe RISing
TRIG:SHOL:SLOP RIS
Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:SLOP?
Response message:
RISing632

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data source of the setup/hold trigger.
The query returns the current data source of the setup/hold
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data source of the setup/hold
trigger as C1.
Command message::TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource C1
TRIG:SHOL:DS C1
Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:DS?
Response message:
C1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold

633

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of data source of the
setup/hold trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of data source of the
setup/hold trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of data source ofsetup/hold trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:SHOLd:DTHReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SHOL:DTHR 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:DTHR?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

634:TRIGger:SHOLd:DSource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd:LEVel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the level state of data source of the
setup/hold trigger.
The query returns the current level state of data source of the
setup/hold trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:LEVel <level_state><level_value>:= {LOW|HIGH}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:LEVel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level_state><level_value>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the high level of data source ofthe setup/hold trigger.
Command message::TRIGger:SHOLd:LEVel HIGH
TRIG:SHOL:LEV HIGH
Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:LEV?
Response message:
HIGH

Int.siglent.com

635

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the limit range type of the setup/hold
trigger.
The query returns the current limit range type of the setup/hold
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit <type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {LESSthan|GREATerthan|INNer|OUTer}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit of the setup/hold trigger
to LESSthan.
Command message::TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:SHOL:LIM LESS
Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

636:TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer:TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the upper value of the setup/hold trigger
limit type.
The query returns the current upper value of the setup/hold
trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [2.00E-09,
2.00E+01].
Note:•
The upper value cannot be less than the lower value
using by the command :TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer.
•
The command is not valid when the limit range type is
GREATerthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the upper value of the setup/hold
trigger to 30 ns, when the limit range type is OUTer.
Command message::TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer 3.00E-08
TRIG:SHOL:TUPP 3.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:TUPP?
Response message:
3.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit:TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer

637

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the lower value of the setup/hold trigger
limit type.
The query returns the current lower value of the setup/hold
trigger limit type.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2. The range of the value is [2.00E-09,
2.00E+01].
Note:

•

The lower value cannot be greater than the upper value
using by the command :TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer.

•The command is not valid when the limit range type is
LESSthan.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the lower time of the setup/hold
trigger to 10 ns.
Command message::TRIGger:SHOLd:TLOWer 1.00E-08
TRIG:SHOL:TLOW 1.00E-08
Query message:
TRIG:SHOL:TLOW?
Response message:
1.00E-08

RELATED COMMANDS

638:TRIGger:SHOLd:LIMit:TRIGger:SHOLd:TUPPer

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC Commands
The :TRIGGER:IIC subsystem commands control the IIC bus trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess:TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2

:TRIGger:IIC:DATA:TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth:TRIGger:IIC:LIMit:TRIGger:IIC:RWBit:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource:TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThresholdInt.siglent.com

639

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRessCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the address of the IIC bus trigger.
The query returns the current address of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess <addr><addr>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 1024], where
1024 represents 0xXX.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess?

RESPONSE FORMAT<addr><addr>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the address of the IIC bus trigger
to 0x0a.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:ADDRess 10
TRIG:IIC:ADDR 10
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:ADDR?
Response message:
10

RELATED COMMANDS640:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the length of address of the IIC bus trigger.
The query returns the current length of address of the IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth <length><length>:= {7BIT|10BIT}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<addr_length><addr_length>:= {7BIT|10BIT}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the length of address of the IIC
bus trigger to 10 bit.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:ALENgth 10BIT
TRIG:IIC:ALEN 10BIT
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:ALEN?
Response message:
10BIT

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

641

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger condition of the IIC bus.
The query returns the current trigger condition of the IIC bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition <condition><condition>:={STARt|STOP|RESTart|NACK|EEPRom|7ADDRess|10ADDRe
ss|DLENgth}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<condition><condition>:={STARt|STOP|RESTart|NACK|EEPRom|7ADDRess|10ADDRe
ss|DLENgth}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the condition of the IIC bus
trigger to STOP.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:CONDition STOP
TRIG:IIC:COND STOP
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:COND?
Response message:
STOP

642

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data2 of the IIC bus trigger.
The query returns the current data2 of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2 <data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].
Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data2 of the IIC bus trigger to
0x0b.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:DAT2 11
TRIG:IIC:DAT2 11
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:DAT2?
Response message:
11

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

643

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:DATA
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data of the IIC bus trigger.
The query returns the current data of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:DATA <data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].
Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT<data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data of the IIC bus trigger to
0x2A.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:DATA 42
TRIG:IIC:DATA 42
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:DATA?
Response message:
42

RELATED COMMANDS

644:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition:TRIGger:IIC:DAT2

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data length of the IIC bus trigger.
The query returns the current data length of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth <length><length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 12].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<length><length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data length of the IIC bus
trigger to 10 bytes.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:DLENgth 10
TRIG:IIC:DLEN 10
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:DLEN?
Response message:
10

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

645

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data comparison type when the trigger
condition is EEPROM on the IIC bus trigger.
The query returns the current the limit range type when thetrigger condition is EEPROM.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:LIMit <limit_type><limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<limit_type><limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit range type when thetrigger condition is EEPROM to LESSthan.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:IIC:LIM LESS
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

646:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:RWBit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets whether the trigger frame is read address
or write address when the IIC trigger condition is 7 or 10
ADDR&DATA.
The query returns the current read write bit of the IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:RWBit <type><type>:= {WRITe|READ|ANY}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:RWBit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {WRITe|READ|ANY}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets to trigger on the read address of
the IIC bus.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:RWBit READ
TRIG:IIC:RWB READ
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:RWB?
Response message:
READ

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:IIC:CONDition

647

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the SCL source of the IIC bus trigger.
This query returns the current SCL source of the IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the SCL source of the IIC bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource C2
TRIG:IIC:SCLS C2
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SCLS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

648:TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the SCL on IIC bus trigger.
This query returns the current threshold of the SCL on IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the SCL on IIC
bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:SCLThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIC:SCLT 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SCLT?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource

649

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the SDA source of the IIC bus trigger.
This query returns the current SDA source of the IIC bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the SDA source of the IIC bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:SDASource C2
TRIG:IIC:SDAS C2
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SDAS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

650:TRIGger:IIC:SCLSource:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThresholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the SDA on IIC bus trigger.
This query returns the current threshold of the SDA on IIC bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the SDA on IIC
bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:IIC:SDAThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIC:SDAT 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:IIC:SDAT?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:IIC:SDASource

651

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI Commands
The :TRIGGER:SPI subsystem commands control the SPI bus trigger modes and parameters.

:TRIGger:SPI:BITorder:TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource:TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold:TRIGger:SPI:CSSource:TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold:TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe:TRIGger:SPI:DATA:TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth:TRIGger:SPI:LATChedge

:TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource:TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold:TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource:TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold:TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource:TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold:TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe

652

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:BITorder
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the bit order of the SPI bus trigger.
The query returns the current bit order of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:BITorder <bit_order><bit_order>:= {LSM|MSB}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT<bit_order><bit_order>:= {LSM|MSB}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the bit order of the SPI bus
trigger to LSB.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:BITorder LSB
TRIG:SPI:BIT LSB
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:BIT?
Response message:
LSB

Int.siglent.com

653

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the CLK source of the SPI bus trigger.
This query returns the current CLK source of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the CLK source of the SPI bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource C2
TRIG:SPI:CLKS C2
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CLKS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

654:TRIGger:SPI:CLKThresholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the CLK on SPI bus trigger.
This query returns the current threshold of the CLK on SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold <clk_threshold><clk_threshold>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A
SDS6000L
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus
SDS2000X HD
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset][-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<clk_threshold><clk_threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the CLK on SPI bus
trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:CLKThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:CLKT 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CLKT?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SPI:CLKSource

655

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:CSSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the CS source of the SPI bus trigger.
The query returns the current CS source of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CSSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the CS source of the SPI bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:CSSource C2
TRIG:SPI:CSS C2
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CSS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

656:TRIGger:SPI:CSThresholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the CS on SPI bus trigger.
This query returns the current threshold of the CS on SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold <threshold><threshold>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below for
details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<threshold><threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the CS on SPI bus
trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:CSThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:CST 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CST?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SPI:CSSource

657

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the chip selection type of the SPI bus trigger.
This query returns the current chip selection type of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe <type><type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]} CS means set to chip select state
 NCS means set to non-chip select state TIMeout indicates set to clock timeout status<time>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value is [1.00E-07, 5.00E-03].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {NCS|CS|TIMeout[,<time>]}<time>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the chip selection type of the SPI
bus trigger to CS.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:CSTYpe CS
TRIG:SPI:CSTY CS
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:CSTY?
Response message:
CS

658

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:DATA
Command
DESCRIPTION

The command sets the data of the SPI bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:DATA <data>[,<data>[...[,<data>]]]<data>:= {0|1|X}
Note:•
The number of parameters should be consistent with thedata length using by thecommand :TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth.
•Parameters are assigned to each bit in order from high to
low.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data of the SPI bus trigger to
0x82 when the data length is 8.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:DATA 1,0,0,0,0,0,1,0
TRIG:SPI:DATA 1,0,0,0,0,0,1,0

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth659

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data length of the SPI bus trigger.
The query returns the current data length of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth <data_length><data_length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer andno decimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [4, 96].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<data_length><data_length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer andno decimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data length of the SPI bus
trigger to 10 bit.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:DLENgth 10
TRIG:SPI:DLEN 10
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:DLEN?
Response message:
10660

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:LATChedge
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus
trigger.
This query returns the sampling edge of CLK on SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:CLK:LATChedge <slope><slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:LATC?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope><slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold judgment conditionof CLK on SPI bus trigger to RISing.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:LATChedge RISing:TRIG:SPI:LATC RIS
Query message::TRIG:SPI:LATC?
Response message:
RISingInt.siglent.com

661

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the MISO source of the SPI bus trigger.
This query returns the current MISO source of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the MISO source of the SPI bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource C2
TRIG:SPI:MISOS C2Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MISOS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

662:TRIGger:SPI:MISOThresholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the MISO on SPI bus
trigger.
This query returns the current threshold of the MISO on SPI
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the MISO on SPI
bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:MISOThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:MISOT 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MISOT?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SPI:MISOSource

663

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the MOSI source of the SPI bus trigger.
This query returns the current MOSI source of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the MOSI source of the SPI bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource C2
TRIG:SPI:MOSIS C2Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MOSIS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

664:TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThresholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the MOSI on SPI bus
trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of the MOSI on SPI
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the MOSI on SPI
bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:MOSIThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:MOSIT 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:MOSIT?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SPI:MOSISource

665

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the NCS source of the SPI bus trigger.
The query returns the current NCS source of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the NCS source of the SPI
bus trigger as D0.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource D0:TRIG:SPI:NCSS D0
Query message::TRIG:SPI:NCSS?
Response message:
D0

RELATED COMMANDS

666:TRIGger:SPI:NCSThresholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the NCS on SPI bus
trigger.
This query returns the current threshold of the NCS on SPI
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the NCS on IIC
bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:NCSThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SPI:NCST 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:NCST?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SPI:NCSSource

667

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger type of the SPI bus trigger.
The query returns the current trigger type of the SPI bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe <trigger_type><trigger_type>:= {MISO|MOSI}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<trigger_type><trigger_type>:= {MISO|MOSI}EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger type of the SPI bus
trigger to MOSI.
Command message::TRIGger:SPI:TTYPe MOSITRIG:SPI:TTYP MOSI
Query message:
TRIG:SPI:TTYP?
Response message:
MOSI

668

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART Commands
The :TRIGGER:UART subsystem commands control the UART bus trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:UART:BAUD:TRIGger:UART:BITorder:TRIGger:UART:CONDition

:TRIGger:UART:DATA:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth:TRIGger:UART:IDLE:TRIGger:UART:LIMit:TRIGger:UART:PARity

:TRIGger:UART:RXSource:TRIGger:UART::TRIGger:UART:STOP:TRIGger:UART:TTYPe:TRIGger:UART:TXSource:TRIGger:UART:

Int.siglent.com

669

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:BAUD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the baud rate of the UART bus trigger.
The query returns the current baud rate of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:BAUD <baud><baud>:={600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|38400
bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300,20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:={600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|38400
bps|57600bps|115200bps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the baud rate of the UART bus
trigger to 9600bps.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:BAUD 9600bps
TRIG:UART:BAUD 9600bps
Query message:
TRIG:UART:BAUD?
Response message:
9600bps670

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:BITorder
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the bit order of the UART trigger.
The query returns the current bit order of the UART trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:BITorder <order><order>:= {LSM|MSB}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT<order><order>:= {LSM|MSB}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the bit order to LSB.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:BITorder LSB
TRIG:UART:BIT LSB
Query message:
TRIG:UART:BIT?
Response message:
LSB

Int.siglent.com

671

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:CONDition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the condition of the UART bus trigger.
The query returns the current condition of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:CONDition <condition><condition>:= {STARt|STOP|DATA|ERRor}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<condition><condition>:= {STARt|STOP|DATA|ERRor}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the condition of the UART bus
trigger to STOP.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:CONDition STOP
TRIG:UART:COND STOP
Query message:
TRIG:UART:COND?
Response message:
STOP

672

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:DATA
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data of the UART bus trigger.
The query returns the current data of the UART bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:DATA <data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
Note:•
The range of the value is related to data length by using
the command :TRIGger:UART:DLENgth.
•
Use the don’t care data (256, data length is 8) to ignore
the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT<data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data of the UART bus trigger
to 0x53.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:DATA 83
TRIG:UART:DATA 83
Query message:
TRIG:UART:DATA?
Response message:
83

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:UART:CONDition:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth673

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data length of the UART bus trigger.
The query returns the current data length of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data length of the UART bus
trigger to 8.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:DLENgth 8
TRIG:UART:DLEN 8
Query message:
TRIG:UART:DLEN?
Response message:
8674

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:IDLE
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the idle level of the UART bus trigger.
The query returns the current idle level of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:IDLE <idle><idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:IDLE?

RESPONSE FORMAT<idle><idle>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the idle level of the UART bus
trigger as LOW.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:IDLE LOW
TRIG:UART:IDLE LOW
Query message:
TRIG:UART:IDLE?
Response message:
LOW

Int.siglent.com

675

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:LIMit
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data comparison type of the UART bus
trigger when the trigger condition is Data.
The query returns the current data comparison type of the
UART bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:LIMit <limit_type><limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:LIMit?

RESPONSE FORMAT<limit_type><limit_type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the limit of the UART bus trigger
to LESSthan.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:LIMit LESSthan
TRIG:UART:LIM LESS
Query message:
TRIG:UART:LIM?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

676:TRIGger:UART:CONDition

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:PARity
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the parity check of the UART bus trigger.
The query returns the current parity check of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:PARity <parity><parity>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:PARity?

RESPONSE FORMAT<parity_check><parity_check>:= {NONE|ODD|EVEN|MARK|SPACe}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the parity check of the UART bus
trigger to odd.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:PARity ODD
TRIG:UART:PAR ODDQuery message:
TRIG:UART:PAR?
Response message:
ODD

Int.siglent.com

677

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:RXSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the RX source of the UART bus trigger.
The query returns the current RX source of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:RXSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:RXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command selects the RX source of the UART
bus trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:RXSource C2
TRIG:UART:RXS C2Query message:
TRIG:UART:RXS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

678:TRIGger:UART:

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:RXTHreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of RX on UART bus trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of RX on UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:RXTHreshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:RXTHreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of RX on UART bus
trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:RXTHreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:UART:RXTH 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:UART:RXTH?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:UART:RXSource

679

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:STOP
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the length of the stop bit on UART bus
trigger.
The query returns the current length of the stop bit on UART
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:STOP <bit><bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:STOP?

RESPONSE FORMAT<bit><bit>:= {1|1.5|2}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the length of the stop bit on
UART bus trigger to 1 bit.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:STOP 1
TRIG:UART:STOP 1
Query message:
TRIG:UART:STOP?
Response message:
1

680

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:TTYPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger type of the UART bus trigger.
The query returns the current trigger type of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:TTYPe <trigger_type><trigger_type>:= {RX|TX}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:TTYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<trigger_type><trigger_type>:= {RX|TX}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger type of the UART bus
trigger to RX.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:TTYPe RX
TRIG:UART:TTYP RX
Query message:
TRIG:UART:TTYP?
Response message:RX

Int.siglent.com

681

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:TXSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the TX source of the UART bus trigger.
The query returns the current TX source of the UART bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:TXSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:TXSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the TX source of the UART bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:TXSource C2
TRIG:UART:TXS C2Query message:
TRIG:UART:TXS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

682:TRIGger:UART:

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:UART:TXTHreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of TX on the UART bus
trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of TX on the UART
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:TXTHreshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scaleSDS7000A
vertical_offset,4.26*vertical_scalevertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:UART:TXTHreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of TX on UART bus
trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:UART:TXTHreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:UART:TXTH 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:UART:TXTH?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:UART:TXSource

683

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CAN Commands
The :TRIGGER:CAN subsystem commands control the CAN bus trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

:TRIGger:CAN:DAT2

:TRIGger:CAN:DATA:TRIGger:CAN:ID

:TRIGger:CAN:IDLength:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce:TRIGger:CAN:THReshold

684

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the baud rate of the CAN bus trigger.
The command query returns the baud rate of the CAN bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD <baud><baud>:={5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|500
kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [5000,
1000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:={5kbps|10kbps|20kbps|50kbps|100kbps|125kbps|250kbps|500
kbps|800kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThis command sets the baud rate of the CAN bus trigger to
20kbps.
Command message::TRIGger:CAN:BAUD 20kbps
TRIG:CAN:BAUD 20kbps
Query message:
TRIG:CAN:BAUD?
Response message:
20kbpsInt.siglent.com

685

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger condition for the CAN bus
trigger.
The query returns the current trigger condition for the CAN bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition <condition><condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<condition><condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger condition for the CAN
bus trigger to start.
Command message::TRIGger:CAN:CONDition STARt
TRIG:CAN:COND STAR
Query message:
TRIG:CAN:COND?
Response message:
STARt

686

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CAN:DAT2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data2 of the CAN bus trigger.
The query returns the current data2 of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:DAT2 <data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].
Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the CAN bus triggered data 2 to
0x49.
Command message::TRIGger:CAN:DAT2 73
TRIG:CAN:DAT2 73
Query message:
TRIG:CAN:DAT2?
Response message:73

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

687

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CAN:DATA
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data of the CAN bus trigger.
The query returns the current data of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:DATA <data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].
Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT<data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data of the CAN bus
triggered to 0x43.
Command message::TRIGger:CAN:DATA 67
TRIG:CAN:DATA 67
Query message:
TRIG:CAN:DATA?
Response message:
67

RELATED COMMANDS

688:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CAN:ID
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the ID of the CAN bus trigger.
The query returns the current ID of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:ID <id><id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
When the ID length is 29 bits, the range of the value is [0,536870912] where 536870912 represents 0xXXXXXXXX.
When the ID length is 11 bits, the range of the value is [0,2048] where 2048 represents 0xXXXX.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT<id><id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the ID of the CAN bus trigger to0x7819F51.
Command message::TRIGger:CAN:ID 125935441
TRIG:CAN:ID 125935441
Query message:
TRIG:CAN:ID?
Response message:125935441

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

689

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CAN:IDLengthCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the ID length of the CAN bus trigger when
the trigger condition is Remote, ID or ID+Data.
The query returns the current ID length of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:IDLENgth <id_length><id_length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:IDLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<id_length><id_length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the ID length of the CAN trigger
to 29BITS.
Command message::TRIGger:CAN:IDLength 29BITS
TRIG:CAN:IDL 29BITS
Query message:
TRIG:CAN:IDL?
Response message:
29BITSRELATED COMMANDS

690:TRIGger:CAN:CONDition

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of the CAN bus trigger.
The query returns the current source of the CAN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThis following command sets the source of the CAN bus
trigger to C2.
Command message::TRIGger:CAN:SOURce C2
TRIG:CAN:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:CAN:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:CAN:THReshold691

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CAN:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN bus
trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of the source on CAN
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:THReshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CAN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the source on
CAN bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:CAN:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:CAN:THR 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:CAN:THR?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

692:TRIGger:CAN:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN Commands
The :TRIGGER:LIN subsystem commands control the LIN bus trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:LIN:BAUD:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2

:TRIGger:LIN:DATA:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity

:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC

:TRIGger:LIN:ID

:TRIGger:LIN:SOURce:TRIGger:LIN:STANdard

:TRIGger:LIN:THResholdInt.siglent.com

693

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:BAUD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the baud rate of the LIN bus trigger.
The query returns the current baud rate of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:BAUD <baud><baud>:={600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|
CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [300,20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:={600bps|1200bps|2400bps|4800bps|9600bps|19200bps|
CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the baud rate of the LIN bus
trigger to 9600bps.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:BAUD 9600bps:TRIG:LIN:BAUD 9600bps
Query message::TRIG:LIN:BAUD?
Response message:
9600bps694

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger condition of the LIN bus.
The query returns the current trigger condition of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition <condition><condition>:= {BReak|ID|ID_AND_DATA|DATA_ERROR}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<condition><condition>:= {BReak|ID|ID_AND_DATA|DATA_ERROR}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the condition of the LIN bus
trigger to ID_AND_DATA.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:CONDition ID_AND_DATA
TRIG:LIN:COND ID_AND_DATA
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:COND?
Response message:
ID_AND_DATA

Int.siglent.com

695

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data2 of the LIN bus trigger when thetrigger condition is ID+Data.
The query returns the current data2 of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2 <data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].
Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data2 of the LIN bus trigger
to 0x4C.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:DAT2 76
TRIG:LIN:DAT2 76
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:DAT2?
Response message:76

RELATED COMMANDS

696:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition:TRIGger:LIN:DATA

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:DATA
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data of the LIN bus trigger when thetrigger condition is ID+Data.
The query returns the current data1 of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:DATA <data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].
Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT<data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data1 of the LIN bus trigger
to 0x45.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:DATA 69
TRIG:LIN:DATA 69
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:DATA?
Response message:
69

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition:TRIGger:LIN:DAT2

697

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the checksum error state of the LIN bus
trigger when the trigger condition is Error.
The query returns the current checksum error state of the LIN
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum <state><state>:= {0|1} 0 means OFF
 1 means ON

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets to trigger when a checksum error
occurs.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum 1
TRIG:LIN:ERR:CHEC 1
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:CHEC?
Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS

698:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data length of the error frame when thetrigger condition is Error and the checksum error state is on.
The query returns the current data length of the error frame on
LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth <length><length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1, 8].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<length><length>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data length of the error frameon LIN bus to 4 bytes.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:DLENgth 4
TRIG:LIN:ERR:DLEN 4
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:DLEN?
Response message:
4

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum

699

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the error frame ID of the LIN bus when thetrigger condition is Error and the checksum error state is on.
The query returns the current error frame ID of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID <id><id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 63].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT<id><id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the error frame ID of the LIN bus
trigger to 0x2A.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:ID 42
TRIG:LIN:ERR:ID 42
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:ID?
Response message:
42

RELATED COMMANDS

700:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the header parity error state of the LIN bus
trigger when the trigger condition is Error.
The query returns the header parity error state of the LIN bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity <state><state>:= {0|1} 0 means OFF
 1 means ON

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets to trigger when a header parity
error occurs.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:PARity 1
TRIG:LIN:ERR:PAR 1
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:PAR?
Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

701

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the sync byte error state of the LIN bus
trigger.
The query returns the current sync byte error state of the LIN
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC <state><state>:= {0|1}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC?

RESPONSE FORMAT<state><state>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets to trigger when a sync byte error
occurs.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:SYNC 1
TRIG:LIN:ERR:SYNC 1
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ERR:SYNC?
Response message:
1

RELATED COMMANDS

702:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:ID
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the ID of the LIN bus when the trigger
condition is ID.
The query returns the current ID of the LIN bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ID <id><id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 64].
Note:
Use the don’t care data (64) to ignore the ID value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT<id><id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the ID of the LIN bus trigger to
0x2B.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:ID 43
TRIG:LIN:ID 43
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:ID?
Response message:
43

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition

703

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the trigger source of the LIN bus.
The query returns the current trigger source of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:Source <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:Source?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger source of the LIN bus
as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:SOURce C2
TRIG:LIN:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

704:TRIGger:LIN:THResholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:STANdard
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the LIN protocol standard when the trigger
condition is Error and the checksum error state is on.
The query returns the current protocol standard of the LIN bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:STANdard <version><version>:= {0|1} 0 means Rev1.3
 1 means Rev2.x

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:STANdard?

RESPONSE FORMAT<version><version>:= {0|1}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets to trigger when a checksum error
occurs according to Lin protocol 1.3.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:STANdard 0
TRIG:LIN:STAN 0
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:STAN?
Response message:
0

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:LIN:CONDition:TRIGger:LIN:ERRor:CHECksum

705

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:LIN:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on LIN bus
trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of source on the LIN
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:THReshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro
SDS6000A[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000L
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SHS800X/SHS1000X
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD
SDS2000X Plus[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X HD
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS1000X HD
SDS800X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:LIN:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the source on
LIN bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:LIN:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:LIN:THR 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:LIN:THR?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

706:TRIGger:LIN:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:FLEXray Commands [Option]
The :TRIGGER:FLEXray subsystem commands control the FlexRay bus trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID

:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition

:TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce:TRIGger:FLEXray:THResholdInt.siglent.com

707

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the baud rate of the Flexray bus trigger.
The query returns the current baud rate of the Flexray bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD <baud><baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [1000000,
20000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:= {2500kbps|5Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the baud rate of the Flexray bus
trigger to 2500kbps.
Command message::TRIGger:FLEXray:BAUD 2500kbps
TRIG:FLEX:BAUD 2500kbps
Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:BAUD?
Response message:
2500kbps

708

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger condition of FLEXray bus.
The query returns the current trigger condition of FLEXray bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition <condition><condition>:= {TSS|FRAMe|SYMBol|ERRor}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<condition><condition>:= {TSS|FRAMe|SYMBol|ERRor}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the condition of FLEXray bus
trigger to SYMBol.
Command message::TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition SYMBol
TRIG:FLEX:COND SYMB
Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:COND?
Response message:SYMBolInt.siglent.com

709

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the frame cycle compare type of FLEXraybus trigger.
The query returns the current frame cycle compare type of
FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare <type><type >:= {ANY|EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type >
<type >:= {ANY|EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the frame cycle compare type of
FLEXray bus trigger to LESSthan.
Command message::TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare LESSthan
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:COMP LESS
Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:COMP?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

710:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLeCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the frame cycle of FLEXray bus trigger.
The query returns the current frame cycle of FLEXray bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe <cycle><cycle>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 63].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<cycle><cycle>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the frame cycle of FLEXray bus
trigger to 2.
Command message::TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:CYCLe 2
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:CYCL 2
Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:CYCL?
Response message:
2

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

7 11

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the frame ID of FLEXray bus trigger.
The query returns the current frame ID of FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID <id><id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 2048].
Note:
Use the don’t care data (2048) to ignore the ID value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT<id><id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the frame ID of FLEXray bus
trigger to 0x701.
Command message::TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:ID 1793
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:ID 1793
Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:ID?
Response message:
1793

RELATED COMMANDS

712:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the cycle repetition of FLEXray bus trigger
when the cycle compare type is Equal
The query returns the current frame repetition of FLEXray bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition <times><times>:= {1|2|4|8|16|32|64}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<times><times>:= {1|2|4|8|16|32|64}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the frame repetition of FLEXraybus trigger to 8.
Command message::TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:REPetition 8
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:REP 8
Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:FRAM:REP?
Response message:
8

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:FLEXray:CONDition:TRIGger:FLEXray:FRAMe:COMPare713

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of FLEXray bus trigger.
The query returns the current source of FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:Source <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:Source?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of FLEXray bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce C2
TRIG:FLEX:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

714:TRIGger:FLEXray:THResholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on FLEXraybus trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of the source on
FLEXray bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scaleSDS7000A
vertical_offset,
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT< value>< value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the source on
FLEXray bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:FLEXray:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:FLEX:THR 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:FLEX:THR?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:FLEXray:SOURce715

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd Commands [Option]
The :TRIGGER:CANFd subsystem commands control the CAN FD bus trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal

:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition

:TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2

:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe:TRIGger:CANFd:ID

:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength:TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce:TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold716

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data baud rate of the CAN FD bus
trigger when the frame type is Both or CAN FD.
The query returns the current data baud rate of the CAN FD
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData <baud><baud>:={500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [100000,
10000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:={500kbps|1Mbps|2Mbps|5Mbps|8Mbps|10Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data baud rate of the CAN
FD bus trigger to 500kbps.
Command message::TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData 500kbps
TRIG:CANF:BAUDD 500kbps
Query message:
TRIG:CANF:BAUDD?
Response message:
500kbps

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal

717

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the nominal baud rate of the CAN FD bus
trigger.
The query returns the current nominal baud rate of the CAN
FD bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal <baud><baud>:={10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [10000,
1000000].

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal?

RESPONSE FORMAT<baud><baud>:={10kbps|25kbps|50kbps|100kbps|250kbps|1Mbps|CUSTom[,<value>]}<value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the nominal baud of the CAN FD
bus trigger to 10kbps.
Command message::TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDNominal 10kbps
TRIG:CANF:BAUDN 10kbps
Query message:
TRIG:CANF:BAUDN?
Response message:
10kbpsRELATED COMMANDS

718:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe:TRIGger:CANFd:BAUDData

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger condition for the CAN FD bus
trigger.
The query returns the current trigger condition for the CAN FD
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition <condition><condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<condition><condition>:= {STARt|REMote|ID|ID_AND_DATA|ERRor}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the condition of the CAN FD bus
trigger to ID_AND_DATA.
Command message::TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition ID_AND_DATA
TRIG:CANF:COND ID_AND_DATA
Query message:
TRIG:CANF:COND?
Response message:
ID_AND_DATA

Int.siglent.com

719

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data2 of the CAN FD bus when thetrigger condition is ID+Data.
The query returns the current data2 of the CAN FD bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2 <data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].
Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data2 value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2?

RESPONSE FORMAT<data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data2 of the CAN FD bus
trigger to 0x3F.
Command message:
TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2 63
TRIG:CANF:DAT2 63
Query message:
TRIG:CANF:DAT2?
Response message:
63

RELATED COMMANDS

720:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command the data of the CAN FD bus trigger.
The query returns the current data of the CAN FD bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA <data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1. The range of the value is [0, 256].
Note:
Use the don’t care data (256) to ignore the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT<data><data>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data1 of the CAN FD bus
trigger to 0x2E.
Command message::TRIGger:CANFd:DATA 46
TRIG:CANF:DATA 46
Query message:
TRIG:CANF:DATA?
Response message:
46

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition:TRIGger:CANFd:DAT2

721

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets the frame type of the CAN FD bus trigger.
The query returns the current frame type of the CAN FD bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe <frame_type><frame_type>:= {BOTH|CAN|CANFd}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<frame_type><frame_type>:= {BOTH|CAN|CANFd}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the frame type of the CAN FD
bus trigger to CANFd.
Command message::TRIGger:CANFd:FTYPe CANFd
TRIG:CANF:FTYP CANF
Query message:
TRIG:CANF:FTYP?
Response message:
CANFd

722

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd:ID
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the ID of the CAN FD bus trigger when thetrigger condition is Remote, ID or ID+Data.
The query returns the current ID of the CAN FD bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:ID <id><id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
When the ID length is 29 bits, the range of the value is [0,536870912] where 536870912 represents 0xXXXXXXXX.
When the ID length is 11 bits, the range of the value is [0,2048] where 2048 represents 0xXXXX.
Note:
Use the don’t care data (536870912, ID length is 29) to ignore
the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:ID?

RESPONSE FORMAT<id><id>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the ID of the CAN FD trigger to
0x56A710C.
Command message::TRIGger:CANFd:ID 90861836
TRIG:CANF:ID 90861836
Query message:
TRIG:CANF:ID?
Response message:
90861836

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength723

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLengthCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the ID length of the CAN FD bus trigger.
The query returns the current ID length of the CAN FD bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLENgth <length><length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:IDLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<length><length>:= {11BITS|29BITS}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the ID length of the CAN FD bus
trigger to 29BITS.
Command message::TRIGger:CANFd:IDLength 29BITS
TRIG:CANF:IDL 29BITS
Query message:
TRIG:CANF:IDL?
Response message:
29BITSRELATED COMMANDS

724:TRIGger:CANFd:CONDition:TRIGger:CANFd:ID

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of the CAN FD bus trigger.
The query returns the current source of the CAN FD bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of the CAN FD bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce C2
TRIG:CANF:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:CANF:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold

725

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on CAN FD
bus triggering.
The query returns the current threshold of the source on CAN
FD bus triggering.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold <threshold><threshold>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal pointand exponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<threshold><threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the source on
CAN FD bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:CANFd:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:CANF:THR 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:CANF:THR?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

726:TRIGger:CANFd:SOURce

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS Commands [Option]
The :TRIGGER:IIS subsystem commands control the IIS bus trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant

:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold:TRIGger:IIS:BITorder:TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel:TRIGger:IIS:COMPare:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition

:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth:TRIGger:IIS:DSource:TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold:TRIGger:IIS:LATChedge

:TRIGger:IIS:LCH:TRIGger:IIS:VALue:TRIGger:IIS:WSSource:TRIGger:IIS:WSTHresholdInt.siglent.com

727

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the audio variant of the IIS bus trigger.
The query returns the current audio variant of the IIS bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant <type><type>:= {I2S|LJ|RJ}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {I2S|LJ|RJ}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the audio variant of the IIS bus
trigger to IIS.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:AVARiant I2S
TRIG:IIS:AVAR I2SQuery message:
TRIG:IIS:AVAR?
Response message:
I2S

728

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the BCLK source of the IIS bus trigger.
The query returns the current BCLK source of the IIS bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the BCLK source of the IIS bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource C2
TRIG:IIS:BCLKS C2
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BCLKS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold

729

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the BCLK on LIN bus
trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of the BCLK on LIN
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the BCLK on LIN
bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:BCLKThreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIS:BCLKT 1.50+00
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BCLKT?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

730:TRIGger:IIS:BCLKSource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:BITorder
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the bit order of the IIS bus trigger.
The query returns the current bit order of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:BITorder <order><order>:= {LSM|MSB}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:BITorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT<order><order>:= {LSM|MSB}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the bit order of the IIS bus trigger
to MSB.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:BITorder MSB
TRIG:IIS:BIT MSB
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:BIT?
Response message:
MSB

Int.siglent.com

731

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the channel of the IIS bus trigger.
The query returns the current channel of the IIS bus trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel <channel><channel>:= {LEFT|RIGHT}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel?

RESPONSE FORMAT<channel><channel>:= {LEFT|RIGHT}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets to trigger on right channel of the
IIS bus.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:CHANnel RIGHT
TRIG:IIS:CHAN RIGHT
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:CHAN?
Response message:
RIGHT

732

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:COMPare
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data compare type of the IIS bus
trigger.
The query returns the current data compare type of the IIS bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:COMPare <type><type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:COMPare?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {EQUal|GREaterthan|LESSthan}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data compare type of the IIS
bus trigger to LESSthan.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:COMPare LESSthan
TRIG:IIS:COMP LESS
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:COMP?
Response message:
LESSthan

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition

733

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the trigger condition of the IIS bus.
The query returns the current trigger condition of the IIS bus.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition <condition><condition>:= {DATA|MUTE|CLIP|GLITch|RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition?

RESPONSE FORMAT<condition><condition>:= {DATA|MUTE|CLIP|GLITch|RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the trigger condition of the IIS
bus to DATA.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:CONDition DATA
TRIG:IIS:COND DATA
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:COND?
Response message:
DATA

734

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the data bits of the IIS bus trigger.
The query returns the current data bits of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
Note:
The range of the value is related to the channel bits and thestart bits. If the channel bits are 32 and the start bit is 2, therange is [1,30]

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data bits of the IIS bus trigger
to 10.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth 10
TRIG:IIS:DLEN 10
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:DLEN?
Response message:
10

Int.siglent.com

735

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:DSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the data source of the IIS bus trigger.
The query returns the current data source of the IIS bus trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:DSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:DSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the data source of the IIS bus
trigger as C2.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:DSource C2
TRIG:IIS:DS C2Query message:
TRIG:IIS:DS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

736:TRIGger:IIS:DTHResholdInt.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the data source on IIS bus
trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of the data source on
IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<threshold>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the data source
on IIS bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message:
TRIGger:IIS:DTHReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIS:DTHR 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:DTHR?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:IIS:DSource

737

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:LATChedge
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus
trigger.
The query returns the sampling edge of BCLK on IIS bus
trigger

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:LATChedge <slope><slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:LATChedge?

RESPONSE FORMAT<slope><slope>:= {RISing|FALLing}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the sampling edge of BCLK on
IIS bus trigger to RISing.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:LATChedge RISing
TRIG:IIS:LATC RIS
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:LATC?
Response message:
RISing738

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:LCH
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the level of the left channel on IIS bus
trigger.
The query returns the current level of the left channel on IIS
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:LCH <level><level>:= {LOW|HIGH}QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:LCH?

RESPONSE FORMAT<level><level>:= {LOW|HIGH}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the level of the left channel on IIS
bus trigger to HIGH.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:LCH HIGH
TRIG:IIS:LCH HIGH
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:LCH?
Response message:
HIGH

Int.siglent.com

739

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:VALue
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the value of the IIS bus trigger.
The query returns the current value of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:VALue <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
Note:• The range of the value is related to data length by using
the command :TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth.
• Use the don’t care data (256, data length is 8) to ignore
the data value.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:VALue?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the value of the IIS bus trigger to0x56 when the data length is 8.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:VALue 86
TRIG:IIS:VAL 86
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:VAL?
Response message:
86

RELATED COMMANDS

740:TRIGger:IIS:CONDition:TRIGger:IIS:DLENgth

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:WSSource
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the WS source of the IIS bus trigger.
The query returns the current WS source of the IIS bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:WSSource <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:WSSource?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the WS source of the IIS bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:WSSource C2
TRIG:IIS:WSS C2
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:WSS?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold741

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the WS on IIS bus trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of the WS on IIS bus
trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the WS on IIS
bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:IIS:WSTHreshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:IIS:WSTH 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:IIS:WSTH?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

742:TRIGger:IIS:WSSource

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SENT Commands [Option]
The :TRIGGER:SENT subsystem commands control the SENT bus trigger parameters.

:TRIGger:SENT:SOURce:TRIGger:SENT:THResholdInt.siglent.com

743

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SENT:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command selects the source of the SENT bus trigger.
The query returns the current source of the SENT bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SENT:Source <source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SENT:Source?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the source of the SENT bus
trigger as channel 2.
Command message::TRIGger:SENT:SOURce C2
TRIG:SENT:SOUR C2
Query message:
TRIG:SENT:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

744:TRIGger:SENT:THReshold:ACQuire:SEQuence

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:TRIGger:SENT:THReshold
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the threshold of the source on SENT bus
trigger.
The query returns the current threshold of the source on SENT
bus trigger.

COMMAND SYNTAX:TRIGger:SENT:THReshold <value><value>:= Value in NR3 format, including a decimal point andexponent, like 1.23E+2.
The range of the value varies by model, see the table below
for details.
Model
Value Range[-4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS7000A
4.26*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000 Pro[-4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS6000A
4.5*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS6000L
SDS5000X
SDS3000X HD[-4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset,
SDS2000X Plus
4.1*vertical_scale-vertical_offset]
SDS2000X HD

QUERY SYNTAX:TRIGger:SENT:THReshold?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR3 format.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the threshold of the source on
FLEXray bus trigger to 1.5 V.
Command message::TRIGger:SENT:THReshold 1.50E+00
TRIG:SENT:THR 1.50E+00
Query message:
TRIG:SENT:THR?
Response message:
1.50E+00

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:TRIGger:SENT:Source

745

SDS Series Programming Guide

WAVeform Commands
The WAVEFORM subsystem is used to transfer data to a controller from the oscilloscope waveform
memory.
The waveform record is actually contained in two portions: the preamble and waveform data. The
waveform record must be read from the oscilloscope by the controller using two separate commands.
The waveform data is the actual data acquired for each point in the specified source. The preamble
contains the information for interpreting the waveform data.

:WAVeform:BYTeorder:WAVeform:STARt:WAVeform:INTerval:WAVeform:MAXPoint:WAVeform:POINt:WAVeform:PREamble

:WAVeform:SEQuence:WAVeform:SOURce:WAVeform:STARt:WAVeform:WIDTh

746

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:WAVeform:BYTeorder
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the byte order of transmitted waveform
data words. When waveform data is transmitted in 16 bits,
byte order needs to be set, defaulting to LSB.
The query returns the transmission order of waveform data.

COMMAND SYNTAX:WAVeform:BYTeorder <order><order>:= {MSB|LSB}QUERY SYNTAX:WAVeform:BYTeorder?

RESPONSE FORMAT<order><order>:= {MSB|LSB}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the byte order of data words
transmitted by the oscilloscope to MSB
Command message::WAVeform:BYTeorder MSB
WAV:BYT MSB
Query message:
WAV:BYT?
Response message:MSB

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:WAVeform:WIDTh747

SDS Series Programming Guide:WAVeform:SOURce
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command specifies the source waveform to be transferredfrom the oscilloscope using the query :WAVeform:DATA?
The query returns the source waveform to be transferred fromthe oscilloscope.

COMMAND SYNTAX:WAVeform:SOURce <source><source>:= {C<n>|F<x>|D<d>} C denotes an analog channel.
 F denotes a math function.
 D denotes a digital channel.
<n>:= 1 to (# analog channels) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<x>:= 1 to (# math functions) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.
<d>:= 0 to (# digital channels - 1) in NR1 format, including an
integer and no decimal point, like 1.

QUERY SYNTAX:WAVeform:SOURce?

RESPONSE FORMAT<source><source>:= {C<n>|F<x>|D<d>}

EXAMPLEThe following command specifies that the Channel 2 waveform
will be transferred in the next :WAVeform:DATA? query
or :WAVeform:PREamble? query.
Command message::WAVeform:SOURce C2
WAV:SOUR C2
Query message:
WAV:SOUR?
Response message:
C2

RELATED COMMANDS

748:WAVeform:DATA:WAVeform:PREamble

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:WAVeform:STARt
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command specifies the starting data point for waveform
transfer using the query :WAVeform:DATA?.
The query returns the starting data point for waveform transfer.

COMMAND SYNTAX:WAVeform:STARt <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
Note:
The value range is related to the current waveform point andthe value set by the command :WAVeform:POINt.

QUERY SYNTAX:WAVeform:STARt?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the start point to 1000 when thecurrent waveform point is 400 kpts.
Command message::WAVeform:STARt 1000
WAV:STAR 1000
Query message:
WAV:STAR?
Response message:
1000

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:WAVeform:POINt

749

SDS Series Programming Guide:WAVeform:INTervalCommand/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the interval between data points forwaveform transfer using the query :WAVeform:DATA?
The query returns the interval between data points forwaveform transfer.

COMMAND SYNTAX:WAVeform:INTerval <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
Note:
The value range is related to the values set by thecommand :WAVeform:POINt and :WAVeform:STARt.

QUERY SYNTAX:WAVeform:INTerval?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the interval between data points
for waveform transfer to 200.
Command message::WAVeform:INTerval 200
WAV:INT 200
Query message:
WAV:INT?
Response message:
200

RELATED COMMANDS

750:WAVeform:STARt:WAVeform:POINt

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:WAVeform:POINt
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the number of waveform points to betransferred with the query :WAVeform:DATA?
The query returns the number of waveform points to betransferred.

COMMAND SYNTAX:WAVeform:POINt <value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
Note:
The value range is related to the current waveform point.

QUERY SYNTAX:WAVeform:POINt?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following command the number of waveform points to betransferred to 2000 pts.
Command message::WAVeform:POINt 20000
WAV:POIN 20000
Query message:
WAV:POIN?
Response message:
20000

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com:ACQuire:POINts

751

SDS Series Programming Guide:WAVeform:MAXPoint
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the maximum points of one piece, when it
needs to read the waveform data in pieces.

QUERY SYNTAX:WAVeform:MAXPoint?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value><value>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLEThe following return the maximum points of one piece in
SDS2000X Plus series.
Query message::WAV:MAXP?
Response message:
10000000752

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:WAVeform:WIDTh
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

The command sets the current output format for the transfer ofwaveform data.
The query returns the current output format for the transfer ofwaveform data.

COMMAND SYNTAX:WAVeform:WIDTh <type><type>:= {BYTE|WORD}
WORD formatted data transfers 16-bit data as two bytes, andtransmission in LSB format
BYTE formatted data is transferred as 8-bit bytes.
Note:
When the vertical resolution is set to 10 bit or the ADC bit ismore than 8bit, it must to use the command to set to WORD
before transferring waveform data.

QUERY SYNTAX:WAVeform:WIDTh?

RESPONSE FORMAT<type><type>:= {BYTE|WORD}

EXAMPLEThe following command sets the current output format for thetransfer of waveform data to BYTE.
Command message::WAVeform:WIDTh BYTE
WAV:WIDT BYTE
Query message:
WAV:WIDT?
Response message:
BYTE

Int.siglent.com

753

SDS Series Programming Guide:WAVeform:PREamble
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the parameters of the source using by thecommand :WAVeform:SOURce.

QUERY SYNTAX:WAVeform:PREamble?

RESPONSE FORMAT<bin><bin>:= binary data block headed " #9<9-Digits>”. See thetable below for details.

RELATED COMMANDS:WAVeform:SOURce

Table 1 Explanation of the descriptor block(The first byte after "#9<9-digits>" is the starting position)
Address

Type

Length

0~15

char

16

16~31

char

16

32~33

short

2

34~35

short

2

36~39

long

4

40~59

long

4*5

60~63

long

4

64~75

long

4*3

Reserved
WAVE_ARRAY_1. Length in bytes of 1st simple data array. In
transmitted waveform, represent the number of transmitted
bytes in accordance with the parameter of
the :WAVeform:WIDTh remote command and the used format(see COMM_TYPE). Only for analog channel.
Reserved

76~91

char

16

Instrument name. It is string, always “Siglent SDS”.

92~95

long

4

Reserved

96~111char

16

Reserved

112~115long

4116~119

long

4

Reserved
Wave array count. Number of data points in the data array. Only
for analog channel. When sequence is on, this value means thepoints number of single sequence frame.

120~131long

4*3

132~135long4

136~139long

4

140~143

long

4

754

Description
Descriptor name. It is string, the first 8 chars are always“WAVEDESC”
Template name. It is string, the first 7 chars are always“WAVEACE”.
COMM_TYPE. It is chosen by remote command comm_format.
0 - byte, 1- word. Default value is 0.
COMM_ORDER. It is chosen by remote command
comm_format. 0 - LSB, 1- MSB. Default value is 0.
wave_desc_length. Length in bytes of block WAVEDESC. (346)Reserved
First point. Indicates the offset relative to the beginning of the
trace buffer. Value is the same as the parameter of
the :WAVeform:STARt remote command.
Data interval. Indicates the interval between data points forwaveform transfer. Value is the same as the parameter of
the :WAVeform:INTerval remote command.
Reserved
Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

read_frames, number of sequence frames transferred this time.
Used to calculate the reading times of sequence waveform
sum_frames, number of sequence frames acquired. Used to
calculate the reading times of sequence waveform

144~147long

4

148~151long

4

152~155

short

2*2

156~159float

4

160~163float

4

164~167float

4

168~171float

4

Reserved

172~173

short2

Adc_bit

174~175

short2

176~179float

4

180~187
188~195

longdoublelong
double8

Reserved
Vertical gain. The value of vertical scale without probe
attenuation.
Vertical offset. The value of vertical offset without probe
attenuation.
code_per_div. The value is different for different vertical gain ofdifferent models

The specified frame index of sequence set by the parameter<value1> of the command :WAVeform:SEQuence. Default Valueis 1
Horizontal interval. Sampling interval for time domain
waveforms. Horizontal interval = 1/sampling rate.
Horizontal offset. Trigger offset for the first sweep of the trigger,
seconds between the trigger and the first data point. Unit is s.

8

Reserved

196~243

char

48

Reserved

244~291char

48

Reserved

292~295

float

4

Reserved

296~311struct16

Reserved

312~315

float

4

Reserved

316~323

short

2*4

Reserved

324~325

short

2

Time_base. This is the enumerated time/div. see the Table 2 fordetails.

326~327

short

2

Vertical coupling. 0-DC,1-AC,2-GND

328~331float

4

Probe attenuation.

332~333

short

2

Fixed vertical gain. This is the enumerated vertical scale. Thisvalue is not intuitive, and the vertical scale is usually
represented by the value of address 156~159

334~335

short

2

Bandwidth limit. 0-OFF,1-20M,2-200M

336~343

float

4*2

Reserved

344~345

short

2

Wave source. 0-C1,1-C2,2-C3,3-C4,4-C5,5-C6,6-C7,7-C8

Int.siglent.com

755

SDS Series Programming Guide

Table 2 Enum of Timebase
Index

Timebase (s)IndexTimebase(s)0200E-12

20

1E-3

1

500E-12

21

2E-3

2

1E-9

22

5E-3

3

2E-9

23

10E-3

4

5E-9

24

20E-3

5

10E-9

25

50E-3

6

20E-9

26

100E-3

7

50E-9

27

200E-38

100E-928

500E-39200E-0291

10500E-9

30

2

11

1E-6

31

5

12

2E-6

32

10

13

5E-6

33

20

14

10E-6

34

50

15

20E-6

35

100

16

50E-6

36

200

17

100E-6

37

500

18

200E-6

38

1000

19

500E-6

Note: Different models have different time base enumeration

756

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:WAVeform:DATA
Query
DESCRIPTION

The query returns the waveform data of the source using by
the command :WAVeform:SOURce to be transferred from theoscilloscope.

QUERY SYNTAX:WAVeform:DATA?

RESPONSE FORMAT<wave_data><wave_data>:=binary data block headed " #N<N-Digits>”

RELATED COMMANDS:WAVeform:STARt:WAVeform:INTerval:WAVeform:POINt:WAVeform:MAXPoint:WAVeform:WIDTh

EXAMPLEFor SDS5000X series, the following steps show how to use
the command to reconstitute the display of waveform.

For analog channel waveform and math waveform (except for FFT):

Step 1: Send the commands to get the data of waveform.
Command message::WAVeform:SOURce C2:WAVeform:DATA?

Int.siglent.com

757

SDS Series Programming Guide

Response message:
The header is “#9000001000” which nine ASCII integers are used to give the number of the
waveform data points (1000 pts). After the header of block, is beginning of the wave data, and thelast two bytes “0A 0A” means the end of data.

Step 2: Send the query to get the parameters of waveform.
Query message::WAVeform:PRE?
For parameter parsing, see the section of the query. Through the query, we can get the verticalscale is 10 V/div, the vertical offset is 14.5 V, the timebase is 20E-9 s, the trigger delay is 1.72E-8 s,
and the sampling interval is 2E-10 s.
Step 3: Calculate the voltage value corresponding to the data point.
Using the formula: voltage value (V) = code value *(vdiv /code_per_div) - voffset.
Parameter

code value

vdiv
voffsetcode_per_div

Description
Signed number of wave data. If the vertical resolutionof the model is greater than 8bit, the code value is aword in LSB byte order by thecommand :WAVeform:WIDTh. The data is left aligned,
and the lower bit is zero filled.
For SDS6000 Pro, 12bit data is used for 12bit and10bit models, but the ADC range is different.
The vertical scale.
It is the value with address 156~159 in the data block
returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?
The vertical position value.
It is the value with address 160~163 in the data block
returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?
Code value per division in vertical direction.
It is the value with address 164~167 in the data block
returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?

Example above

The first point is the
17th data “F5”,convert to decimal is
“-11”

10
14.5

30

The picture above as an example:
The first point: voltage value = -11*(10/30)-(14.5) = -18.167 V.
758

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Step 4: Calculate the time value of the data point.
Using the formula: time value(S) = delay-(timebase*grid/2)+index*intervalParameter

Description

Example above

timebase

The horizontal scale.
It is the value with address 324~325 in the data block
returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?

2E-8

delay

grid

The horizontal position value.
It is the value with address 180~187 in the data block
returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?
The grid numbers in horizontal direction.
SDS7000A/SDS6000 Pro/SDS6000A/SDS5000X/
SDS3000X HD/SDS2000X Plus/SDS2000X
HD/SDS1000X HD/SDS800X HD:10
SHS800X/SHS1000X:12

1.72E-810index

The index of the data. The first point is 0.

--interval

Sampling interval.
It is the value with address 176~179 in the data block
returned by the :WAVeform:PREamble?

2E-10

The picture above as an example:
The first data point: time value = (1.72E-8)-(2E-08*10/2) = -8.28E-08 s = -82.8 ns.
The second data point: time value = -82.8 ns + 0.2ns = -82.6 ns.
Use python to reconstruct the waveform: (See the code in Read Waveform Data Example)

For digital channel waveform:
Int.siglent.com

759

SDS Series Programming Guide

Step 1: Send the commands to get the data of waveform.
Command message::WAVeform:SOURce D0:WAVeform:DATA?
Response message:
The header is “#9000002500” which nine ASCII integers are used to give the number of the
waveform data points (2500 pts). After the header of block, is beginning of the wave data. For
digital, one bit represents a data point, if the number of points is not an integer multiple of 8, thebyte less than 8 bits will be filled with 0. So there are 313 bytes. The last two bytes “0A 0A” means
the end of data.

Step 2: Send the query to get the parameters of waveform.
Query message::WAVeform:PRE?

760

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

For parameter parsing, see the section of the query. Through the query, we can get the timabase is2E-7 s, the trigger delay is 2E-7 s, and the sampling interval is 2E-10 s.
Step 3: Covert to the high (1) and low (0) corresponding to the data point.
According to the wave data, we can know the first eight points of waveform is the 17th byte “FF”,
convert to binary is “11111111” (Hexadecimal converted to binary (LSB)).
Step 4: Calculate the time value of the data point.
Using the formula: time value(S) = delay-(timebase*grid/2)+index*intervalParameter

Description

Example above

timebase

The horizontal scale.

2E-7

delay

The voltage position value.

2E-7

grid

The grid numbers in horizontal direction.
SDS7000A/SDS6000Pro/SDS6000A/SDS5000X/SDS300X HD/SDS2000X Plus/SDS2000X
HD/SDS1000X HD/SDS800X HD:10
SHS800X/SHS1000X:12

10

index

The index of the data. The first point is 0.

--interval

Sampling interval.

8E-10

The picture above as an example:
The first data point: time value = 2E-7-(2E-7*10/2) = -8E-07 s = -800 ns.
The second data point: time value = -800 ns+0.8 ns = -799.2 ns.
Use python to reconstruct the waveform: (See the code in Read Waveform Data of Digital Example)

Int.siglent.com

761

SDS Series Programming Guide

For an example of FFT waveform, please refer to Read Waveform Data of FFT Example.

762

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide:WAVeform:SEQuence
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command is used to set the sequence waveform frame tobe read. Valid only when sequnce is on.
The query returns the index of sequence frame to betransferred.

COMMAND SYNTAX:WAVeform:SEQuence <value1>,<value2><value1>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
It sets the index of sequence frame to be transferred with thequery :WAVeform:DATA?. When set to 0, all sequence frames
are returned and the query :WAVeform:DATA? will transfer as
much sequence frames as it can transfer at once.
<value2>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
It sets the start index of sequence frame to be transferred with
the query :WAVeform:DATA? This value is valid when<value1> is set to 0.
Due to the memory limitation, when the number of all frames
exceeds the limit, it is necessary to read by slice through<value2>. The number of slices can be calculated byread_frames (0x90-0x93) and sum_frames(0x94-0x97) in thequery :WAVeform:PREamble?
Note:• When sequence is enabled, <value1> will be set to 1 bydefault;when sequence and history are enabled, <value1>
will be set to the current frame by default. In other cases,<value1> is set to 4294967295 by default.
• The value range is related to the current sequencenumber.

QUERY SYNTAX:WAVeform:SEQuence?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value1>,<value2><value1>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.
<value2>:= Value in NR1 format, including an integer and nodecimal point, like 1.

EXAMPLE

After 5 frames are acquired in sequence mode, and history isenabled, there are 10 kpts per frame, totaling 50 kpts. Aftersending the following command, all segments can be read at
one time through the query :WAVeform:DATA?.
Command message::WAVeform:SEQuence 0,1
WAV:SEQ 0,1
Query message:
WAV:SEQ?
Response message:
0,1

See the python code in Read Sequence Waveform Data Example for reference.
Int.siglent.com

763

SDS Series Programming Guide

WGEN Commands
When the oscilloscope supports the function generator module (built-in waveform generator or
SAG1021I) and is licensed (Option FG), you can output sine, square, ramp, pulse, DC, noise,
exponential rise, exponential fall, cardiac, gaussian pulse and arbitrary waveforms. The WGEN
commands are used to select the waveform function and parameters.
The WGEN commands are the same as that of Siglent SDG series, so the format is not consistent
with other groups. Refer to SDG programming guide for details.



ARbWaVe

BaSic_WaVe

OUTPut

SToreList



SYNC



VOLTPRT

764

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

ARbWaVe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets or gets the basic wave parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAX<channel>:ARbWaVe INDEX,<index><channel>:ARbWaVe NAME,<name><channel>:={C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform generator
only support one output channel.
<index>:= the index of the arbitrary waveform from the tablebelow.
<name>:= the name of the arbitrary waveform from the tablebelow.
Note:
This table is just an example, the index depends on thespecific model. The “STL?” query can be used to get theaccurate mapping relationship between the index and name.

Index

Name

Index

Name

Index

Name

Index

Name

0

Sine

12

Logfall24

Gmonopuls

36

Triang

1

Noise

13

Logrise25

Tripuls

37

Harris2

StairUp

14

Sqrt

26

Cardiac38

Bartlett

3

StairDn

15

Root3

27

Quake

39

Tan

4

Stairud

16

X^2

28

Chirp

40

Cot

5

Ppulse

17

X^3

29

Twotone

41

Sec

6

Npulse

18

Sinc

30

Snr

42

Csc

7

Trapezia

19

Gaussian

31

Hamming

43

Asin

8

Upramp20

Dlorentz

32

Hanning

44

Acos

9

Dnramp21

Haversine

33

Kaiser

45

Atan

10

Exp_fall22

Lorentz

34

Blackman

46

Acot

11

Exp_rise23

Gauspuls

35

Gausswin

47

SquareQUERY SYNTAX<channel>:ARbWaVe?
<channel>:= {C1}RESPONSE FORMAT<channel>:ARWV
INDEX,<index>,NAME,<name>

RELATED COMMANDS

Int.siglent.com

SToreList

765

SDS Series Programming Guide

EXAMPLE

Set CH1 current waveform by index 2:
C1:ARWV INDEX,2
Read CH1 current waveform:
C1:ARWV?
Return:C1:ARWV INDEX,2,NAME,StairUp
Set CH1 current waveform to wave_1 by name.
C1:ARWV NAME,wave_1766Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

BaSic_WaVe
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets or gets the basic wave parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAX<channel>:BaSic_WaVe <parameter>,<value><channel>:={C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform generator
only support one output channel.
<parameter>:= a parameter from the table below.
<value>:= value of the corresponding parameter.

Parameters

Value

Description

WVTP<type>:= {SINE, SQUARE, RAMP, PULSE, NOISE, ARB, DC,
PRBS, IQ}. If the command doesn’t set basic waveform
type, WVPT will be set to the current waveform.

FRQ<frequency>:= frequency. The unit is Hertz “Hz”. Refer to the data
sheet for the range of valid values. Not valid when WVTP
is NOISE or DC.

PERI<period>:= period. The unit is seconds "s". Refer to the data sheet
for the range of valid values. Not valid when WVTP isNOISE or DC.

AMP<amplitude>:= amplitude. The unit is volts, peak-to-peak "Vpp". Referto the data sheet for the range of valid values. Not valid
when WVTP is NOISE or DC.

OFST<offset>:= offset. The unit is volts "V". Refer to the data sheet for
the range of valid values. Not valid when WVTP is NOISE.

SYM<symmetry>:= {0 to 100}. Symmetry of RAMP. The unit is "%". Only
settable when WVTP is RAMP.

DUTY<duty>:= {0 to 100}. Duty cycle. The unit is "%". Value depends
on frequency. Only settable when WVTP is SQUARE or
PULSE.

STDEV<stdev>:= standard deviation of NOISE. The unit is volts "V". Referto the data sheet for the range of valid values. Only
settable when WVTP is NOISE.

MEAN<mean>:= mean of NOISE. The unit is volts "V". Refer to the data
sheet for the range of valid values. Only settable when
WVTP is NOISE.

WIDTH<width>:= positive pulse width. The unit is seconds "s". Refer tothe data sheet for the range of valid values. Only settable
when WVTP is PULSE.

Int.siglent.com

767

SDS Series Programming GuideQUERY SYNTAX<channel>: BaSic_WaVe?
<channel>:= {C1}RESPONSE FORMAT<channel>:BSWV <parameter><parameter>:= All the parameters of the current basic
waveform.

EXAMPLE

Change the waveform type of C1 to Ramp:
C1:BSWV WVTP,RAMP
Change the frequency of C1 to 2000 Hz:
C1:BSWV FRQ,2000
Set the amplitude of C1 to 3 Vpp:
C1:BSWV AMP,3
Return parameters of C1 from the device:
C1:BSWV?
Return:
C1:BSWV
WVTP,SINE,FRQ,100HZ,PERI,0.01S,AMP,2V,OFST,0V,HLEV,
1V,LLEV,-1V,PHSE,0768Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

OUTPutCommand/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command enables or disables the output port(s) at thefront panel. The query returns “ON” or “OFF” and “LOAD”,“PLRT”, “RATIO” parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAX<channel>:OUTPut <state>,LOAD,<load><channel>:= {C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform generator
only support one output channel.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}<load>:= {50|HZ}. The unit is ohm.

QUERY SYNTAX<channel>:OUTPut?

RESPONSE FORMAT<channel>:OUTP <state>,LOAD,<load>,PLRT,<polarity><state>:= {ON|OFF}<load>:= {50|HZ}<polarity>:= {NOR|INVT}, in which NOR refers to normal, and
INVT refers to invert. SAG and the built-in waveform generator
only support to set to NOR.

EXAMPLE

Turn on CH1:
C1:OUTP ON
Read CH1 output state:
C1:OUTP?
Return:C1:OUTP ON,LOAD,HZ,PLRT,NOR
Set the load of CH1 to 50 ohm:
C1:OUTP LOAD,50
Set the load of CH1 to HiZ:
C1:OUTP LOAD,HZ

Int.siglent.com

769

SDS Series Programming Guide

SToreList
Query
DESCRIPTIONThis query is used to read the stored waveforms list withindexes and names. If the store unit is empty, the command
will return “EMPTY” string.

QUERY SYNTAXSToreList? [<location>]<location>:= {BUILDIN|USER}

EXAMPLE

770

Read all arbitrary data saved in the built-in waveformgenerator in SDS2000X Plus.
STL?
Return:
STL M10, ExpFal, M100, ECG14, M101, ECG15, M102,
LFPulse, M103, Tens1, M104, Tens2, M105, Tens3, M106,
Airy, M107, Besselj, M108, Bessely, M109, Dirichlet, M11,
ExpRise, M110, Erf, M111, Erfc, M112, ErfcInv, M113, ErfInv,
M114, Laguerre, M115, Legend, M116, Versiera, M117,
Weibull, M118, LogNormal, M119, Laplace, M12, LogFall,
M120, Maxwell, M121, Rayleigh, M122, Cauchy, M123, CosH,
M124, CosInt, M125, CotH, M126, CscH, M127, SecH, M128,
SinH, M129, SinInt, M13, LogRise, M130, TanH, M131,
ACosH, M132, ASecH, M133, ASinH, M134, ATanH, M135,
ACsch, M136, ACoth, M137, Bartlett, M138, BohmanWin,
M139, ChebWin, M14, Sqrt, M140, FlattopWin, M141,
ParzenWin, M142, TaylorWin, M143, TukeyWin, M144,
Duty01, M145, Duty02, M146, Duty04, M147, Duty06, M148,
Duty08, M149, Duty10, M15, Root3, M150, Duty12, M151,
Duty14, M152, Duty16, M153, Duty18, M154, Duty20, M155,
Duty22, M156, Duty24, M157, Duty26, M158, Duty28, M159,
Duty30, M16, X^2, M160, Duty32, M161, Duty34, M162,
Duty36, M163, Duty38, M164, Duty40, M165, Duty42, M166,
Duty44, M167, Duty46, M168, Duty48, M169, Duty50, M17,
X^3, M170, Duty52, M171, Duty54, M172, Duty56, M173,
Duty58, M174, Duty60, M175, Duty62, M176, Duty64, M177,
Duty66, M178, Duty68, M179, Duty70, M18, Sinc, M180,
Duty72, M181, Duty74, M182, Duty76, M183, Duty78, M184,
Duty80, M185, Duty82, M186, Duty84, M187, Duty86, M188,
Duty88, M189, Duty90, M19, Gaussian, M190, Duty92, M191,
Duty94, M192, Duty96, M193, Duty98, M194, Duty99, M195,
demo1_375, M196, demo1_16k, M197, demo2_3k, M198,
demo2_16k, M2, StairUp, M20, Dlorentz, M21, Haversine,
M22, Lorentz, M23, Gauspuls, M24, Gmonopuls, M25, Tripuls,
M26, Cardiac, M27, Quake, M28, Chirp, M29, Twotone, M3,
StairDn, M30, SNR, M31, Hamming, M32, Hanning, M33,
kaiser, M34, Blackman, M35, Gausswin, M36, Triangle, M37,
BlackmanH, M38, Bartlett-Hann, M39, Tan, M4, StairUD, M40,
Cot, M41, Sec, M42, Csc, M43, Asin, M44, Acos, M45, Atan,
M46, Acot, M47, Square, M48, SineTra, M49, SineVer, M5,
Ppulse, M50, AmpALT, M51, AttALT, M52, RoundHalf, M53,
RoundsPM, M54, BlaseiWave, M55, DampedOsc, M56,
SwingOsc, M57, Discharge, M58, Pahcur, M59, Combin, M6,
Npulse, M60, SCR, M61, Butterworth, M62, Chebyshev1,
M63, Chebyshev2, M64, TV, M65, Voice, M66, Surge, M67,

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Radar, M68, Ripple, M69, Gamma, M7, Trapezia, M70,
StepResp, M71, BandLimited, M72, CPulse, M73, CWPulse,
M74, GateVibr, M75, LFMPulse, M76, MCNoise, M77, AM,
M78, FM, M79, PFM, M8, Upramp, M80, PM, M81, PWM,
M82, EOG, M83, EEG, M84, EMG, M85, Pulseilogram, M86,
ResSpeed, M87, ECG1, M88, ECG2, M89, ECG3, M9,
Dnramp, M90, ECG4, M91, ECG5, M92, ECG6, M93, ECG7,
M94, ECG8, M95, ECG9, M96, ECG10, M97, ECG11, M98,
ECG12, M99, ECG13
Read built-in wave data from a SDS2000X Plus built-in
waveform generator:
STL? BUILDIN
Return:
STL M10, ExpFal, M100, ECG14, M101, ECG15, M102,
LFPulse, M103, Tens1, M104, Tens2, M105, Tens3, M106,
Airy, M107, Besselj, M108, Bessely, M109, Dirichlet, M11,
ExpRise, M110, Erf, M111, Erfc, M112, ErfcInv, M113, ErfInv,
M114, Laguerre, M115, Legend, M116, Versiera, M117,
Weibull, M118, LogNormal, M119, Laplace, M12, LogFall,
M120, Maxwell, M121, Rayleigh, M122, Cauchy, M123, CosH,
M124, CosInt, M125, CotH, M126, CscH, M127, SecH, M128,
SinH, M129, SinInt, M13, LogRise, M130, TanH, M131,
ACosH, M132, ASecH, M133, ASinH, M134, ATanH, M135,
ACsch, M136, ACoth, M137, Bartlett, M138, BohmanWin,
M139, ChebWin, M14, Sqrt, M140, FlattopWin, M141,
ParzenWin, M142, TaylorWin, M143, TukeyWin, M144,
Duty01, M145, Duty02, M146, Duty04, M147, Duty06, M148,
Duty08, M149, Duty10, M15, Root3, M150, Duty12, M151,
Duty14, M152, Duty16, M153, Duty18, M154, Duty20, M155,
Duty22, M156, Duty24, M157, Duty26, M158, Duty28, M159,
Duty30, M16, X^2, M160, Duty32, M161, Duty34, M162,
Duty36, M163, Duty38, M164, Duty40, M165, Duty42, M166,
Duty44, M167, Duty46, M168, Duty48, M169, Duty50, M17,
X^3, M170, Duty52, M171, Duty54, M172, Duty56, M173,
Duty58, M174, Duty60, M175, Duty62, M176, Duty64, M177,
Duty66, M178, Duty68, M179, Duty70, M18, Sinc, M180,
Duty72, M181, Duty74, M182, Duty76, M183, Duty78, M184,
Duty80, M185, Duty82, M186, Duty84, M187, Duty86, M188,
Duty88, M189, Duty90, M19, Gaussian, M190, Duty92, M191,
Duty94, M192, Duty96, M193, Duty98, M194, Duty99, M195,
demo1_375, M196, demo1_16k, M197, demo2_3k, M198,
demo2_16k, M2, StairUp, M20, Dlorentz, M21, Haversine,
M22, Lorentz, M23, Gauspuls, M24, Gmonopuls, M25, Tripuls,
M26, Cardiac, M27, Quake, M28, Chirp, M29, Twotone, M3,
StairDn, M30, SNR, M31, Hamming, M32, Hanning, M33,
kaiser, M34, Blackman, M35, Gausswin, M36, Triangle, M37,
BlackmanH, M38, Bartlett-Hann, M39, Tan, M4, StairUD, M40,
Cot, M41, Sec, M42, Csc, M43, Asin, M44, Acos, M45, Atan,
M46, Acot, M47, Square, M48, SineTra, M49, SineVer, M5,
Ppulse, M50, AmpALT, M51, AttALT, M52, RoundHalf, M53,
RoundsPM, M54, BlaseiWave, M55, DampedOsc, M56,
SwingOsc, M57, Discharge, M58, Pahcur, M59, Combin, M6,
Npulse, M60, SCR, M61, Butterworth, M62, Chebyshev1,
M63, Chebyshev2, M64, TV, M65, Voice, M66, Surge, M67,
Radar, M68, Ripple, M69, Gamma, M7, Trapezia, M70,
StepResp, M71, BandLimited, M72, CPulse, M73, CWPulse,

Int.siglent.com

771

SDS Series Programming Guide

M74, GateVibr, M75, LFMPulse, M76, MCNoise, M77, AM,
M78, FM, M79, PFM, M8, Upramp, M80, PM, M81, PWM,
M82, EOG, M83, EEG, M84, EMG, M85, Pulseilogram, M86,
ResSpeed, M87, ECG1, M88, ECG2, M89, ECG3, M9,
Dnramp, M90, ECG4, M91, ECG5, M92, ECG6, M93, ECG7,
M94, ECG8, M95, ECG9, M96, ECG10, M97, ECG11, M98,
ECG12, M99, ECG13

772

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

SYNC
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis command sets or gets the synchronization signal.

COMMAND SYNTAX<channel>:SYNC <state><channel>:= {C1}, SAG and the built-in waveform generator
only support one output channel.
<state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAX<channel>:SYNC?
<channel>:= {C1}RESPONSE FORMAT<channel>:SYNC <state>,TYPE,<TYPE><channel>:= {C1}<state>:= {ON|OFF}<TYPE>:={CH1}, SAG and the built-in waveform generator
only support one output channel, so it can only be CH1.

EXAMPLE

Turn on sync output:
C1:SYNC ON
Read state of CH1 sync.
C1:SYNC?
Return:C1:SYNC ON,TYPE,CH1

VOLTPRT
Command/QueryDESCRIPTIONThis commend sets or gets the state of over-voltage
protection.

COMMAND SYNTAXVOLTPRT <state><state>:= {ON|OFF}QUERY SYNTAXVOLTPRT?

RESPONSE FORMAT

VOLTPRT <state>Int.siglent.com

773

SDS Series Programming Guide

METEr Commands
The meter system commands are only for the multimeter functions of SHS800X/SHS1000X
handheld digital oscilloscope. Support for configuration and measurement.



MMETerREAD



CONFigure Commands



MEASure Commands



SENSe Commands

774

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

MMETerCommand
DESCRIPTIONEnter the multimeter.

COMMAND SYNTAXMMETer <switch><switch>:= {ON|OFF}

EXAMPLEEnter the multimeter
Command message:
MMETer ON

READ
Query
DESCRIPTION

Read measurement results.

QUERY SYNTAXREAD?

RESPONSE FORMAT

MM_VALUE <value>

EXAMPLE

Read measurement results
Command message:
READ?
Response message:
MM_VALUE 0.00V

Int.siglent.com

775

SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure Commands
The CONFigure commands are the most concise way to configure measurements. These commands
use default measurement configuration values. However, these commands do not automatically startmeasurements, so you can modify measurement attributes before initiating the measurement.



CONFigureCONFigure:CAPacitanceCONFigure:CONTinuity



CONFigure:CURRent:AC

CONFigure:CURRent:DC

CONFigure:DIODe

CONFigure:RESistanceCONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:DC776

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure
Query
DESCRIPTION

Returns the present function and measured value. The present
function name is returned in short format, such as ACV.

QUERY SYNTAXCONFigure?

RESPONSE FORMAT<func><func>:= {DCV|ACV|RES|DIODE|CONTINUITY|CAP|DCI|ACI}EXAMPLE

Return the present function and measured value:
Command message:
CONFigure?
Response message:
DCV -04.mV

CONFigure:CONTinuity
Command
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for continuity measurements.
The READ? and MEASure:CONTinuity? queries return themeasured resistance. If the resistance is greater than 600Ω,
the instrument displays the word overload on front panel andreturns "Overload" from the remote interface.

COMMAND SYNTAXCONFigure:CONTinuity

EXAMPLE

Configure the instrument for continuity measurements. andread the measurement:
Command message:
CONF:CONT
READ?
Response message:
Overload

Int.siglent.com

777

SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure:CURRent:AC
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for AC current measurements. Also
specifies the range through the incoming parameters.
⚫

⚫

⚫
COMMAND SYNTAXYou can let autoranging select the measurement range, or
you can manually select a fixed range. Autoranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (autoranging may require additional time
for range selection).
If the input signal is greater than can be measured on thespecified manual range, the instrument displays the word
overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from theremote interface.
Use READ? to start the measurement.

CONFigure:CURRent:AC <range><range>:= {60mA|600mA|6A|10A|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}
Default: AUTO

EXAMPLE

Configure AC current measurements using the 6A range. And
read measurement:
Command message:
CONF:CURR:AC 6A
READ?
Response message:+4.32133675E-04

778

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure:CURRent:DC
Command/QueryDESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for DC current measurements. Also
specifies the range through the incoming parameters.

COMMAND SYNTAXCONFigure:CURRent:DC <range><range>:= {60mA|600mA|6A|10A|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}
Default: AUTO

EXAMPLE

Configure DC current measurements using the 6A range. And
read measurement:
Command message:
CONF:CURR:DC 6A
READ?
Response message:+4.32133675E-04

CONFigure:DIODe
Command
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for diode measurements.
⚫
⚫

⚫

The range is fixed for diode tests is 2 VDC.
The READ? and MEASure:DIODe? queries return themeasured voltage. If the voltage is greater than 2V, theinstrument displays the word overload on front panel andreturns "Overload" from the remote interface.
Use READ? to start the measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAXCONFigure:DIODe

EXAMPLE

Configure diode measurement ,and read the measurement:
Command message:
CONF:DIOD
READ?
Response message:
Overload

Int.siglent.com

779

SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure:RESistanceCommand
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for 2-wire (RESistance) resistancemeasurements. Also specifies the range and resolution.
⚫

⚫

⚫
COMMAND SYNTAXYou can let autoranging select the measurement range, or
you can manually select a fixed range. Autoranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (autoranging may require additional time
for range selection).
If the input signal is greater than can be measured on thespecified manual range, the instrument displays the word
Overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from theremote interface.
Use READ? to start the measurement.

CONFigure:RESistance <range><range>:= {600|6k|60k|600k|6M|60M|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}
Default: AUTO

EXAMPLE

Configure 2-wire resistance measurements using the 600 Ω
range. Make and read measurements.
Command message:
CONF:RES 600
READ?
Response message:+6.71881065E+01

780

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:ACCommand
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for AC voltage measurements. Also
specifies the range through the incoming parameters.
⚫

⚫

⚫
COMMAND SYNTAXYou can let autoranging select the measurement range, or
you can manually select a fixed range. Autoranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (autoranging may require additional time
for range selection).
If the input signal is greater than can be measured on thespecified manual range, the instrument displays the word
Overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from theremote interface.
Use READ? to start the measurement.

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:AC <range>
Model
SHS800X
SHS1000X<range>{60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V|AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}{60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V|750V|
AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}

Default: AUTO
EXAMPLE

Configure AC voltage measurements using the 60 V range.
Read measurements:
Command message:
CONF:VOLT:AC 60
READ?
Response message:+2.43186951E-02

Int.siglent.com

781

SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:DCCommand
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for DC voltage measurements. Also
specifies the range through the incoming parameters.
⚫

⚫

⚫
COMMAND SYNTAXYou can let autoranging select the measurement range, or
you can manually select a fixed range. Autoranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (autoranging may require additional time
for range selection).
If the input signal is greater than can be measured on thespecified manual range, the instrument displays the word
Overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from theremote interface.
Use READ? to start the measurement.

CONFigure[:VOLTage]:DC <range>
Model
SHS800X
SHS1000X<range>{60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V|AUTO|
MIN|MAX|DEF}{60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V|1000V|
AUTO|MIN|MAX|DEF}

Default: AUTO
EXAMPLE

Configure DC voltage measurements using the 60 V range.
Read measurements:
Command message:
CONF:VOLT:DC 60
READ?
Response message:+2.43186951E-02

782

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

CONFigure:CAPacitanceCommand
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for capacitance measurement.
⚫

⚫

If the input signal is greater than can be measured on thespecified manual range, the instrument displays the word
Overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from theremote interface.
Use READ? to start the measurement.

COMMAND SYNTAXCONFigure:CAPacitance

EXAMPLE

Configure capacitance measurement using the 4uF range.
Read measurements:
Command message:
CONF:CAP
READ?
Response message:+7.26141264E-10

Int.siglent.com

783

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure Commands
The MEASure queries are the easiest way to program measurements because they always use
default measurement parameters. You set the function, range in one command, but you cannotchange other parameters from their default values. The results are sent directly to the instrument's
output buffer.
Note: A MEASure query is functionally equivalent to sending CONFigure followed immediately by
READ? The difference is that CONFigure commands allow you to change parameters between the
CONFigure and the READ?

MEASure:CONTinuity

MEASure:CURRent:AC

MEASure:CURRent:DC

MEASure:DIODe

MEASure:RESistanceMEASure[:VOLTage]:AC

MEASure[:VOLTage]:DC

MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC

MEASure:CAPacitance784

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure:CONTinuity
Query
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for continuity test and immediately triggers
a measurement. The results are sent directly to the
instrument's output buffer.
⚫
⚫

⚫

The range is fixed at 600Ω for continuity tests (a 2-wireresistance measurement).
The instrument beeps (if the beeper is enabled) for eachmeasurement less than or equal to the continuity
threshold, and the actual resistance measurement
appears on the display.
The READ? and MEASure:CONTinuity? queries returnthe measured resistance. If the resistance is greater than600Ω, the instrument displays the word overload on front
panel and returns "Overload" from the remote interface.

QUERY SYNTAXMEASure:CONTinuity?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value>EXAMPLE

Configure the instrument for continuity measurements. Then
Read measurements:
Command message:
MEAS:CONT?
Response message:+9.84739065E+02

Int.siglent.com

785

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure:CURRent:AC
Query
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for AC current measurements andimmediately triggers a measurement. Also specifies the range
through the incoming parameters.
⚫

⚫

QUERY SYNTAXYou can let auto ranging select the measurement range,or you can manually select a fixed range. Auto ranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (auto ranging may require additional time
for range selection).
If the input signal is greater than can be measured on thespecified manual range, the instrument displays the word
Overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from theremote interface.

MEASure:CURRent:AC? <range><range>:={60mA|600mA|6A|10A|AUTO}
Default: AUTORESPONSE FORMAT<value>EXAMPLE

Configure AC current measurement using the 6A range. Readmeasurements:
Command message:
MEAS:CURR:AC? 6
Response message:+4.32133675E-04

786

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure:CURRent:DC
Query
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for DC current measurements andimmediately triggers a measurement. Also specifies the range
through the incoming parameters.

QUERY SYNTAXMEASure:CURRent:DC? <range><range>:={60mA|600mA|6A|10A|AUTO}
Default: AUTORESPONSE FORMAT<value>EXAMPLE

Configure DC current measurement using the 6A range. Readmeasurements:
Command message:
MEAS:CURR:DC? 6
Response message:+4.32133675E-04

Int.siglent.com

787

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure:DIODe
Query
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values for diode test measurements andimmediately triggers a measurement. The results are sent
directly to the instrument's output buffer.
⚫
⚫

The range and resolution are fixed for diode tests: therange is 2 VDC.
The READ? and MEASure:DIODe? queries return themeasured voltage. If the voltage is greater than 2V, theinstrument displays the word overload on front panel andreturns "Overload" from the remote interface.

QUERY SYNTAXMEASure:DIODe?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value>EXAMPLE

Configureand read a default diode measurement:
MEAS:DIOD?
Response message:+9.84733701E-01

788

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure:RESistanceQuery
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement to their default values for 2-wire(RESistance) measurements, and immediately triggers ameasurement. The results are sent directly to the instrument's
output buffer. Also specifies the range through the incoming
parameters.
⚫

⚫

QUERY SYNTAXYou can let auto ranging select the measurement range,or you can manually select a fixed range. Auto ranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (auto ranging may require additional time
for range selection).
If the input signal is greater than can be measured on thespecified manual range, the instrument displays the word
overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from theremote interface.

MEASure:RESistance? <range><range>:={600|6k|60k|600k|6M|60M}
Default: AUTORESPONSE FORMAT<value>EXAMPLE

Configure 2-wire resistance measurements using the 600Ω
range. Make and read measurements.
Command message:
MEAS:RES? 600
Response message:+6.71881065E+01

Int.siglent.com

789

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure[:VOLTage]:AC
Query
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values and immediately triggers a measurement.
The results are sent directly to the instrument's output buffer.
Also specifies the range through the incoming parameters.
⚫

⚫

QUERY SYNTAXYou can let auto ranging select the measurement range,or you can manually select a fixed range. Auto ranging
conveniently selects the range for each measurement
based on the input signal. For fastest measurements, use
manual ranging (auto ranging may require additional time
for range selection).
If the input signal is greater than can be measured on thespecified manual range, the instrument displays the word
overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from theremote interface.

MEASure:VOLTage:AC? <range>
Model<range>SHS800X{60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V }SHS1000X{60mV|600
mV|6V|60V|600V|1000V(DC)/750V(AC)}Default: AUTORESPONSE FORMAT<value>EXAMPLE

Configure AC voltage measurements using the 600 V range.
Read measurements:
Command message:
MEAS:VOLT:AC? 600
Response message:+2.43186951E-02

790

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure[:VOLTage]:DC
Query
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters and trigger parameters totheir default values and immediately triggers a measurement.
The results are sent directly to the instrument's output buffer.
Also specifies the range through the incoming parameters.

QUERY SYNTAXMEASure:VOLTage:DC? <range>
Model<range>SHS800X{60mV|600mV|6V|60V|600V }SHS1000X{60mV|600
mV|6V|60V|600V|1000V(DC)/750V(DC)}

Default: AUTORESPONSE FORMAT<value>EXAMPLE

Configure DC voltage measurements using the 600 V range.
Read measurements:
Command message:
MEAS:VOLT:DC? 600
Response message:+2.43186951E-02

Int.siglent.com

791

SDS Series Programming Guide

MEASure:CAPacitanceQuery
DESCRIPTION

Sets all measurement parameters o their default values forcapacitance measurement.
⚫

If the input signal is greater than can be measured on thespecified manual range, the instrument displays the word
overload on front panel and returns "Overload" from theremote interface.

QUERY SYNTAXMEASure:CAPacitance?

RESPONSE FORMAT<value>EXAMPLE

Command message:
MEAS:CAP?
Response message:+7.26141264E-10

792Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

SENSe Commands

[SENSe:]CAPacitance:NULL[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:SELEct[SENSe:]CURRent:DC:NULL[SENSe:]CURRent:DC:SELEct[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:SELEct[SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:NULL[SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:SELEct

Int.siglent.com

793

SDS Series Programming Guide[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL
Command
DESCRIPTION

Enables or disables the relative function for AC current
measurements.
Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC
measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.
⚫
⚫

COMMAND SYNTAX

Enabling the scaling function also enables automatic
relative value selection ([SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL
ON).
The instrument disables the relative function after a
Factory Reset or CONFigure function.

[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:NULL <state><state>:={ON|OFF}
Default: OFF

EXAMPLE

Configure AC current measurements.
CONF:CURR:AC
CURR:AC:NULL ON
READ?
Response message:
MM_VALUE 0.00V

794

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide[SENSe:]CURRent:DC:NULL
Command
DESCRIPTION

Enables or disables the relative function for DC current
measurements.
Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC
measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.
⚫
⚫

COMMAND SYNTAX

Enabling the scaling function also enables automatic
relative value selection ([SENSe:]CURRent:DC:NULL
ON).
The instrument disables the relative function after a
Factory Reset or CONFigure function.

[SENSe:]CURRent:DC:NULL <state><state>:={ON|OFF}
Default: OFF

EXAMPLE

Configure DC current measurements.
CONF:CURR:DC
CURR:DC:NULL ON
READ?
Response message:
MM_VALUE 0.00V[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:SELEct
Command
DESCRIPTION

mA or A selection for AC current measurements.
Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC
measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

COMMAND SYNTAX[SENSe:]CURRent:AC:SELEct <unit><unit>:={MA|A}

EXAMPLE

Int.siglent.com

CONF:CURR:AC
CURR:AC:SELE MA

795

SDS Series Programming Guide[SENSe:]CURRent:DC:SELEct
Command
DESCRIPTION

mA or A selection for DC current measurements.
Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC
measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

COMMAND SYNTAX[SENSe:]CURRent:DC:SELEct <unit><unit>:={MA|A}

EXAMPLECONF:CURR:DC
CURR:DC:SELE MA[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL
Commend
DESCRIPTION

Enables or disables the relative function for resistancemeasurements.
⚫
⚫

COMMAND SYNTAX

Enabling the scaling function also enables automatic
relative value selection ([SENSe:]RESistance:NULL ON).
The instrument disables the relative function after a
Factory Reset or CONFigure function.

[SENSe:]RESistance:NULL <state><state>:={ON|OFF}
Default: OFF

EXAMPLE

Configure 2-wire resistance measurements, provide 1.5KΩ
measurement resistance. Make and read measurements
Command message:
CONF:RESRES:NULL ON
READ?
Response message:
0796

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL
Commend
DESCRIPTION

Enables or disables the relative function for AC voltage
measurements.
Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC
measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.
The instrument disables the relative function after a Factory
Reset or CONFigure function.

COMMAND SYNTAX[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:NULL <state><state>:={ON|OFF}
Default:OFF

EXAMPLE

Configure AC voltage measurements, Provide 1.5V AC voltage
signal, Make and read measurements:
Command message:
CONF:VOLT:AC
VOLT:AC:NULL ON
READ?
Response message:
MM_VALUE 00.04V

Int.siglent.com

797

SDS Series Programming Guide[SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:NULL
Commend
DESCRIPTION

Enables or disables the relative function for DC voltage
measurements.
Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC
measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.
The instrument disables the relative function after a Factory
Reset or CONFigure function.

COMMAND SYNTAX[SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:NULL <state><state>:={ON|OFF}
Default: OFF

EXAMPLE

Configure DC voltage measurements, Provide 1.5V DC
voltage signal, Make and read measurements:
Command message:
CONF:VOLT:DC
VOLT:DC:NULL ON
READ?
Response message:
MM_VALUE 00.04V

798

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:SELEct
Commend
DESCRIPTION

mV or V selection for AC voltage measurements.
Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC
measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

COMMAND SYNTAX[SENSe:]VOLTage:AC:SELEct <unit><unit>:={MV|V}

EXAMPLECONF:VOLT:AC
VOLT:AC:SELE V[SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:SELEct
Commend
DESCRIPTION

mV or V selection for DC voltage measurements.
Note: This parameter is not shared between AC and DC
measurements. The parameters are independent for AC and
DC measurements.

COMMAND SYNTAX[SENSe:]VOLTage:DC:SELEct <unit><unit>:={MV|V}

EXAMPLE

Int.siglent.com

CONF:VOLT:DC
VOLT:DC:SELE V

799

SDS Series Programming Guide[SENSe:]CAPacitance:NULL
Commend
DESCRIPTION

Enable or disable the relative function for capacitancemeasurement.

COMMAND SYNTAX[SENSe:]CAPacitance:NULL <state><state>:={ON|OFF}
Default: OFF

EXAMPLE

Configure capacitance measurements, make and readmeasurements:
Command message:
CONF:CAP
CAP:NULL ON
READ?
Response message:
MM_VALUE 0.00nF

800

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Programming Examples
This chapter gives some examples for the programmer. In these examples you can see how to use
VISA or sockets, in combination with the commands described above to control the oscilloscope. By
following these examples, you can develop many more applications.
◆◆◆

VISA Examples


VC++ Example

VB Example



MATLAB Example



LabVIEW Example

C# Example

Examples of Using Sockets


Python Example

C Example

Common Command Examples


Read Waveform Data ExampleRead Waveform Data of Digital ExampleRead Waveform Data of FFT ExampleRead Sequence Waveform Data ExampleScreen Dump (PRINt) Example

Int.siglent.com

801

SDS Series Programming Guide

VISA Examples
VC++ Example
Environment: Win7 32-bit, Visual Studio.
Description: Use National Instruments VISA to control the device with USBTMC or TCP/IP access.
Perform a write and read operation.
Steps:
1.

Open Visual Studio, create a new VC++ win32 project.

2.

Set the project environment to use the NI-VISA library. There are two ways to use NI-VISA,
static or automatic:a)Static:Find the files visa.h, visatype.h, visa32.lib in the NI-VISA installation path, copy them to yourproject, and add them into the project. In the projectname.cpp file, add the follow two lines:#include "visa.h"#pragma comment(lib,"visa32.lib")b)

Automatic:
Set the .h file include directory, the NI-VISA install path, in our computer we set the path is:
C:\Program Files\IVI Foundation \VISA\WinNT\include. Set this path to:
project->properties->C/C++->General->Additional Include Directories.
See the picture:

Set lib path set lib file:
Set lib path: the NI-VISA install path, in our computer we set the path is C:\Program Files\IVI
Foundation\VISA\WinNT\lib\msc. Set this path to:
project->properties->Linker->General->Additional Library Directories.
802Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

As shown in the pictures below:

Set lib file:project->properties->Linker->Command Line->Additional Options: visa32.lib

Include visa.h file in the projectname.cpp file:#include <visa.h>3.

Coding:a)

USBTMC:Int

Usbtmc_test(){/* This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands *//* to an USB Test & Measurement Class (USBTMC) instrument usingInt.siglent.com

*/

803

SDS Series Programming Guide/* NI-VISA*//* The example writes the "*IDN?\n" string to all the USBTMC*//* devices connected to the system and attempts to read back*//* results using the write and read functions.

*//* The general flow of the code is *//*Open Resource Manager*//*

Open VISA Session to an Instrument/*

Write the Identification Query Using viPrintf/*

Try to Read a Response With viScanf/*

Close the VISA Session

*/
*/
*/

*/

/***********************************************************/ViSession defaultRM;
ViSession instr;
ViUInt32 numInstrs;
ViFindList findList;
ViUInt32 retCount;
ViUInt32 writeCount;
ViStatus status;
char

instrResourceString[VI_FIND_BUFLEN];

unsignedchar buffer[100];char stringinput[512];
int i;/** First we must call viOpenDefaultRM to get the manager* handle. We will store this handle in defaultRM.*/
status= ViOpenDefaultRM (&defaultRM);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS){
printf ("Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!\n");returnstatus;}/* Find all the USB TMC VISA resources in our system and store the number of resourcesin the system in numInstrs.

*/

status = viFindRsrc (defaultRM, "USB?*INSTR", &findList, &numInstrs,
instrResourceString);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS){
printf ("An error occurred while finding resources.\nHit enter to continue.");fflush(stdin);804

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

getchar();viClose (defaultRM);
returnstatus;}/** Now we will open VISA sessions to all USB TMC instruments.
* We must use the handle from viOpenDefaultRM and we must
* also use a string that indicates which instrument to open. This
* is called the instrument descriptor. The format for this string* can be found in the function panel by right clicking on the* descriptor parameter. After opening a session to the* device, we will get a handle to the instrument which we* will use in later VISA functions. The AccessMode and Timeout* parameters in this function are reserved for future* functionality. These two parameters are given the value VI_NULL.*/
for (i= 0; i<numInstrs; i++){
if (i> 0){
viFindNext (findList, instrResourceString);}
status = viOpen (defaultRM, instrResourceString, VI_NULL, VI_NULL, &instr);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS){
printf ("Cannot open a session to the device %d.\n", i+1);
continue;}/* * At this point we now have a session open to the USB TMC instrument.
* We will now use the viPrintf function to send the device the string "*IDN?\n",* asking for the device's identification. */char * cmmand ="*IDN?\n";status = viPrintf (instr, cmmand);if (status<VI_SUCCESS){
printf ("Error writing to the device %d.\n", i+1);
status = viClose (instr);
continue;}/** Now we will attempt to read back a response from the device toInt.siglent.com

805

SDS Series Programming Guide* the identification query that was sent. We will use the viScanf* function to acquire the data.
* After the data has been read the response is displayed.*/status = viScanf(instr, "%t", buffer);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS){
printf ("Error reading a response from the device %d.\n", i+1);}
else{
printf ("\nDevice %d: %*s\n", i+1,retCount, buffer);}status = viClose (instr);}/** Now we will close the session to the instrument using* viClose. This operation frees all system resources.

*/

status = viClose (defaultRM);
printf("Press 'Enter' to exit.");fflush(stdin);getchar();return 0;}b)

TCP/IP:
int

TCP_IP_Test(char *pIP){
char outputBuffer[VI_FIND_BUFLEN];
ViSession defaultRM, instr;
ViStatus status;
ViUInt32 count;
ViUInt16 portNo;/* First we will need to open the default resource manager. */status = viOpenDefaultRM (&defaultRM);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS){
printf("Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!\n");}/* Now we will open a session via TCP/IP device */806

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

char head[256] ="TCPIP0::";char tail[] ="::INSTR";
char resource [256];
strcat(head,pIP);
strcat(head,tail);
status = viOpen (defaultRM, head, VI_LOAD_CONFIG, VI_NULL, &instr);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS){
printf ("An error occurred opening the session\n");viClose(defaultRM);}
status = viPrintf(instr, "*idn?\n");status = viScanf(instr, "%t", outputBuffer);
if (status<VI_SUCCESS){
printf("viRead failed with error code: %x \n",status);
viClose(defaultRM);}
else{
printf ("\ndata read from device: %*s\n", 0,outputBuffer);}status = viClose (instr);
status = viClose (defaultRM);
printf("Press 'Enter' to exit.");fflush(stdin);getchar();return 0;}

Int.siglent.com

807

SDS Series Programming Guide

VB Example
Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Microsoft Visual Basic 6.0
Description: The function of this example: Use the NI-VISA, to control the device with USBTMC
and TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1.

Open Visual Basic, and build a standard application program project.

2.

Set the project environment to use the NI-VISA lib: Click the Existing tab of Project->Add
Module, search the visa32.bas file in the “include” folder under the NI-VISA installation path andadd the file, as shown in the figure below:

3.

Coding:a)

USBTMC:Private Function Usbtmc_test() As Long
' This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands' to an USB Test & Measurement Class (USBTMC) instrument using' NI-VISA' The example writes the "*IDN?\n" string to all the USBTMC' devices connected to the system and attempts to read back' results using the write and read functions.
' The general flow of the code is

808'

Open Resource Manager'

Open VISA Session to an Instrument'

Write the Identification Query Using viWrite'

Try to Read a Response With viRead

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide'

Close the VISA Session

Const MAX_CNT = 200

Dim defaultRM As Long
Dim instrsesn As Long
Dim numlnstrs As Long
Dim findList As Long
Dim retCount As Long
Dim writeCount As Long
Dim status As Long
Dim instrResourceString As String * VI_FIND_BUFLEN
Dim buffer As String * MAX_CNT
Dim i As Integer' First we must call viOpenDefaultRM to get the manager' handle. We will store this handle in defaultRM.
status = viOpenDefaultRM(defaultRM)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!"
Usbtmc_test = status
Exit Function
End If' Find all the USB TMC VISA resources in our system and store the' number of resources in the system in numInstrs.
status= ViFindRsrc(defaultRM,"USB?*INSTR",findList,numlnstrs,instrResourceString)If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "An error occurred while finding resources."
viClose (defaultRM)
Usbtmc_test = status
Exit Function
End If' Now we will open VISA sessions to all USB TMC instruments.
' We must use the handle from viOpenDefaultRM and we must
' also use a string that indicates which instrument to open. This
' is called the instrument descriptor. The format for this string' can be found in the function panel by right clicking on the' descriptor parameter. After opening a session to theInt.siglent.com

809

SDS Series Programming Guide' device, we will get a handle to the instrument which we' will use in later VISA functions. The AccessMode and Timeout' parameters in this function are reserved for future' functionality. These two parameters are given the value VI_NULL.
For i = 0 To numInstrs
If (i > 0) Thenstatus = viFindNext(findList, instrResourceString)
End Ifstatus = viOpen(defaultRM, instrResourceString, VI_NULL, VI_NULL, instrsesn)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Cannot open a session to the device ", i + 1
GoTo NextFind
End If' At this point we now have a session open to the USB TMC instrument.
' We will now use the viWrite function to send the device the string "*IDN?",' asking for the device's identification.
status = viWrite(instrsesn, "*IDN?", 5, retCount)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error writing to the device."
status = viClose(instrsesn)
GoTo NextFind
End If' Now we will attempt to read back a response from the device to' the identification query that was sent. We will use the viRead' function to acquire the data.
' After the data has been read the response is displayed.
status = viRead(instrsesn, buffer, MAX_CNT, retCount)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error reading a response from the device.", i + 1
Else
Debug.Print i + 1, retCount, buffer
End Ifstatus = viClose(instrsesn)
Next i' Now we will close the session to the instrument using

810

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide' viClose. This operation frees all system resources.
status = viClose(defaultRM)
Usbtmc_test = 0
End Functionb)

TCP/IP:
Private Function TCP_IP_Test(ip As String) As Long
Dim outputBuffer As String * VI_FIND_BUFLEN
Dim defaultRM As Long
Dim instrsesn As Long
Dim status As Long
Dim count As Long

' First we will need to open the default resource manager.
status = viOpenDefaultRM (defaultRM)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Could not open a session to the VISA Resource Manager!"
TCP_IP_Test = status
Exit Function
End If' Now we will open a session via TCP/IP device
status = viOpen(defaultRM, "TCPIP0::" + ip + "::INSTR", VI_LOAD_CONFIG, VI_NULL,
instrsesn)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "An error occurred opening the session"viClose (defaultRM)
TCP_IP_Test = status
Exit Function
End Ifstatus = viWrite(instrsesn, "*IDN?", 5, count)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error writing to the device."
End Ifstatus = viRead(instrsesn, outputBuffer, VI_FIND_BUFLEN, count)
If (status < VI_SUCCESS) Then
Debug.Print "Error reading a response from the device.", i + 1

Int.siglent.com

8 11

SDS Series Programming Guide

Else
Debug.Print "read from device:", outputBuffer
End Ifstatus = viClose(instrsesn)
status = viClose(defaultRM)
TCP_IP_Test = 0
End Function

812

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

MATLAB Example
Environment: Windows7 32-bit, MATLAB R2010b
Description: The function of this example: Use the NI-VISA, to control the device with USBTMC or
TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1. Open MATLAB, and modify the current directory. In this demo, the current directory is modified
to D:\USBTMC_TCPIP_Demo.

2.

Click File>>New>>Script in the Matlab interface to create an empty M file.

3.

Coding:a)

USBTMC:
function USBTMC_test()% This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands% to an USB Test & Measurement Class (USBTMC) instrument using% NI-VISA%Create a VISA-USB object connected to a USB instrument
vu = visa('ni','USB0::0xF4EC::0xEE38::0123456789::INSTR');%Open the VISA object createdfopen(vu);%Send the string "*IDN?",asking for the device's identification.
fprintf(vu,'*IDN?');%Request the data
outputbuffer = fscanf(vu);disp(outputbuffer);%Close the VISA object
fclose(vu);delete(vu);clear vu;endb)

TCP/IP:

Int.siglent.com

813

SDS Series Programming Guidefunction TCP_IP_test( IPstr )% This code demonstrates sending synchronous read & write commands% to an TCP/IP instrument using NI-VISA%Create a VISA-TCPIP object connected to an instrument%configured with IP address.
vt = visa('ni',['TCPIP0::',IPstr,'::INSTR']);%Open the VISA object createdfopen(vt);%Send the string "*IDN?", asking for the device's identification.
fprintf(vt,'*IDN?');%Request the data
outputbuffer = fscanf(vt);disp(outputbuffer);%Close the VISA object
fclose(vt);delete(vt);clear vt;

end

814

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming GuideLabVIEW Example
Environment: Windows7 32-bit, LabVIEW 2011
Description: The functions of this example: use the NI-VISA, to control the device with USBTMC
and TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1. Open LabVIEW, create a VI file.
2. Add controls. Right-click in the Front Panel interface, select and add VISA resource name,error in, error out and some indicators from the Controls column.
3. Open the Block Diagram interface. Right-click on the VISA resource name and you can selectand add the following functions from VISA Palette from the pop-up menu: VISA Write, VISA
Read, VISA Open and VISA Close.
4. The connection is as shown in the figure below:

5. Select the device resource from the VISA Resource Name list box and run the program.

Int.siglent.com

815

SDS Series Programming Guide

In this example, the VI opens a VISA session to a USBTMC device, writes a command to thedevice, and reads back the response. After all communication is complete, the VI closes the
VISA session.
6. Communicating with the device via TCP/IP is similar to USBTMC. But you need to change VISA
Write and VISA Read Function to Synchronous I/O. The LabVIEW default is asynchronous I/O.
Right-click the node and select Synchronous I/O Mod>>Synchronous from the shortcut menu towrite or read data synchronously.
7. The connection is as shown in the figure below:

8. Input the IP address and run the program.

816

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Int.siglent.com

817

SDS Series Programming Guide

C# Example
Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Visual Studio 2008/2010
Description: The functions of this example: use the NI-VISA, to control the device with USBTMC or
TCP/IP access to do a write and read.
Steps:
1.

Open Visual Studio, create a new C# project.

2.

Cut-and-paste the code that follows into the C# source file.

3.

Edit the program to use the VISA address of your oscilloscope.

4.

Add References.
Add Ivi.Visa.dll and NationalInstruments.Visa.dll to the project.
If your NI-VISA version is too low(e.g. 5.4.0),you should add NationalInstruments.Common.dll
and NationalInstruments.VisaNS.dll to the project. (Item 11 of this link details some of the maindifferences between NI-VISA .NET and NI-VISA NS: NI-VISA .NET Library - NI)(Notice: you must install the .NET Framework 3.5/4.0/4.5 Languages support when you install
the NI-VISA.)⚫

Right-click the project you wish to modify (not the solution) in the Solution Explorer windowof the Microsoft Visual Studio environment.

⚫

Choose Add Reference....

⚫

In the Add Reference dialog, select the Browse tab, and navigate to the NI-VISA installedfolder. (for example: C:\Program Files (x86)\IVI Foundation\VISA\Microsoft.NET\..)⚫

Select the .dll file above; then, click OK.

Add references
based on VisaNS
in Visual Studio
2008

818

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Add references
based on NIVISA.NET in Visual
Studio 2010

5.

Code on VisaNS:
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;using System.Linq;
using System.Text;
using NationalInstruments.VisaNS;

namespace TestVisa{
class Program

Int.siglent.com

819

SDS Series Programming Guide{
static void Main(string[] args){// Find all the USBTMC resources
string[]usbRsrcStrings=ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().FindResources("USB?*INSTR");if (usbRsrcStrings.Length <= 0){
Console.WriteLine("Cannot find USBTMC Device!");return;}//Choose the first resource string to connect the device.
//You can input the address manually//USBTMC://MessageBasedSession
mbSession=(MessageBasedSession)ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().Open("USB0::0xF
4EC::0xEE38::0123456789::INSTR");/TCP IP://MessageBasedSession
mbSession=(MessageBasedSession)ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().Open("TCPIP0::1
92.168.1.100::INSTR");
MessageBasedSession
mbSession=(MessageBasedSession)ResourceManager.GetLocalManager().Open(usbRsrcStrings[0]);
mbSession.Write("*IDN?");string result = mbSession.ReadString();
mbSession.Dispose();
Console.WriteLine(result);
}
}
}
6.

Code on Visa.NET:
using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;using System.Linq;
using NationalInstruments.Visa;820

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guideusing Ivi.Visa;

namespace test_visa_csharp{
static class Program{
static void Main(){TcpipSession section = new TcpipSession("TCPIP::10.12.255.135::inst0::INSTR");
IMessageBasedFormattedIO io = section.FormattedIO;
io.WriteLine("*IDN?");string result = io.ReadLine();section.Dispose();
Console.WriteLine(result);
}
}
}
7.

Example Read Waveform on Visa.NET:

using System;
using System.Collections.Generic;using System.Linq;
using System.Windows.Forms;
using NationalInstruments.Visa;
using Ivi.Visa;
using System.Runtime.InteropServices;using System.Threading;[StructLayout(LayoutKind.Sequential, Pack = 2)]
public struct RT_TIME_OLD{
public double seconds; //8
public char minutes;//1

public char hours;//1public char days;//1

public char months;//1Int.siglent.com

821

SDS Series Programming Guide

public short year;//2

public short dummy;

//2

};

[StructLayout(LayoutKind.Sequential, Pack = 2)]
public struct WD_PARAM{/* MANDATORY PART */[MarshalAs(UnmanagedType.ByValTStr, SizeConst = 16)]
public string descriptor_name;/* will contain "WAVEDESC"

char [16] */[MarshalAs(UnmanagedType.ByValTStr, SizeConst = 16)]
public string template_name; //char [16]public short comm_type;
public short comm_order;/* DESCRIPTOR PART */public Int32 wave_desc_length; //4
public Int32 user_text_length;
public Int32 res_desc1;

public Int32 trig_time_array;public Int32 ris_time_array;public Int32 res_array1;/* ARRAY PART */public Int32 wave_array_1;
public Int32 wave_array_2;/* this is 0 if not present */public Int32 res_array2;
public Int32 res_array3;[MarshalAs(UnmanagedType.ByValTStr, SizeConst = 16)]
public string instrument_name;//char [16]public UInt32 instrument_number; //4[MarshalAs(UnmanagedType.ByValTStr, SizeConst = 16)]822

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

public string trace_label; //char [16]public Int32 reserved_data_count; /* Equal to internalDescriptor.data_count. *//* Currently not documented to users.
/* Necessary because*/*//* internalDescriptor.dat_count can't be *//* recomputed from other fields of/* externalDescriptor;*/*//* wrong internalDescriptor.data_count/* is detrimental to automated testing/* of wf? / wf and card:sto / rec.

*/
*/

*/

/* The following variables describe the waveform type and the time atwhich the waveform was generated.*/public Int32 wave_array_count;/* actual nbr of data items in simple array= nominal + extra points required. This may
be necessary for expansion but should NOT
be used for calculations --> use last_valid- first_valid for determining the numberof points in computations and display */public Int32 points_per_screen; /* nominal number of points in the waveform */public Int32 first_valid;/* ; count of number of points to skip;; before first good point;; FIRST_VALID_POINT = 0;; for normal waveforms.

*//* index to first valid point in data array.
Point 0 of the data array always maps tothe first pixel before the left edge of thescreen. This means that if the waveform
does not actual start at that edge, the data

Int.siglent.com

823

SDS Series Programming Guidein the beginning of the array is invalid however, no assumption is made that it iszero. For an unexpanded waveform, thisis set to 0 */public Int32 last_valid;/* ; index of last good data point;; in record before padding (blanking);; was started.
;; LAST_VALID_POINT = WAVE_ARRAY_COUNT-1;; except for aborted sequence;; and rollmode acquisitions*/

public Int32 first_point;

public Int32 sparsing_factor;

public Int32 segment_no;
public Int32 subarray_count;/* for Sequence, acquired segment count,between 0 and NOM_SUBARRAY_COUNT */public Int32 sweeps_per_acq;/* for Averages and Extrema:
number of sweeps accumulated */public short points_per_pair;/* for Peak Detect only */public short pair_offset;/* for Peak Detect only */public float vertical_gain;/* total gain of waveform, units per lsb */public float vertical_offset;/* total vertical offset of waveform */public float code_per_div;// float representation of the max integer (byte or word) value

used// corresponds to verFrameStop
public float reserved;// float representation of the min integer (byte or word)value used// corresponds to verFrameStart

824

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

public short nominal_bits; /* estimated: Ch1, Ch2: 8; averaging: 12, etc */public short nom_subarray_count;/* for Sequence, nominal segment countelse 1 */public float horizontal_interval; /* this corresponds to the sampling interval(ie. time/point) for time domain waveforms
and freq/point for FFT's. It is the nominal
time between successive points in the data
In RIS, it is the equivalent sampling rate*/public double horizontal_offset; /* this corresponds to trigger offset in time
domain for zero'th sweep of trigger,
seconds from trigger to zero'th data point(ie. actual trigger delay) */public double pixel_offset;/* from trigger to zero'th pixel of display
segment in time domain. measured in seconds(ie. nominal trigger delay) */[MarshalAs(UnmanagedType.ByValTStr, SizeConst = 48)]
public string vertunit; //char [48][MarshalAs(UnmanagedType.ByValTStr, SizeConst = 48)]
public string horunit;//char [48]public float horiz_uncertainty;// this correspond to the TDC resolution// in seconds.
public RT_TIME_OLD trigger_time;

public float acq_duration;/* also for sequence waveforms *//* time in seconds; for sequence & RIS */public short ca_record_type;/* type of waveform (see enum above) */public short processing_done;/* indication of whether any processing donesee enum (or bit pattern) above */Int.siglent.com

825

SDS Series Programming Guide

public short reserved5;

public short ris_sweeps;/* ; for RIS, the number of sweeps;; else 1*//* the following information should be for history only */public short time_base;/* this is the enumerated time/div */public short vertical_coupling;

public float probe_attenuation;

public short fixed_vertical_gain;
public short band_width_limit;

public float vertical_vernier;/* needed for waveform display */public float acquisition_vertical_offset; /* divisions */public short wave_source;};namespace test_visa_csharp{
static class Program{/// <summary>/// </summary>[STAThread]static void Main(){/*//Connect Via TCPIP
TcpipSession section = new TcpipSession("TCPIP::10.12.58.1::inst0::INSTR");
IMessageBasedFormattedIO io = section.FormattedIO;
io.WriteLine("*IDN?");string result = io.ReadLine();section.Dispose();826

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Console.WriteLine(result);*///Connect Via TCPIP or USB
var rmSession = new ResourceManager();
MessageBasedSession mbSession =(MessageBasedSession)rmSession.Open("TCPIP::10.12.60.1::inst0::INSTR");
sds_initialize(mbSession);
mbSession.RawIO.Write("TRIG:MODE SINGLE");bool state = WaitAcquisitionComplete(mbSession);
if (state){float[] c1_volt = sds_fetchwaveform(mbSession,"C1");}
mbSession.Dispose();}public static void sds_initialize(MessageBasedSession mbSession){
mbSession.RawIO.Write("*IDN?");string result = mbSession.RawIO.ReadString();
mbSession.RawIO.Write("CHDR OFF");
Console.WriteLine(result);}

public static bool WaitAcquisitionComplete(MessageBasedSession mbSession){
mbSession.RawIO.Write("TRIG:MODE?");
string mode = mbSession.RawIO.ReadString();
if (mode.Contains("SINGle")){while (true){
mbSession.RawIO.Write("TRIG:STAT?");
string result = mbSession.RawIO.ReadString();
if (result.Contains("Stop")){
Console.WriteLine("Single Acquisition finished");return true;

Int.siglent.com

827

SDS Series Programming Guide

}
}
}
else
{
while (true){
mbSession.RawIO.Write("INR?");
string result = mbSession.RawIO.ReadString();
Int16 state = Convert.ToInt16(result);if ((state & 0x01) == 1){
Console.WriteLine("Acquisition finished");return true;}}}
return false;}

public static float[] sds_fetchwaveform(MessageBasedSession mbSession,string channel){
string src_cmd = string.Format("WAV:SOUR {0}", channel);mbSession.RawIO.Write(src_cmd);
mbSession.RawIO.Write("WAV:STAR 0");mbSession.RawIO.Write("WAV:PRE?");byte[] WaveParamBytes = mbSession.FormattedIO.ReadBinaryBlockOfByte();var wp = ConvertToWaveFormParam(WaveParamBytes);
Console.WriteLine(wp.code_per_div);
mbSession.Clear();mbSession.RawIO.Write("WAVeform:MAXPoint?");string result = mbSession.RawIO.ReadString();
float one_piece_num = (float)Convert.ToSingle(result);
mbSession.RawIO.Write("ACQ:POIN?");
result = mbSession.RawIO.ReadString();
int point = (int)Convert.ToSingle(result);

828

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Int16[] WaveDataInt16All = new Int16[point];
sbyte[] WaveDataAll = new sbyte[point];
float[] volt = new float[WaveDataAll.Length];if (wp.nominal_bits > 8){
WaveDataInt16All = GetWaveData16bit(mbSession, point, one_piece_num);for (int i = 0; i < WaveDataInt16All.Length; i++){volt[i] = (WaveDataInt16All[i] / wp.code_per_div * wp.vertical_gain wp.vertical_offset) * wp.probe_attenuation;
}
}
else
{
WaveDataAll = GetWaveData8bit(mbSession, point, one_piece_num);for (int i = 0; i < WaveDataAll.Length; i++){volt[i] = (WaveDataAll[i] / wp.code_per_div * wp.vertical_gain - wp.vertical_offset) *wp.probe_attenuation;}}
return volt;}

public static sbyte[] GetWaveData8bit(MessageBasedSession mbSession, int point, float
one_piece_num){
sbyte[] WaveDataAll = new sbyte[point];

int read_times = (int)System.Math.Ceiling((point / one_piece_num));mbSession.RawIO.Write("WAV:WIDT BYTE");
DateTime dt1 = DateTime.Now;
for (int i = 0; i < read_times; i++){int start = (int)(i * one_piece_num);
string start_cmd = string.Format("WAVeform:STARt {0}", start);
mbSession.RawIO.Write(start_cmd);

Int.siglent.com

829

SDS Series Programming Guide

DateTime dt3 = DateTime.Now;
mbSession.RawIO.Write("WAV:DATA?");sbyte[] WaveDataBytes = mbSession.FormattedIO.ReadBinaryBlockOfSByte();Console.WriteLine(WaveDataBytes.Length);
Array.Copy(WaveDataBytes, 0, WaveDataAll, start, WaveDataBytes.Length);}mbSession.Clear();
DateTime dt2 = DateTime.Now;
TimeSpan ts = dt2.Subtract(dt1);
Console.WriteLine("used time = {0}ms", ts.TotalMilliseconds);
Console.WriteLine("WaveDataAll.Length = {0}", WaveDataAll.Length);
return WaveDataAll;}public static Int16[] GetWaveData16bit(MessageBasedSession mbSession, int point, float
one_piece_num){
Int16[] WaveDataInt16All = new Int16[point];
mbSession.RawIO.Write("WAV:WIDT WORD");
mbSession.RawIO.Write("WAV:BYTEORDER MSB");
int read_times = (int)System.Math.Ceiling((point / one_piece_num));
DateTime dt1 = DateTime.Now;
for (int i = 0; i < read_times; i++){int start = (int)(i * one_piece_num);
string start_cmd = string.Format("WAVeform:STARt {0}", start);
mbSession.RawIO.Write(start_cmd);
mbSession.RawIO.Write("WAV:DATA?");
Int16[] WaveDataBytes = mbSession.FormattedIO.ReadBinaryBlockOfInt16();
Array.Copy(WaveDataBytes, 0, WaveDataInt16All, start, WaveDataBytes.Length);}mbSession.Clear();
DateTime dt2 = DateTime.Now;
TimeSpan ts = dt2.Subtract(dt1);
Console.WriteLine("used time = {0}ms", ts.TotalMilliseconds);
Console.WriteLine("WaveDataInt16All.Length = {0}", WaveDataInt16All.Length);
return WaveDataInt16All;

830

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide}

public static WD_PARAM ConvertToWaveFormParam(byte[] parambuff){
int struczise = Marshal.SizeOf(typeof(WD_PARAM));
IntPtr ptemp = Marshal.AllocHGlobal(struczise);
Marshal.Copy(parambuff, 0, ptemp, struczise);
WD_PARAM wd = (WD_PARAM)Marshal.PtrToStructure(ptemp, typeof(WD_PARAM));
Marshal.FreeHGlobal(ptemp);
return wd;}}}

Int.siglent.com

831

SDS Series Programming Guide

Examples of Using Sockets
Socket communication is a basic communication technology in computer network. It allows
applications to communicate through the standard network protocol mechanism built by network
hardware and operation system.
This method is a two-way communication between the instrument and the computer through a fixed
port number.
Note that SCPI strings are terminated with a “\n” (new line) character.

Python Example
Python has a low-level networking module that provides access to the socket interface. Python
scripts can be written for sockets to do a variety of test and measurement tasks.

Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Python v2.7.5
Description: Open a socket, send a query, and repeat this loop for 10 times, finally close thesocket.

Below is the code of the script:#!/usr/bin/env python#-*- coding:utf-8 –*#----------------------------------------------------------------------------# The short script is a example that open a socket, sends a query,# print the return message and closes the socket.
#----------------------------------------------------------------------------import socket # for sockets
import sys # for exit
import time # for sleep#----------------------------------------------------------------------------remote_ip = "10.12.255.209" # should match the instrument’s IP address
port = 5025 # the port number of the instrument service
count = 0

def SocketConnect():
try:
832

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide#create an AF_INET, STREAM socket (TCP)s = socket.socket(socket.AF_INET, socket.SOCK_STREAM)
except socket.error:
print ('Failed to create socket.')sys.exit();try:#Connect to remote servers.connect((remote_ip , port))
except socket.error:
print ('failed to connect to ip ' + remote_ip)
return s

def SocketQuery(Sock, cmd):
try :#Send cmd string
Sock.sendall(cmd)Sock.sendall(b'\n')time.sleep(1)except socket.error:#Send failed
print ('Send failed')
sys.exit()
reply = Sock.recv(4096)
return reply

def SocketClose(Sock):#close the socket
Sock.close()time.sleep(.300)

def main():global remote_ip
global port
global count# Body: send the SCPI commands *IDN? 10 times and print the return message
s = SocketConnect()for i in range(10):Int.siglent.com

833

SDS Series Programming Guide

qStr = SocketQuery(s, b'*IDN?')
print (str(count) + ":: " + str(qStr))count = count + 1
SocketClose(s)input('Press "Enter" to exit')
if __name__ == '__main__':proc = main()834

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

C Example
int MySocket;
if((MySocket=socket(PF_INET,SOCK_STREAM,0))==-1){
exit(1);}struct in_addr{
unsigned long s_addr;};
struct sockaddr_in{
short int sin_family; // Address family
unsigned short int sin_port; // Port number
struct in_addr sin_addr; // Internet addressunsigned char sin_zero[8]; // Padding};
struct sockaddr_in MyAddress;// Initialize the whole structure to zeromemset(&MyAddress,0,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in));// Then set the individual fields
MyAddress.sin_family=PF_INET; // IPv4
MyAddress.sin_port=htons(5025); // Port number used by most instruments
MyAddress.sin_addr.s_addr=inet_addr(ntsddr_in));// IP Address// Establish TCP connection
if(connect(MySocket,(struct sockaddr*)&MyAddress,sizeof(struct sockaddr_in))==-1){
exit(1);}// Send SCPI commandif(send(MySocket,ands,sizeof(t_addr({
exit(1);}Int.siglent.com

835

SDS Series Programming Guide// Read responsechar buffer[200];
int actual;if((actual=recv(MySocket,&buffer[0],200,0))==-1){
exit(1);}
buffer[actual]= 0; // Add zero character (C string)
printf(d zero character (C string)],2// Close socket
if(close(MySocket)==-1){
exit(1);}836

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Common Command Examples
This section lists the programming instances of common commands.
Environment: Windows7 32-bit, Python v3.6.5, pyvisa-1.9, Matplotlib-3.1.1
Note：When using the visa library, you should pay attention to the following settings:➢ Set the I/O buffer size.
I.E. For the command “:WAVeform:DATA?”, the read buffer size depends on the numberof waveform points. When it needs to read in segments, the size of each segment isvary from the models.
➢ Set the timeout value.
The timeout value is related to the network speed or USB transmission speed. Pleaseevaluate by yourself. The initial value is generally 2s.

Read Waveform Data Example# Import modules.
# --------------------------------------------------------import visa
import pylab as pl
import struct
import mathimport gc# Global variables# (Modify the following global variables according to the model).
# --------------------------------------------------------SDS_RSC = "TCPIP0::10.12.59.1::inst0::INSTR"
CHANNEL = "C2"
HORI_NUM = 10
tdiv_enum = [200e-12,500e-12, 1e-9,\
2e-9, 5e-9, 10e-9, 20e-9, 50e-9, 100e-9, 200e-9, 500e-9, \1e-6, 2e-6, 5e-6, 10e-6, 20e-6, 50e-6, 100e-6, 200e-6, 500e-6, \1e-3, 2e-3, 5e-3, 10e-3, 20e-3, 50e-3, 100e-3, 200e-3, 500e-3, \1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000]# =========================================================# main_desc:Analyzing waveform parameters from data blocks# =========================================================
def main_desc(recv):
param_addr_type={"data_bytes":[0x3c,"i"],Int.siglent.com

837

SDS Series Programming Guide"point_num":[0x74,'i'],"fp":[0x84,'i'],"sp":[0x88,'i'],"vdiv":[0x9c,'f'],"offset":[0xa0,'f'],"code":[0xa4,'f'],"adc_bit":[0xac,'h'],"interval":[0xb0,'f'],"delay":[0xb4,'d'],"tdiv":[0x144,'h'],"probe":[0x148,'f']}data_byte = {"i": 4, "f": 4, "h": 2, "d": 8}param_val ={}for key,addr_type in param_addr_type.items():
addr_start = addr_type[0]format = addr_type[1]bytes = recv[addr_start:addr_start+data_byte[format]]param_val[key] = struct.unpack(format, bytes)[0]param_val["tdiv"] = tdiv_enum[param_val["tdiv"]]
param_val["vdiv"] = param_val["vdiv"]*param_val["probe"]
param_val["offset"] = param_val["offset"]*param_val["probe"]
return param_val# =========================================================# Main program:# =========================================================
def main_wf_data():_rm = visa.ResourceManager()sds = _rm.open_resource(SDS_RSC)
sds.timeout = 2000 # default value is 2000(2s)sds.chunk_size = 20 * 1024 * 1024 # default value is 20*1024(20k bytes)# Get the channel waveform parameter data blocks and parse themsds.write(":WAVeform:STARt 0")
sds.write("WAV:SOUR {}".format(CHANNEL))
sds.write("WAV:PREamble?")recv_all = sds.read_raw()

838

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

recv = recv_all[recv_all.find(b'#') + 11:]
print(len(recv))
vdiv, ofst, interval, trdl, tdiv, vcode_per, adc_bit = main_desc(recv)
print(vdiv, ofst, interval, trdl, tdiv,vcode_per,adc_bit)# Get the waveform points and confirm the number of waveform slice reads
points = param_dic["point_num"]
one_piece_num = float(sds.query(":WAVeform:MAXPoint?").strip())
read_times = math.ceil(points / one_piece_num)#Set the number of read points per slice, if the waveform points is greater than the maximum
number of slice reads
if points > one_piece_num:
sds.write(":WAVeform:POINt {}".format(one_piece_num))# Choose the format of the data returned
sds.write(":WAVeform:WIDTh BYTE")
if param_dic[“adc_bit”] > 8:
sds.write(":WAVeform:WIDTh WORD")#Get the waveform data for each slice
recv_byte = b''
for i in range(0, read_times):
start = i * one_piece_num#Set the starting point of each slice
sds.write(":WAVeform:STARt {}".format(start))#Get the waveform data of each slice
sds.write("WAV:DATA?")
recv_rtn = sds.read_raw()#Splice each waveform data based on data block information
block_start = recv_rtn.find(b'#')
data_digit = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 1:block_start + 2])
data_start = block_start + 2 + data_digit
data_len = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 2:data_start])
recv_byte += recv_rtn[data_start:data_start + data_len]# Unpack signed byte data.
if param_dic[“adc_bit”] > 8:
convert_data = struct.unpack("%dh"%points, recv_byte)
else:
convert_data = struct.unpack("%db"%points, recv_byte)

Int.siglent.com

839

SDS Series Programming Guidedel recv_byte
gc.collect()#Calculate the voltage value and time value
time_value = []volt_value = []for idx in range(0, len(convert_data)):
volt_value.append(convert_data[idx]/param_dic["code"]*param_dic["vdiv"]param_dic["offset"])time_data = - (param_dic[“tdiv”] * HORI_NUM / 2) + idx * param_dic[“interval”] +param_dic[“delay”]
time_value.append(time_data)
print(len(volt_value))#Draw Waveform
pl.figure(figsize=(7, 5))
pl.plot(time_value, volt_value, markersize=2, label=u"Y-T")
pl.legend()
pl.grid()pl.show()
if __name__ == '__main__':main_wf_data()

840

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Read Waveform Data of Digital Example# Import modules.
# --------------------------------------------------------import visa
import pylab as pl
import struct# Global variables# (Modify the following global variables according to the model).
# --------------------------------------------------------SDS_RSC = "TCPIP0::10.12.59.1::inst0::INSTR"
CHANNEL = "D0"
HORI_NUM = 10
tdiv_enum = [100e-12, 200e-12, 500e-12, \1e-9, 2e-9, 5e-9, 10e-9, 20e-9, 50e-9, 100e-9, 200e-9, 500e-9, \1e-6, 2e-6, 5e-6, 10e-6, 20e-6, 50e-6, 100e-6, 200e-6, 500e-6, \1e-3, 2e-3, 5e-3, 10e-3, 20e-3, 50e-3, 100e-3, 200e-3, 500e-3, \1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000]# =========================================================# get_char_bit:Get each bit from a byte
# =========================================================
def get_char_bit(char,n):
return (char >> n) & 1# =========================================================# main_desc:Analyzing waveform parameters from data blocks# =========================================================
def main_desc(recv):
param_addr_type = {"data_bytes": [0x3c, "i"],"point_num": [0x74, 'i'],"interval": [0xb0, 'f'],"delay": [0xb4, 'd'],"tdiv": [0x144, 'h']}data_byte = {"i": 4, "f": 4, "h": 2, "d": 8}param_val = {}for key, addr_type in param_addr_type.items():

Int.siglent.com

841

SDS Series Programming Guide

addr_start = addr_type[0]format = addr_type[1]bytes = recv[addr_start:addr_start + data_byte[format]]param_val[key] = struct.unpack(format, bytes)[0]param_val["tdiv"] = tdiv_enum[param_val["tdiv"]]
return param_val# =========================================================# Main program:# =========================================================
def main_digital_wf_data():_rm = visa.ResourceManager()sds = _rm.open_resource(SDS_RSC)# Get the digital channel waveform parameter data blocks and parse themsds.write("WAV:SOUR {}".format(CHANNEL))
sds.write("WAV:PREamble?")recv_all = sds.read_raw()
recv = recv_all[recv_all.find(b'#')+11:]
param_val = main_desc(recv)
print(param_val)# Get the waveform data
sds.write("WAV:DATA?")
recv_rtn = sds.read_raw()
block_start = recv_rtn.find(b'#')
data_digit = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 1:block_start + 2])
data_start = block_start + 2 + data_digit
data_len = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 2:data_start])
data = recv_rtn[data_start:data_start + data_len]# Calculate the voltage value and time value
volt_value = []for char in data:for i in range(0,8):
volt_value.append(get_char_bit(char,i))
print(len(volt_value))
time_value = []for idx in range(0,len(volt_value)):
time_data = - (param_val["tdiv"] * HORI_NUM / 2) + idx * param_val["interval"] +param_val["delay"]842

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

time_value.append(time_data)# Draw Waveform
pl.figure(figsize=(7,5))
pl.ylim(-1,2)
pl.plot(time_value,volt_value,markersize=2,label=u"Y-T")
pl.legend()
pl.grid()pl.show()

if __name__=='__main__':main_digital_wf_data()

Int.siglent.com

843

SDS Series Programming Guide

Read Waveform Data of FFT Example# Import modules.
# --------------------------------------------------------import visa
import pylab as pl
import struct
import mathimport gc# Global variables# --------------------------------------------------------SDS_RSC = "TCPIP0::10.12.255.127::inst0::INSTR"FUNC = "FUNC1"# =========================================================# main_desc:Analyzing waveform parameters from data blocks# =========================================================
def main_desc(recv):
param_addr_type={"data_bytes":[0x3c,"i"],"point_num":[0x74,'i'],"fp":[0x84,'i'],"sp":[0x88,'i'],"vdiv":[0x9c,'f'],"offset":[0xa0,'f'],"code":[0xa4,'f'],"adc_bit":[0xac,'h'],"interval":[0xb0,'f'],"delay":[0xb4,'d'],"tdiv":[0x144,'h'],"probe":[0x148,'f']}data_byte = {"i": 4, "f": 4, "h": 2, "d": 8}param_val ={}for key,addr_type in param_addr_type.items():
addr_start = addr_type[0]format = addr_type[1]bytes = recv[addr_start:addr_start+data_byte[format]]param_val[key] = struct.unpack(format, bytes)[0]844Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

param_val["tdiv"] = tdiv_enum[param_val["tdiv"]]
param_val["vdiv"] = param_val["vdiv"]*param_val["probe"]
param_val["offset"] = param_val["offset"]*param_val["probe"]
return param_val# =========================================================# Main program:# =========================================================
def main_fft_data():_rm = visa.ResourceManager()sds = _rm.open_resource(SDS_RSC)# Get the channel waveform parameter data blocks and parse themsds.write("WAV:SOUR F1")
sds.write("WAV:PREamble?")recv_all = sds.read_raw()
recv = recv_all[recv_all.find(b'#') + 11:]param_val = main_desc(recv)
display_len = int(param_val["delay"]/ param_val["interval"])+1
unit = sds.query("{}:FFT:UNIT?".format(FUNC)).strip() # {Vrms,DBm,DBVrms}
if unit == "DBm":
load = float(sds.query("{}:FFT:LOAD?".format(FUNC)).strip())
mode = sds.query("{}:FFT:MODE?".format(FUNC)).strip() #{NORMal|MAXHold|AVERage[,num]}# Get the waveform data
sds.write("WAV:DATA?")
recv_all = sds.read_raw().rstrip()
block_start = recv_all.find(b'#')
data_digit = int(recv_all[block_start + 1:block_start + 2])
data_start = block_start + 2 + data_digit
recv = recv_all[data_start:]
print(len(recv))# Unpack data.
volt_value = []freq_value = []len_data = int(len(recv) / 8) ##采样定理 f/2
print(len_data)
print(recv[0:4])
for i in range(0, len_data):

Int.siglent.com

845

SDS Series Programming Guide

data_rel = struct.unpack("f", recv[8 * i:8 * i + 4])
data_imag = struct.unpack("f", recv[8 * i + 4:8 * i + 8])
data_rel = list(data_rel)[0]
data_imag = list(data_imag)[0]
if mode == "NORMal":
data_float = math.sqrt(pow(float(data_rel), 2) + pow(float(data_imag), 2))
else:
data_float = float(data_rel)
if unit == "DBVrms":
data_float = 20*math.log10(data_float)
elif unit == "DBm":
data_float = 10 * math.log10(data_float*data_float/load/1E-3)
volt_value.append(data_float)
freq_value.append(i*param_val["interval"])# Draw Waveform
pl.figure(figsize=(7, 5))
pl.plot(freq_value, volt_value, markersize=2)
pl.legend()
pl.grid()pl.show()

if __name__ == '__main__':main_fft_data()

846

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Read Sequence Waveform Data Example# Import modules.
# --------------------------------------------------------import visa
import pylab as pl
import time as timport mathimport struct
import gc# Global variables# (Modify the following global variables according to the model).
# --------------------------------------------------------CHANNEL = "C2"
HORI_NUM = 10
TDIV_ENUM = [100e-12, 200e-12, 500e-12, \1e-9, 2e-9, 5e-9, 10e-9, 20e-9, 50e-9, 100e-9, 200e-9, 500e-9, \1e-6, 2e-6, 5e-6, 10e-6, 20e-6, 50e-6, 100e-6, 200e-6, 500e-6, \1e-3, 2e-3, 5e-3, 10e-3, 20e-3, 50e-3, 100e-3, 200e-3, 500e-3, \1, 2, 5, 10, 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000]# =========================================================# main_wf_desc:Analyzing waveform parameters from data blocks# =========================================================
def main_wf_desc(recv):
param_addr_type = {"width":[0x20,"h"],#01-16bit,00-8bit"order":[0x22,"h"],#01-MSB,00-LSB"data_bytes": [0x3c, "i"],"one_frame_pts":[0x74, 'i'],#pts of single frame,maybe bigger than 12.5M"fp": [0x84, 'i'],"sp": [0x88, 'i'],"sn":[0xae,"h"],"read_frame":[0x90,"i"],#all sequence frames number return by this command"sum_frame":[0x94,"i"],#all sequence frames number acquired"vdiv": [0x9c, 'f'],"offset": [0xa0, 'f'],"code": [0xa4, 'f'],"adc_bit": [0xac, 'h'],Int.siglent.com

847

SDS Series Programming Guide"interval": [0xb0, 'f'],"delay": [0xb4, 'd'],"tdiv": [0x144, 'h'],"probe": [0x148, 'f']}data_byte = {"i": 4, "f": 4, "h": 2, "d": 8}param_val = {}for key, addr_type in param_addr_type.items():
addr_start = addr_type[0]format = addr_type[1]bytes = recv[addr_start:addr_start + data_byte[format]]param_val[key] = struct.unpack(format, bytes)[0]param_val["tdiv"] = TDIV_ENUM[param_val["tdiv"]]
param_val["vdiv"] = param_val["vdiv"] * param_val["probe"]
param_val["offset"] = param_val["offset"] * param_val["probe"]
return param_val# =========================================================# main_time_stamp_deal:Parsing timestamps from binary blocks# =========================================================
def main_time_stamp_deal(time):
seconds = time[0x00:0x08]# type:long double

minutes = time[0x08:0x09]# type:char

hours = time[0x09:0x0a]
days = time[0x0a:0x0b]# type:char# type:charmonths = time[0x0b:0x0c] # type:char
year = time[0x0c:0x0e]# type:shortseconds = struct.unpack('d',seconds)[0]minutes = struct.unpack('c', minutes)[0]hours = struct.unpack('c', hours)[0]days = struct.unpack('c', days)[0]months = struct.unpack('c', months)[0]year = struct.unpack('h', year)[0]months = int.from_bytes(months, byteorder='big', signed=False)days = int.from_bytes(days, byteorder='big', signed=False)hours = int.from_bytes(hours, byteorder='big', signed=False)
minutes = int.from_bytes(minutes, byteorder='big', signed=False)
print("{}/{}/{},{}:{}:{}".format(year,months,days,hours,minutes,seconds))

848

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide# =========================================================# Main program: Read data of all sequence frame.
# When total points num (single_frame_pts * frame_num) is# bigger than 12.5Mpts, you have to read more than one time.
# Frames number and points number readed this time will be# saved in the head parameter, see main_wf_desc.
# =========================================================
def main_all_frame(sds):
sds.write(":WAVeform:SOURce {}".format(CHANNEL))
sds.write(":WAVeform:STARt 0")
sds.write(":WAVeform:POINt 0")
sds.write(":WAVeform:SEQUence 0,0")
sds.timeout = 2000 #default value is 2000(2s)sds.chunk_size = 20*1024*1024 #default value is 20*1024(20k bytes)

sds.write(":WAVeform:PREamble?")recv_all = sds.read_raw()
recv = recv_all[recv_all.find(b'#')+11:]
print(len(recv))
param_dic = main_wf_desc(recv)
read_times = math.ceil(param_dic["sum_frame"]/param_dic["read_frame"])print("read_times=",read_times)
one_piece_num = float(sds.query(":WAVeform:MAXPoint?").strip())

for i in range(0,read_times):
if i+1 == read_times: :#frame num of last read time
read_frame = param_dic["sum_frame"] -(read_times-1)*param_dic["read_frame"]else:
read_frame = param_dic["read_frame"]
sds.write(":WAVeform:SEQUence {},{}".format(0,read_frame*i+1))
sds.write(":WAVeform:PREamble?")recv_rtn = sds.read_raw()
recv_desc = recv_rtn[recv_rtn.find(b'#')+11:]
time_stamp = recv_desc[346:]

if param_dic["adc_bit"] > 8:
sds.write(":WAVeform:WIDTh WORD")

Int.siglent.com

849

SDS Series Programming Guidesds.write(":WAVeform:DATA?")
recv_rtn = sds.read_raw()
block_start = recv_rtn.find(b'#')
data_digit = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 1:block_start + 2])
data_start = block_start + 2 + data_digit
data_len = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 2:data_start])
recv = recv_rtn[data_start:data_start + data_len]

for j in range(0, param_dic["read_frame"]):time = time_stamp[16*j:16*(j+1)]#timestamp spends 16 bytes
main_time_stamp_deal(time)
if adc_bit > 8:
start = int(j * param_dic["one_frame_pts"]*2)
end = int((j + 1) * param_dic["one_frame_pts"]*2)
convert_data = struct.unpack("%dh" % param_dic["one_frame_pts"], recv[start:end])
else:
start = int(j*one_frame_pts)
end = int((j+1)*one_frame_pts)
convert_data = struct.unpack("%db" % param_dic["one_frame_pts"], recv[start:end])

volt_value = []time_value = []for idx in range(0,len(convert_data)):
volt_value.append(convert_data[idx] / param_dic["code"] * param_dic["vdiv"] param_dic["offset"])time_value.append(- (param_dic["tdiv"] * HORI_NUM / 2) + idx * param_dic["interval"] +param_dic["delay"])

print('Data convert finish,start to draw!')
pl.figure(figsize=(7,5))
pl.plot(time_value,volt_value,markersize=2,label=u"Y-T")
pl.legend()
pl.grid()pl.show()
pl.close()del volt_value,time_value,convert_data
gc.collect()del recv

850

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guidegc.collect()# =========================================================# Main program: Read data of single frame.
# =========================================================
def main_specify_frame(sds,frame_num):sds.write(":WAVeform:SOURce {}".format(CHANNEL))
sds.write(":WAVeform:STARt 0")
sds.write(":WAVeform:POINt 0")
sds.write(":WAVeform:SEQUence {},{}".format(frame_num,0))
sds.timeout = 2000 # default value is 2000(2s)sds.chunk_size = 20 * 1024 * 1024 # default value is 20*1024(20k bytes)

sds.write(":WAVeform:PREamble?")recv_all = sds.read_raw()
print(len(recv_all))recv = recv_all[recv_all.find(b'#')+11:]
time_stamp = recv[346:]
main_time_stamp_deal(time_stamp)
param_dic = main_wf_desc(recv)

one_piece_num = float(sds.query(":WAVeform:MAXPoint?").strip())
if param_dic["one_frame_pts"] > one_piece_num:
sds.write(":WAVeform:POINt {}".format(one_piece_num))
if param_dic["adc_bit"] > 8:
sds.write(":WAVeform:WIDTh WORD")

read_times = math.ceil(param_dic["one_frame_pts"] / one_piece_num)
data_recv = b''
for i in range(0, read_times):
start = i * one_piece_num
sds.write(":WAVeform:STARt {}".format(start))
sds.write("WAV:DATA?")
recv_rtn = sds.read_raw()
block_start = recv_rtn.find(b'#')
data_digit = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 1:block_start + 2])
data_start = block_start + 2 + data_digit
data_len = int(recv_rtn[block_start + 2:data_start])Int.siglent.com

851

SDS Series Programming Guide

data_recv += recv_rtn[data_start: data_start + data_len]
print("len(data_recv)=", len(data_recv))
if param_dic["adc_bit"] > 8:
convert_data = struct.unpack("%dh" % param_dic["one_frame_pts"], data_recv)
else:
convert_data = struct.unpack("%db" % param_dic["one_frame_pts"], data_recv)

volt_value = []time_value = []for idx in range(0, len(convert_data)):
volt_value.append(convert_data[idx] / param_dic["code"] * param_dic["vdiv"] param_dic["offset"])time_value.append(-(param_dic["tdiv"] * HORI_NUM / 2) + idx * param_dic["interval"] +param_dic["delay"])

print('Data convert finish,start to draw!')
pl.figure(figsize=(7, 5))
pl.plot(time_value, volt_value, markersize=2, label=u"Y-T")
pl.legend()
pl.grid()pl.show()
pl.close()del volt_value, time_value, data_recv
gc.collect()

if __name__=='__main__':_rm = visa.ResourceManager()sds = _rm.open_resource("TCPIP0::10.12.59.1::inst0::INSTR")
main_all_frame(sds)main_specify_frame(sds, 1)
sds.close()

852

Int.siglent.com

SDS Series Programming Guide

Screen Dump (PRINt) Example
import visa

def main():_rm = visa.ResourceManager()sds = _rm.open_resource("USB0::0xF4EC::0xEE38::0123456789::INSTR")
sds.chunk_size = 20*1024*1024 #default value is 20*1024(20k bytes)
file_name = "F:\\SCDP.bmp"
sds.write("PRIN? BMP")
result_str = sds.read_raw()
f = open(file_name,'wb')
f.write(result_str)
f.flush()f.close()if __name__=='__main__':main()

Then you can open the file as shown below:

Int.siglent.com

853

SDS Series Programming Guide

About SIGLENTSIGLENT is an international high-tech company, concentrating on R&D, sales,
production and services of electronic test & measurement instruments.
SIGLENT first began developing digital oscilloscopes independently in 2002.
After more than a decade of continuous development, SIGLENT has extended
its product line to include digital oscilloscopes, isolated handheld
oscilloscopes,

function/arbitrary

waveform

generators,

RF/MWsignalgenerators, spectrum analyzers, vector network analyzers, digital multimeters,
DC power supplies, electronic loads and other general purpose test
instrumentation. Since its first oscilloscope was launched in 2005, SIGLENT
has become the fastest growing manufacturer of digital oscilloscopes. We
firmly believe that today SIGLENT is the best value in electronic test &measurement.

Headquarters:
SIGLENT Technologies Co., Ltd

Add: Bldg No.4 & No.5, Antongda Industrial
Zone, 3rd Liuxian Road, Bao'an District,
Shenzhen, 518101, China
Tel: + 86 755 3688 7876
Fax: + 86 755 3359 1582
Email: sales@siglent.com
Website: int.siglent.com

North America:
SIGLENT Technologies America, Inc
6557 Cochran Rd Solon, Ohio 44139
Tel: 440-398-5800
Toll Free: 877-515-5551

Fax: 440-399-1211
Email: info@siglentna.com
Website: www.siglentna.com

Europe:SIGLENT Technologies Germany GmbH

Follow us on
Facebook: SiglentTech

Add: Staetzlinger Str. 70
86165 Augsburg, Germany
Tel: +49(0)-821-666 0 111 0
Fax: +49(0)-821-666 0 111 22
Email: info-eu@siglent.com
Website: www.siglenteu.com

854

Int.siglent.com